WO2020192778A1 - 一种混合自动重传请求harq反馈控制方法及相关设备 - Google Patents

一种混合自动重传请求harq反馈控制方法及相关设备 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020192778A1
WO2020192778A1 PCT/CN2020/081935 CN2020081935W WO2020192778A1 WO 2020192778 A1 WO2020192778 A1 WO 2020192778A1 CN 2020081935 W CN2020081935 W CN 2020081935W WO 2020192778 A1 WO2020192778 A1 WO 2020192778A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
terminal device
data
preset
harq
harq feedback
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/081935
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
王君
彭文杰
戴明增
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2020192778A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020192778A1/zh

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0053Allocation of signaling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
    • H04L5/0057Physical resource allocation for CQI
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/1607Details of the supervisory signal
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0053Allocation of signaling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
    • H04L5/0055Physical resource allocation for ACK/NACK

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a HARQ feedback control method and related equipment.
  • both the sender and receiver adopt hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) technology to ensure the reliability of data transmission. That is, if the receiver successfully receives the data, it will give a correct response (acknowledgement, ACK) to the sender, and if the receiver fails to receive the data, it will give a non-acknowledgement (NACK) to the sender.
  • LTE vehicle to everything (V2X) does not support HARQ feedback, while the new generation of wireless (new radio) V2X adds unicast and multicast types. In order to ensure the reliability of data transmission, how to design the HARQ feedback mechanism is currently to be resolved Technical issues.
  • This application provides a HARQ feedback control method and related equipment, which can adaptively enable or disable SL HARQ feedback and improve system performance.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a HARQ feedback control method, which is applied to the first terminal device side.
  • the first terminal device may configure an SL HARQ feedback switch for the second terminal device, and the SL HARQ feedback switch is used to characterize whether the second terminal device needs to perform SL HARQ feedback after receiving SL data transmission.
  • the method includes: the first terminal device obtains first HARQ configuration information.
  • the first terminal device sends the first HARQ configuration information to the second terminal device, where the first HARQ configuration information includes first indication information indicating whether the second terminal device performs HARQ feedback for sidelink SL data transmission.
  • terminal equipment can realize the configuration/application of adaptive SL HARQ switch, making SL HARQ feedback more flexible and able to meet various needs. For example, not enabling SL HARQ during high load can reduce load, such as low latency Not enabling SL HARQ for services is beneficial to reduce load and does not affect transmission efficiency. For services with low reliability, only blind retransmissions can achieve QoS requirements and reduce SL HARQ resource occupation.
  • the first terminal device obtains the first HARQ configuration information, which may be: the first terminal device generates the first HARQ configuration information, that is, the first terminal device configures the SL HARQ feedback switch for the second terminal device.
  • the first terminal device acquiring the first HARQ configuration information may be: the first terminal device receives the first HARQ configuration information sent by the network device, that is, the network device configures the SL HARQ feedback switch for the second terminal device.
  • the interface through which the second terminal device performs HARQ feedback includes an SL interface or a Uu air interface.
  • the SL data includes data of one or more service types among unicast, multicast or broadcast.
  • the SL data includes media access control MAC layer transport block TB and/or physical layer code block group CBG type data.
  • the conditions under which the first indication information is applicable include: the first terminal device is in a dispatch-free authorization mode, the first terminal device is in a dynamic scheduling mode, and the first terminal device is in a half Static scheduling mode, the first terminal device is in an autonomous competition mode, the SL data is data transmitted using a preset wireless access technology, the SL data is data transmitted using a preset carrier, the SL data In order to use the preset frequency to transmit data, the first terminal equipment is located at the preset base station, the first terminal equipment is located at the preset cell, the second terminal equipment is located at the preset base station, and the second terminal equipment is located at the preset base station.
  • the terminal device is located in a preset cell, the first terminal device is a preset source terminal, the second terminal device is a preset target terminal, the second terminal device is a terminal included in a preset group,
  • the SL data is data corresponding to a preset service, the SL data is data that meets a preset quality of service, the SL data is data transmitted using the preset carrier bandwidth part of the BWP, and the SL data is used
  • Data transmitted by a preset logical channel group the SL data is data transmitted using a preset logical channel, the SL data is data transmitted using a preset communication connection, and the SL data is data transmitted using a preset group
  • the data transmitted by the connection or the SL data is one or more of the data corresponding to the preset HARQ process.
  • the first HARQ configuration information further includes preset condition information, and the preset The condition information is used to indicate a condition for the second terminal device to perform HARQ feedback for the SL data transmission.
  • the preset condition information includes that a preset measurement index is higher than, lower than, not higher than, or not lower than a preset threshold and/or the preset measurement index is at or not at a preset value List.
  • the measurement object corresponding to the preset measurement index includes one of the frequency point/resource pool/BWP required to be measured in the SL, the reference signal required to be measured in the SL, and resource configuration information, or
  • the reference signals include synchronization signal block SSB, channel state information reference signal CSI-RS, demodulation reference signal DMRS, phase tracking reference signal PTRS or channel sounding reference signal SRS, and the resource configuration information includes time domain, frequency Any combination of domain or airspace.
  • the conditions applicable to the measurement object include: the first terminal device is in a scheduling-free authorization mode, the first terminal device is in a dynamic scheduling mode, and the first terminal device is in a semi-persistent scheduling mode.
  • the first terminal device is in an autonomous competition mode
  • the SL data is data transmitted using a preset wireless access technology
  • the SL data is data transmitted using a preset carrier
  • the SL data is using Data transmitted at a preset frequency
  • the first terminal device is located at a preset base station
  • the first terminal device is located at a preset cell
  • the second terminal device is located at a preset base station
  • the second terminal device Located in a preset cell
  • the first terminal device is a preset source terminal
  • the second terminal device is a preset target terminal
  • the second terminal device is a terminal included in a preset group
  • the The SL data is data corresponding to a preset service
  • the SL data is data that meets the preset service quality
  • the SL data is data transmitted
  • the preset measurement index includes any one or more combinations of the channel quality corresponding to the SL interface, the quality of service QoS corresponding to the SL interface, or the sending index corresponding to the SL interface.
  • the channel quality corresponding to the SL interface includes the channel busy ratio CBR, the reference signal received power RSRP, the reference signal received quality RSRQ, the received signal strength indicator RSSI, the channel quality indicator CQI, the channel state information CSI, and the prediction in the multiple input multiple output MIMO system.
  • the coding matrix indicates one or more of the PMI, the rank in the MIMO system indicates the RI, or the rank RANK of the channel matrix in the MIMO system;
  • the QoS corresponding to the SL interface includes one of a QoS target, a QoS requirement, or a QoS value Or more;
  • the transmission index corresponding to the SL interface includes one or more of transmission rate, path loss, power headroom report PHR, timing advance TA, modulation and coding strategy MCS, power or block error rate;
  • the QoS value includes time delay, reliability, speed, throughput, communication distance or payload.
  • the method before the first terminal device generates the first HARQ configuration information, the method further includes: the first terminal device receives second HARQ configuration information sent by a network device, and the second HARQ configuration The information includes second indication information indicating whether the first terminal device performs HARQ feedback for sidelink SL data transmission; the first terminal device generates the first HARQ configuration information, including: the first terminal device Generating the first HARQ configuration information according to the second HARQ configuration information.
  • the method further includes: the first terminal device sends SL data to the second terminal device; the first terminal device sends SL data through the SL The interface receives the HARQ feedback information sent by the second terminal device; the first terminal device sends the HARQ feedback information to the network device through the Uu air interface according to the HARQ feedback information sent by the second terminal device.
  • the method further includes: the first terminal device sends the measurement configuration information of the measurement event to the second terminal device, the measurement configuration The information includes at least one measurement object and the reporting configuration requirements corresponding to the measurement event; the first terminal device receives the measurement report of the measurement event sent by the second terminal device, and the measurement report is the second terminal Is sent by the device when a first measurement value meets at least one of the reporting configuration requirements, the first measurement value is obtained by the second terminal device by measuring the at least one measurement object; the first terminal device obtains
  • the first HARQ configuration information is specifically: the first terminal device generates the first HARQ configuration information according to the measurement report.
  • the conditions to which the measurement event is applicable include: the first terminal device is in a scheduling-free authorization mode, the first terminal device is in a dynamic scheduling mode, and the first terminal device is in a semi-static scheduling mode.
  • the first terminal device is in an autonomous competition mode
  • the SL data is data transmitted using a preset wireless access technology
  • the SL data is data transmitted using a preset carrier
  • the SL data is using Data transmitted at a preset frequency
  • the first terminal device is located at a preset base station
  • the first terminal device is located at a preset cell
  • the second terminal device is located at a preset base station
  • the second terminal device Located in a preset cell
  • the first terminal device is a preset source terminal
  • the second terminal device is a preset target terminal
  • the second terminal device is a terminal included in a preset group
  • the The SL data is data corresponding to a preset service
  • the SL data is data that meets the preset quality of service
  • the SL data is data
  • the number of the second terminal device includes one or more.
  • the number of second terminal devices is one, and for a multicast or broadcast scenario, the number of second terminal devices is multiple.
  • the sending of the first HARQ configuration information by the first terminal device to the second terminal device includes: the first terminal device sends all the information to the second terminal device through a third communication device.
  • the first HARQ configuration information includes: the first terminal device sends all the information to the second terminal device through a third communication device.
  • the sending of the first HARQ configuration information by the first terminal device to the second terminal device includes: the first terminal device sends the first HARQ configuration information to the second terminal device through first signaling.
  • the first HARQ configuration information, the first signaling includes RRC signaling, RLC signaling, PDCP signaling, MAC signaling, SDAP signaling, PC5-S signaling, SIB message, MAC signaling, or physical layer signaling make.
  • the method further includes: the first terminal device sends the first HARQ configuration information to the second terminal device.
  • the terminal device sends second signaling, the second signaling is used to activate the first indication information, and the second signaling includes SCI signaling or MAC signaling.
  • the second terminal device is one or more of a device group or a device group.
  • the granularity targeted by the first indication information is indicated explicitly or implicitly.
  • the measurement object is indicated explicitly or implicitly.
  • the granularity of the measurement object is indicated explicitly or implicitly.
  • the first terminal device receives the change instruction information sent by the second terminal device, and the change instruction information is used to instruct the SL HARQ feedback switch of the second terminal device to change from on to off or from off to on. .
  • the first terminal device may also send the change instruction information to the network device.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a HARQ feedback control method, which is applied to the second terminal device side.
  • the first terminal device may configure an SL HARQ feedback switch for the second terminal device, and the SL HARQ feedback switch is used to characterize whether the second terminal device needs to perform SL HARQ feedback after receiving SL data transmission.
  • the method includes: a second terminal device receives first HARQ configuration information sent by a first terminal device, where the first HARQ configuration information includes first indication information indicating whether the second terminal device performs HARQ feedback for sidelink SL data transmission .
  • the second terminal device needs to perform HARQ feedback after receiving the SL data. If the first indication information indicates that the second terminal device does not perform HARQ feedback for SL data transmission, the second terminal device does not need to perform HARQ feedback after receiving the SL data.
  • terminal equipment can realize the configuration/application of adaptive SL HARQ switch, making SL HARQ feedback more flexible and able to meet various needs. For example, not enabling SL HARQ during high load can reduce load, such as low latency Not enabling SL HARQ for services is beneficial to reduce load and does not affect transmission efficiency. For services with low reliability, only blind retransmissions can achieve QoS requirements and reduce SL HARQ resource occupation.
  • the first HARQ configuration information is generated by the first terminal device, or the first HARQ configuration information is received by the first terminal device from a network device.
  • the interface through which the second terminal device performs HARQ feedback includes an SL interface or a Uu air interface.
  • the Rx UE after the Rx UE receives the SL data, it can feed back HARQ to the Rx UE through the SL interface, or directly feed back HARQ to the base station through the Uu port.
  • the SL data includes data of one or more service types among unicast, multicast or broadcast.
  • the SL data includes media access control MAC layer transport block TB and/or physical layer code block group CBG type data.
  • the conditions under which the first indication information is applicable include: the first terminal device is in a dispatch-free authorization mode, the first terminal device is in a dynamic scheduling mode, and the first terminal device is in a half Static scheduling mode, the first terminal device is in an autonomous competition mode, the SL data is data transmitted using a preset wireless access technology, the SL data is data transmitted using a preset carrier, the SL data In order to use the preset frequency to transmit data, the first terminal equipment is located at the preset base station, the first terminal equipment is located at the preset cell, the second terminal equipment is located at the preset base station, and the second terminal equipment is located at the preset base station.
  • the terminal device is located in a preset cell, the first terminal device is a preset source terminal, the second terminal device is a preset target terminal, the second terminal device is a terminal included in a preset group,
  • the SL data is data corresponding to a preset service, the SL data is data that meets a preset quality of service, the SL data is data transmitted using the preset carrier bandwidth part of the BWP, and the SL data is used
  • Data transmitted by a preset logical channel group the SL data is data transmitted using a preset logical channel, the SL data is data transmitted using a preset communication connection, and the SL data is data transmitted using a preset group
  • the data transmitted by the connection or the SL data is one or more of the data corresponding to the preset HARQ process.
  • the first HARQ configuration information further includes preset condition information, and the preset The condition information is used to indicate a condition for the second terminal device to perform HARQ feedback for the SL data transmission.
  • the preset condition information includes that a preset measurement index is higher than, lower than, not higher than, or not lower than a preset threshold and/or the preset measurement index is at or not at a preset value List.
  • the measurement object corresponding to the preset measurement index includes one of the frequency point/resource pool/BWP required to be measured in the SL, the reference signal required to be measured in the SL, and resource configuration information, or
  • the reference signals include synchronization signal block SSB, channel state information reference signal CSI-RS, demodulation reference signal DMRS, phase tracking reference signal PTRS or channel sounding reference signal SRS, and the resource configuration information includes time domain, frequency Any combination of domain or airspace.
  • the conditions applicable to the measurement object include: the first terminal device is in a scheduling-free authorization mode, the first terminal device is in a dynamic scheduling mode, and the first terminal device is in a semi-persistent scheduling mode.
  • the first terminal device is in an autonomous competition mode
  • the SL data is data transmitted using a preset wireless access technology
  • the SL data is data transmitted using a preset carrier
  • the SL data is using Data transmitted at a preset frequency
  • the first terminal device is located at a preset base station
  • the first terminal device is located at a preset cell
  • the second terminal device is located at a preset base station
  • the second terminal device Located in a preset cell
  • the first terminal device is a preset source terminal
  • the second terminal device is a preset target terminal
  • the second terminal device is a terminal included in a preset group
  • the The SL data is data corresponding to a preset service
  • the SL data is data that meets the preset quality of service
  • the SL data is data
  • the preset measurement index includes any one or more combinations of the channel quality corresponding to the SL interface, the quality of service QoS corresponding to the SL interface, or the sending index corresponding to the SL interface.
  • the channel quality corresponding to the SL interface includes the channel busy ratio CBR, the reference signal received power RSRP, the reference signal received quality RSRQ, the received signal strength indicator RSSI, the channel quality indicator CQI, the channel state information CSI, and the prediction in the multiple input multiple output MIMO system.
  • the coding matrix indicates one or more of the PMI, the rank in the MIMO system indicates the RI, or the rank RANK of the channel matrix in the MIMO system;
  • the QoS corresponding to the SL interface includes one of a QoS target, a QoS requirement, or a QoS value Or multiple;
  • the transmission indicators corresponding to the SL interface include one or more of transmission rate, path loss PathLoss, power headroom report PHR, timing advance TA, modulation and coding strategy MCS, power Power, or block error rate BLER Item;
  • the QoS value includes latency, reliability, data rate/throughput throughput, communication distance range or payload Payload.
  • the first HARQ configuration information is generated by the first terminal device according to the second HARQ configuration information.
  • the method before the second terminal device receives the first HARQ configuration information sent by the first terminal device, the method further includes: the second terminal device receiving the configuration measurement event sent by the first terminal device Measurement configuration information, where the measurement configuration information includes at least one measurement object and reporting configuration requirements corresponding to the measurement event; the second terminal device measures the at least one measurement object to obtain a first measurement value; When the measurement value meets at least one of the reporting configuration requirements, the second terminal device sends a measurement report of the measurement event to the first terminal device, and the measurement report is used by the first terminal device to generate The first HARQ configuration information.
  • the conditions to which the measurement event is applicable include: the first terminal device is in a scheduling-free authorization mode, the first terminal device is in a dynamic scheduling mode, and the first terminal device is in a semi-persistent scheduling mode.
  • the first terminal device is in an autonomous competition mode
  • the SL data is data transmitted using a preset wireless access technology
  • the SL data is data transmitted using a preset carrier
  • the SL data is using Data transmitted at a preset frequency
  • the first terminal device is located at a preset base station
  • the first terminal device is located at a preset cell
  • the second terminal device is located at a preset base station
  • the second terminal device Located in a preset cell
  • the first terminal device is a preset source terminal
  • the second terminal device is a preset target terminal
  • the second terminal device is a terminal included in a preset group
  • the The SL data is data corresponding to a preset service
  • the SL data is data that meets the preset quality of service
  • the SL data
  • the number of the second terminal device includes one or more.
  • the number of the second terminal device is one, and for a multicast or broadcast scenario, the number of the second terminal device is multiple.
  • the second terminal device receiving the first HARQ configuration information sent by the first terminal device includes: the second terminal device receives the first terminal device through the third communication The first HARQ configuration information sent by the device.
  • the second terminal device receiving the first HARQ configuration information sent by the first terminal device includes: the second terminal device receiving the first terminal device through the first message In the first HARQ configuration information sent by the command, the first signaling includes RRC signaling, RLC signaling, PDCP signaling, MAC signaling, SDAP signaling, PC5-S signaling, SIB message, MAC signaling Or physical layer signaling.
  • the first signaling includes RRC signaling, RLC signaling, PDCP signaling, MAC signaling, SDAP signaling, PC5-S signaling, SIB message, MAC signaling Or physical layer signaling.
  • the method further includes: the second terminal device receives the first HARQ configuration information A second signaling sent by a terminal device, where the second signaling is used to activate the first indication information, and the second signaling includes SCI signaling or MAC signaling.
  • the second terminal device is one or more of a device group or a device group.
  • the granularity targeted by the first indication information is indicated explicitly or implicitly.
  • the measurement object is indicated explicitly or implicitly.
  • the granularity of the measurement object is indicated explicitly or implicitly.
  • the second terminal device sends the The terminal device sends the change instruction information, and the first terminal device receives the change instruction information.
  • the change instruction information is used to indicate whether the second terminal device performs SL HARQ feedback (or the SL HARQ feedback switch of the second terminal device is changed from on to Off or change from off to on).
  • the second terminal device reports to the network device
  • the change instruction information is sent, and the network device receives the change instruction information sent by the second terminal device, where the change instruction information is used to indicate whether the second terminal device performs SL HARQ feedback.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a HARQ feedback control method for hybrid automatic repeat request, which is applied to the network device side.
  • the network device may configure an SL HARQ feedback switch for the terminal device, and the SL HARQ feedback switch is used to characterize whether the terminal device needs to perform SL HARQ feedback after receiving the SL data transmission.
  • the method includes: a network device sends HARQ configuration information to a terminal device, where the HARQ configuration information includes indication information indicating whether the terminal device performs HARQ feedback for sidelink SL data transmission.
  • the network device can directly configure the SL HARQ feedback switch for the terminal device, which can meet various requirements.
  • SL HARQ is not enabled when the load is high, the load can be reduced. At the same time, it does not affect the transmission efficiency. For low-reliability services, only blind retransmission can achieve QoS requirements, and can also reduce SL HARQ resource occupation.
  • the interface for the terminal device to perform HARQ feedback includes a sidelink SL interface or a Uu air interface.
  • the Rx UE after the Rx UE receives the SL data, it can feed back HARQ to the Rx UE through the SL interface, or directly feed back HARQ to the base station through the Uu port.
  • the SL data includes data of one or more service types among unicast, multicast or broadcast.
  • the SL data includes media access control MAC layer transport block TB and/or physical layer code block group CBG type data.
  • the conditions under which the indication information applies include: the terminal device is in a dispatch-free authorization mode, the terminal device is in a dynamic scheduling mode, the terminal device is in a semi-static scheduling mode, and the terminal device
  • the SL data is data transmitted using a preset wireless access technology
  • the SL data is data transmitted using a preset carrier
  • the SL data is data transmitted using a preset frequency
  • the terminal device is located in a preset base station, the terminal device is located in a preset cell, the terminal device is a preset target terminal, the terminal device is a terminal included in a preset group
  • the SL data is Data corresponding to a preset service
  • the SL data is data that meets a preset quality of service
  • the SL data is data transmitted using the preset carrier bandwidth part of the BWP
  • the SL data is using a preset logical channel Group transmission data
  • the SL data is data transmitted using a preset logical channel
  • the SL data is data transmitted using a preset
  • the HARQ configuration information further includes preset condition information, and the preset condition information is used to indicate the terminal Conditions for the device to perform HARQ feedback for SL data transmission.
  • the preset condition information includes that a preset measurement index is higher than, lower than, not higher than, or not lower than a preset threshold and/or the preset measurement index is at or not at a preset value List.
  • the measurement object corresponding to the preset measurement index includes one of the frequency point/resource pool/BWP required to be measured in the SL, the reference signal required to be measured in the SL, and resource configuration information, or
  • the reference signals include synchronization signal block SSB, channel state information reference signal CSI-RS, demodulation reference signal DMRS, phase tracking reference signal PTRS or channel sounding reference signal SRS, and the resource configuration information includes time domain, frequency Any combination of domain or airspace.
  • the conditions applicable to the measurement object include: the terminal device is in the scheduling-free authorization mode, the terminal device is in the dynamic scheduling mode, the terminal device is in the semi-static scheduling mode, and the terminal device
  • the SL data is data transmitted using a preset wireless access technology
  • the SL data is data transmitted using a preset carrier
  • the SL data is data transmitted using a preset frequency
  • the terminal device is located in a preset base station, the terminal device is located in a preset cell, the terminal device is a preset target terminal, the terminal device is a terminal included in a preset group
  • the SL data is Data corresponding to a preset service
  • the SL data is data that meets a preset quality of service
  • the SL data is data transmitted using the preset carrier bandwidth part of the BWP
  • the SL data is using a preset logical channel Group-transmitted data
  • the SL data is data transmitted using a preset logical channel
  • the SL data is data transmitted using a preset logical channel
  • the preset measurement index includes any one or more combinations of the channel quality corresponding to the SL interface, the quality of service QoS corresponding to the SL interface, or the sending index corresponding to the SL interface.
  • the channel quality corresponding to the SL interface includes the channel busy ratio CBR, the reference signal received power RSRP, the reference signal received quality RSRQ, the received signal strength indicator RSSI, the channel quality indicator CQI, the channel state information CSI, and the prediction in the multiple input multiple output MIMO system.
  • the coding matrix indicates one or more of the PMI, the rank in the MIMO system indicates the RI, or the rank RANK of the channel matrix in the MIMO system;
  • the QoS corresponding to the SL interface includes one of a QoS target, a QoS requirement, or a QoS value Or multiple;
  • the transmission indicators corresponding to the SL interface include one or more of transmission rate, path loss PathLoss, power headroom report PHR, timing advance TA, modulation and coding strategy MCS, power Power, or block error rate BLER Item;
  • the QoS value includes latency, reliability, data rate/throughput throughput, communication distance range or payload Payload.
  • the method further includes: the network device sends the measurement configuration information of the measurement event to the terminal device, and the measurement configuration information includes at least A measurement object and the reporting configuration requirements corresponding to the measurement event; the network device receives the measurement report of the measurement event sent by the terminal device, and the measurement report is that the terminal device meets the first measurement value When at least one of the configuration requirements is reported, the first measurement value is obtained by the terminal device measuring the at least one measurement object; the network device generates the HARQ configuration information according to the measurement report.
  • the applicable conditions of the measurement event include: the terminal device is in the dispatch-free authorization mode, the terminal device is in the dynamic dispatch mode, the terminal device is in the autonomous competition mode, and the SL data is Data transmitted using a preset wireless access technology, the SL data is data transmitted using a preset carrier, the SL data is data transmitted using a preset frequency, the terminal device is located at a preset base station, The terminal device is located in a preset cell, the terminal device is a preset target terminal, the terminal device is a terminal included in a preset group, the SL data is data corresponding to a preset service, the The SL data is data that meets a preset quality of service, the SL data is data transmitted using a preset carrier bandwidth part of the BWP, the SL data is data transmitted using a preset logical channel group, and the SL data is One or more of data transmitted using a preset logical channel, the SL data is data transmitted using a preset communication connection, and the SL data is
  • the number of the terminal devices includes one or more.
  • the number of terminal devices is one, and for a multicast or broadcast scenario, the number of terminal devices is multiple.
  • the sending of the HARQ configuration information by the network device to the terminal device includes: the network device sending the HARQ configuration information to the terminal device through third signaling, and the third signal Commands include RRC signaling, RLC signaling, PDCP signaling, MAC signaling, SDAP signaling, NAS signaling, SIB message, MAC signaling, or physical layer signaling.
  • the third signal Commands include RRC signaling, RLC signaling, PDCP signaling, MAC signaling, SDAP signaling, NAS signaling, SIB message, MAC signaling, or physical layer signaling.
  • the method further includes: the network device sends fourth signaling to the terminal device, and The fourth signaling is used to activate the indication information, and the fourth signaling includes MAC signaling or DCI signaling.
  • the terminal device is one or more of a device group or a device group.
  • the granularity targeted by the indication information is indicated explicitly or implicitly.
  • the measurement object is indicated explicitly or implicitly.
  • the granularity of the measurement object is indicated explicitly or implicitly.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a HARQ feedback control method, which is applied to the terminal device side.
  • the network device may configure an SL HARQ feedback switch for the terminal device, and the SL HARQ feedback switch is used to characterize whether the terminal device needs to perform SL HARQ feedback after receiving the SL data transmission.
  • the method includes: a terminal device receives HARQ configuration information sent by a network device, where the HARQ configuration information includes indication information indicating whether the terminal device performs HARQ feedback for sidelink SL data transmission. If the indication information indicates that the terminal device performs HARQ feedback for SL data transmission, the terminal device needs to perform HARQ feedback after receiving the SL data.
  • the network device can directly configure the SL HARQ feedback switch for the terminal device, which can meet various requirements. For example, if SL HARQ is not enabled when the load is high, the load can be reduced. At the same time, it does not affect the transmission efficiency. For low-reliability services, only blind retransmission can achieve QoS requirements, and can also reduce SL HARQ resource occupation.
  • the interface for the terminal device to perform HARQ feedback includes a sidelink SL interface or a Uu air interface.
  • the Rx UE after the Rx UE receives the SL data, it can feed back HARQ to the Rx UE through the SL interface, or directly feed back HARQ to the base station through the Uu port.
  • the SL data includes data of one or more service types among unicast, multicast or broadcast.
  • the SL data includes media access control MAC layer transport block TB and/or physical layer code block group CBG type data.
  • the conditions under which the indication information applies include: the terminal device is in a dispatch-free authorization mode, the terminal device is in a dynamic scheduling mode, the terminal device is in a semi-static scheduling mode, and the terminal device
  • the SL data is data transmitted using a preset wireless access technology
  • the SL data is data transmitted using a preset carrier
  • the SL data is data transmitted using a preset frequency
  • the terminal device is located in a preset base station, the terminal device is located in a preset cell, the terminal device is a preset target terminal, the terminal device is a terminal included in a preset group
  • the SL data is Data corresponding to a preset service
  • the SL data is data that meets a preset quality of service
  • the SL data is data transmitted using the preset carrier bandwidth part of the BWP
  • the SL data is using a preset logical channel Group transmission data
  • the SL data is data transmitted using a preset logical channel
  • the SL data is data transmitted using a preset
  • the HARQ configuration information further includes preset condition information, and the preset condition information is used to indicate the terminal Conditions for the device to perform HARQ feedback for SL data transmission.
  • the preset condition information includes that a preset measurement index is higher than, lower than, not higher than, or not lower than a preset threshold and/or the preset measurement index is at or not at a preset value List.
  • the measurement object corresponding to the preset measurement index includes one of the frequency point/resource pool/BWP required to be measured in the SL, the reference signal required to be measured in the SL, and resource configuration information, or
  • the reference signals include synchronization signal block SSB, channel state information reference signal CSI-RS, demodulation reference signal DMRS, phase tracking reference signal PTRS or channel sounding reference signal SRS, and the resource configuration information includes time domain, frequency Any combination of domain or airspace.
  • the conditions applicable to the measurement object include: the terminal device is in the scheduling-free authorization mode, the terminal device is in the dynamic scheduling mode, the terminal device is in the semi-static scheduling mode, and the terminal device
  • the SL data is data transmitted using a preset wireless access technology
  • the SL data is data transmitted using a preset carrier
  • the SL data is data transmitted using a preset frequency
  • the terminal device is located in a preset base station, the terminal device is located in a preset cell, the terminal device is a preset target terminal, the terminal device is a terminal included in a preset group
  • the SL data is Data corresponding to a preset service
  • the SL data is data that meets a preset quality of service
  • the SL data is data transmitted using the preset carrier bandwidth part of the BWP
  • the SL data is using a preset logical channel Group-transmitted data
  • the SL data is data transmitted using a preset logical channel
  • the SL data is data transmitted using a preset logical channel
  • the preset measurement index includes any one or more combinations of the channel quality corresponding to the SL interface, the quality of service QoS corresponding to the SL interface, or the sending index corresponding to the SL interface.
  • the channel quality corresponding to the SL interface includes the channel busy ratio CBR, the reference signal received power RSRP, the reference signal received quality RSRQ, the received signal strength indicator RSSI, the channel quality indicator CQI, the channel state information CSI, and the prediction in the multiple input multiple output MIMO system.
  • the coding matrix indicates one or more of the PMI, the rank in the MIMO system indicates the RI, or the rank RANK of the channel matrix in the MIMO system;
  • the QoS corresponding to the SL interface includes one of a QoS target, a QoS requirement, or a QoS value Or multiple;
  • the transmission indicators corresponding to the SL interface include one or more of transmission rate, path loss PathLoss, power headroom report PHR, timing advance TA, modulation and coding strategy MCS, power Power, or block error rate BLER Item;
  • the QoS value includes latency, reliability, data rate/throughput throughput, communication distance range or payload Payload.
  • the terminal device before the terminal device receives the HARQ configuration information sent by the network device, it further includes: the terminal device receives measurement configuration information of the measurement event sent by the network device, and the measurement configuration information includes at least one measurement An object and a reporting configuration requirement corresponding to the measurement event; the terminal device measures the at least one measurement object to obtain a first measurement value. When the first measurement value meets at least one of the reporting configuration requirements, the terminal device sends a measurement report of the measurement event to the network device, and the measurement report is used by the network device to generate the HARQ configuration information.
  • the applicable conditions of the measurement event include: the terminal device is in the dispatch-free authorization mode, the terminal device is in the dynamic dispatch mode, the terminal device is in the autonomous competition mode, and the SL data is Data transmitted using a preset wireless access technology, the SL data is data transmitted using a preset carrier, the SL data is data transmitted using a preset frequency, the terminal device is located at a preset base station, The terminal device is located in a preset cell, the terminal device is a preset target terminal, the terminal device is a terminal included in a preset group, the SL data is data corresponding to a preset service, the The SL data is data that meets a preset quality of service, the SL data is data transmitted using a preset carrier bandwidth part of the BWP, the SL data is data transmitted using a preset logical channel group, and the SL data is One or more of data transmitted using a preset logical channel, the SL data is data transmitted using a preset communication connection, and the SL data is
  • the number of the terminal devices includes one or more.
  • the number of terminal devices is one, and for a multicast or broadcast scenario, the number of terminal devices is multiple.
  • the terminal device receiving the HARQ configuration information sent by the network device includes: the terminal device receiving the HARQ configuration information sent by the network device through third signaling, the third information Commands include RRC signaling, RLC signaling, PDCP signaling, MAC signaling, SDAP signaling, NAS signaling, SIB message, MAC signaling, or physical layer signaling.
  • the third information Commands include RRC signaling, RLC signaling, PDCP signaling, MAC signaling, SDAP signaling, NAS signaling, SIB message, MAC signaling, or physical layer signaling.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device receives the fourth signaling sent by the network device, and the fourth signaling The signaling is used to activate the indication information, and the fourth signaling includes MAC signaling or DCI signaling.
  • the terminal device is one or more of a device group or a device group.
  • the granularity targeted by the indication information is indicated explicitly or implicitly.
  • the measurement object is indicated explicitly or implicitly.
  • the granularity of the measurement object is indicated explicitly or implicitly.
  • the terminal device sends a message to its opposite terminal device Change instruction information, the terminal device at the opposite end receives the change instruction information, the change instruction information is used to indicate whether the terminal device performs SL HARQ feedback (or the SL HARQ feedback switch used to instruct the terminal device to change from on to off or from off to open).
  • the terminal device sends a change instruction to the network device .
  • the network device receives the change instruction information sent by the terminal device, and the change instruction information is used to indicate whether the terminal device performs SL HARQ feedback.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a HARQ feedback control method, which is applied to the terminal device side.
  • the UE can configure the SL HARQ feedback switch for itself.
  • the Tx UE configures the HARQ feedback switch for the Rx UE, and the Tx UE can also configure the HARQ feedback switch for itself.
  • the method includes: a terminal device configures HARQ configuration information, where the HARQ configuration information is used to indicate whether the terminal device performs HARQ feedback for sidelink SL data transmission.
  • the interface through which the terminal device performs HARQ feedback includes a sidelink SL or Uu air interface.
  • the Rx UE after the Rx UE receives the SL data, it can feed back HARQ to the Rx UE through the SL interface, or directly feed back HARQ to the base station through the Uu port.
  • the SL data includes data of one or more service types among unicast, multicast or broadcast.
  • the SL data includes media access control MAC layer transport block TB and/or physical layer code block group CBG type data.
  • the applicable conditions for the HARQ configuration information include: the terminal device is in the scheduling-free authorization mode, the terminal device is in the dynamic scheduling mode, the terminal device is in the semi-static scheduling mode, and the terminal The device is in an autonomous competition mode, the SL data is data transmitted using a preset wireless access technology, the SL data is data transmitted using a preset carrier, and the SL data is data transmitted using a preset frequency
  • the terminal device is located in a preset base station, the terminal device is located in a preset cell, the terminal device is a preset target terminal, the terminal device is a terminal included in a preset group, and the SL data Is data corresponding to a preset service, the SL data is data that meets the preset service quality, the SL data is data transmitted using the preset carrier bandwidth part of the BWP, and the SL data is using the preset logic Data transmitted by the channel group, the SL data is data transmitted using a preset logical channel, the SL data is data transmitted using a preset logical
  • the HARQ configuration information may be determined by the terminal device based on its measurement result.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device measures at least one measurement object to obtain the first measurement value of the measurement event.
  • the HARQ feedback switch of the terminal device is specifically: if the first measurement value meets the preset activation condition of the SLHARQ feedback switch, the terminal device configures its own HARQ feedback switch to be on, and if the first measurement value does not meet the preset To enable the SLHARQ feedback switch, the terminal device configures its own HARQ feedback switch to off.
  • the enabling condition includes that the preset measurement index is higher than, lower than, not higher than, or not lower than a preset threshold and/or the preset measurement index is or is not in the preset value list .
  • the measurement object corresponding to the preset measurement index includes one of the frequency point/resource pool/BWP required to be measured in the SL, the reference signal required to be measured in the SL, and resource configuration information, or
  • the reference signals include synchronization signal block SSB, channel state information reference signal CSI-RS, demodulation reference signal DMRS, phase tracking reference signal PTRS or channel sounding reference signal SRS, and the resource configuration information includes time domain, frequency Any combination of domain or airspace.
  • the conditions applicable to the measurement object include: the terminal device is in the scheduling-free authorization mode, the terminal device is in the dynamic scheduling mode, the terminal device is in the semi-static scheduling mode, and the terminal device In an autonomous competition mode, the SL data is data transmitted using a preset wireless access technology, the terminal device uses a preset carrier for transmission, the terminal device uses a preset frequency for transmission, and the terminal device is located in the preset It is assumed that the base station, the terminal device is located in a preset cell, the terminal device is a preset target terminal, the terminal device is a terminal included in a preset group, the terminal device transmits preset service data, The terminal device satisfies the preset service quality, the terminal device uses the preset carrier bandwidth part of BWP transmission, the terminal device uses the preset logical channel group for transmission, the terminal device uses the preset logical channel for transmission, One or more of the terminal device uses a preset communication connection transmission or the terminal device uses a preset group connection transmission.
  • the preset measurement index includes any one or more combinations of the channel quality corresponding to the SL interface, the quality of service QoS corresponding to the SL interface, or the sending index corresponding to the SL interface.
  • the channel quality corresponding to the SL interface includes the channel busy ratio CBR, the reference signal received power RSRP, the reference signal received quality RSRQ, the received signal strength indicator RSSI, the channel quality indicator CQI, the channel state information CSI, and the prediction in the multiple input multiple output MIMO system.
  • the coding matrix indicates one or more of the PMI, the rank in the MIMO system indicates the RI, or the rank RANK of the channel matrix in the MIMO system;
  • the QoS corresponding to the SL interface includes one of a QoS target, a QoS requirement, or a QoS value Or multiple;
  • the transmission indicators corresponding to the SL interface include one or more of transmission rate, path loss PathLoss, power headroom report PHR, timing advance TA, modulation and coding strategy MCS, power Power, or block error rate BLER Item;
  • the QoS value includes latency, reliability, data rate/throughput throughput, communication distance range or payload Payload.
  • the terminal device sends the terminal device of its SL opposite end.
  • the change instruction information is sent, and the terminal device at the opposite end receives the change instruction information, which is used to indicate whether the terminal device performs SL HARQ feedback.
  • the terminal device sends a change instruction to the network device .
  • the network device receives the change instruction information sent by the terminal device, and the change instruction information is used to indicate whether the terminal device performs SL HARQ feedback.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a HARQ feedback control method, which is applied to the first communication device side.
  • the first communication device may configure a Uu HARQ feedback switch for the second communication device, and the U HARQ feedback switch is used to characterize whether the second communication device needs to perform Uu HARQ feedback after receiving Uu data.
  • the method includes: the first communication device obtains HARQ configuration information.
  • the first communication device sends the HARQ configuration information to the second communication device, where the HARQ configuration information includes indication information indicating whether the second communication device performs HARQ feedback for Uu data.
  • the communication device can realize the configuration/application of the adaptive UuHARQ switch, making UuHARQ feedback more flexible and able to meet various requirements. For example, if UuHARQ is not enabled under high load, the load can be reduced, such as low-latency services. Enabling UuHARQ is beneficial to reduce load without affecting transmission efficiency. For low-reliability services, only blind retransmission can achieve QoS requirements and reduce UuHARQ resource occupation.
  • the first communication device obtains the HARQ configuration information, which may be: the first communication device generates the HARQ configuration information, that is, the first communication device configures a Uu HARQ feedback switch for the second communication device.
  • acquiring the HARQ configuration information by the first communication device may be: the first communication device receives the HARQ configuration information sent by the network device, that is, the network device configures a Uu HARQ feedback switch for the second communication device.
  • the Uu data includes data of one or more service types among unicast, multicast or broadcast.
  • the Uu data includes media access control MAC layer transport block TB and/or physical layer code block group CBG type data.
  • the conditions under which the indication information is applicable include: the first communication device is in a scheduling-free authorization mode, the first communication device is in a dynamic scheduling mode, and the first communication device is in a semi-persistent scheduling mode.
  • the first communication device is in an autonomous competition mode
  • the Uu data is data transmitted using a preset wireless access technology
  • the Uu data is data transmitted using a preset carrier
  • the Uu data is using Data transmitted at a preset frequency
  • the first communication device is located at a preset base station
  • the first communication device is located at a preset cell
  • the second communication device is located at a preset base station
  • the second communication device Located in a preset cell
  • the first communication device is a preset source terminal
  • the second communication device is a preset target terminal
  • the second communication device is a terminal included in a preset group
  • the Uu data is data corresponding to a preset service
  • the Uu data is data that meets the preset quality of service
  • the Uu data is
  • the HARQ configuration information further includes preset condition information, and the preset condition information is used to indicate The condition for the second communication device to perform HARQ feedback for the Uu data.
  • the preset condition information includes that a preset measurement index is higher than, lower than, not higher than, or not lower than a preset threshold and/or the preset measurement index is at or not at a preset value List.
  • the measurement object corresponding to the preset measurement index includes one of the frequency point/resource pool/BWP required to be measured at Uu, the reference signal required to be measured at Uu, and resource configuration information, or
  • the reference signals include synchronization signal block SSB, channel state information reference signal CSI-RS, demodulation reference signal DMRS, phase tracking reference signal PTRS or channel sounding reference signal SRS, and the resource configuration information includes time domain, frequency Any combination of domain or airspace.
  • the conditions applicable to the measurement object include: the first communication device is in a scheduling-free authorization mode, the first communication device is in a dynamic scheduling mode, and the first communication device is in a semi-static scheduling mode.
  • the first communication device is in an autonomous competition mode
  • the Uu data is data transmitted using a preset wireless access technology
  • the Uu data is data transmitted using a preset carrier
  • the Uu data is using Data transmitted at a preset frequency
  • the first communication device is located at a preset base station
  • the first communication device is located at a preset cell
  • the second communication device is located at a preset base station
  • the second communication device Located in a preset cell
  • the first communication device is a preset source terminal
  • the second communication device is a preset target terminal
  • the second communication device is a terminal included in a preset group
  • the Uu data is data corresponding to a preset service
  • the Uu data is data that meets a preset quality of service
  • the Uu data is data transmitted using
  • the preset measurement indicators include any one or more combinations of channel quality corresponding to the Uu interface, quality of service QoS corresponding to the Uu interface, or transmission indicators corresponding to the Uu interface.
  • the channel quality corresponding to the Uu interface includes the channel busy ratio CBR, the reference signal received power RSRP, the reference signal received quality RSRQ, the received signal strength indicator RSSI, the channel quality indicator CQI, the channel state information CSI, and the prediction in the multiple input multiple output MIMO system.
  • the coding matrix indicates one or more of PMI, rank indicator RI in the MIMO system, or rank RANK of the channel matrix in the MIMO system;
  • the QoS corresponding to the Uu interface includes one of a QoS target, a QoS requirement, or a QoS value Or more;
  • the transmission index corresponding to the Uu interface includes one or more of transmission rate, path loss, power headroom report PHR, timing advance TA, modulation and coding strategy MCS, power or block error rate;
  • the QoS value includes time delay, reliability, speed, throughput, communication distance or payload.
  • the method further includes: the first communication device sends measurement configuration information of the measurement event to the second communication device, and the measurement configuration information includes At least one measurement object and the reporting configuration requirements corresponding to the measurement event; the first communication device receives the measurement report of the measurement event sent by the second communication device, and the measurement report indicates that the second communication device The first measurement value is sent when at least one of the report configuration requirements is met, the first measurement value is obtained by the second communication device measuring the at least one measurement object; the first communication device obtains the HARQ configuration
  • the information is specifically: the first communication device generates the HARQ configuration information according to the measurement report.
  • the conditions to which the measurement event is applicable include: the first communication device is in a scheduling-free authorization mode, the first communication device is in a dynamic scheduling mode, and the first communication device is in a semi-static scheduling Mode, the first communication device is in an autonomous competition mode, the Uu data is data transmitted using a preset wireless access technology, the Uu data is data transmitted using a preset carrier, and the Uu data is using Data transmitted at a preset frequency, the first communication device is located at a preset base station, the first communication device is located at a preset cell, the second communication device is located at a preset base station, the second communication device Located in a preset cell, the first communication device is a preset source terminal, the second communication device is a preset target terminal, the second communication device is a terminal included in a preset group, the Uu data is data corresponding to a preset service, the Uu data is data that meets the preset quality of service, the Uu data is data transmitted using the preset carrier bandwidth part BW
  • the number of the second communication device includes one or more.
  • the number of the second communication device is one, and for a multicast or broadcast scenario, the number of the second communication device is multiple.
  • the sending, by the first communication device, the HARQ configuration information to the second communication device includes: the first communication device sends the HARQ to the second communication device through a third communication device Configuration information.
  • the sending, by the first communication device, the HARQ configuration information to the second communication device includes: the first communication device sends the HARQ to the second communication device through first signaling Configuration information, the first signaling includes RRC signaling, RLC signaling, PDCP signaling, MAC signaling, SDAP signaling, NAS signaling, SIB message, MAC signaling, or physical layer signaling.
  • first signaling includes RRC signaling, RLC signaling, PDCP signaling, MAC signaling, SDAP signaling, NAS signaling, SIB message, MAC signaling, or physical layer signaling.
  • the method further includes: the first communication device sends the HARQ configuration information to the second communication device Send second signaling, where the second signaling is used to activate the indication information, and the second signaling includes DCI signaling or MAC signaling.
  • the second communication device is one or more of a device group or a device group.
  • the granularity targeted by the indication information is indicated explicitly or implicitly.
  • the measurement object is indicated explicitly or implicitly.
  • the granularity of the measurement object is indicated explicitly or implicitly.
  • the first communication device receives the second The change instruction information sent by the communication device
  • the second communication device receives the change instruction information sent by the first communication device
  • the change instruction information is used to indicate whether the second communication device performs Uu HARQ feedback (or is used to indicate Uu of the second communication device
  • the HARQ feedback switch is changed from on to off or from off to on).
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a HARQ feedback control method, which is applied to the second communication device side.
  • the first communication device may configure a Uu HARQ feedback switch for the second communication device, and the U HARQ feedback switch is used to characterize whether the second communication device needs to perform Uu HARQ feedback after receiving Uu data.
  • the method includes: a second communication device receives HARQ configuration information sent by a first communication device, where the HARQ configuration information includes indication information indicating whether the second communication device performs HARQ feedback for side link Uu data. If the indication information indicates that the second communication device performs HARQ feedback for Uu data, the second communication device needs to perform HARQ feedback after receiving the Uu data.
  • the communication device can realize the configuration/application of the adaptive UuHARQ switch, making UuHARQ feedback more flexible and able to meet various requirements. For example, if UuHARQ is not enabled under high load, the load can be reduced, such as low-latency services. Enabling UuHARQ is beneficial to reduce load without affecting transmission efficiency. For low-reliability services, only blind retransmission can achieve QoS requirements and reduce UuHARQ resource occupation.
  • the HARQ configuration information is generated by the first communication device, or the HARQ configuration information is received by the first communication device from another device.
  • the Uu data includes data of one or more service types among unicast, multicast or broadcast.
  • the Uu data includes media access control MAC layer transport block TB and/or physical layer code block group CBG type data.
  • the conditions under which the indication information is applicable include: the first communication device is in a scheduling-free authorization mode, the first communication device is in a dynamic scheduling mode, and the first communication device is in a semi-persistent scheduling mode.
  • the first communication device is in an autonomous competition mode
  • the Uu data is data transmitted using a preset wireless access technology
  • the Uu data is data transmitted using a preset carrier
  • the Uu data is using Data transmitted at a preset frequency
  • the first communication device is located at a preset base station
  • the first communication device is located at a preset cell
  • the second communication device is located at a preset base station
  • the second communication device Located in a preset cell
  • the first communication device is a preset source terminal
  • the second communication device is a preset target terminal
  • the second communication device is a terminal included in a preset group
  • the Uu data is data corresponding to a preset service
  • the Uu data is data that meets a preset quality of service
  • the Uu data
  • the HARQ configuration information further includes preset condition information, and the preset condition information is used to indicate The condition for the second communication device to perform HARQ feedback for the Uu data.
  • the preset condition information includes that a preset measurement index is higher than, lower than, not higher than, or not lower than a preset threshold and/or the preset measurement index is at or not at a preset value List.
  • the measurement object corresponding to the preset measurement index includes one of the frequency point/resource pool/BWP required to be measured at Uu, the reference signal required to be measured at Uu, and resource configuration information, or
  • the reference signals include synchronization signal block SSB, channel state information reference signal CSI-RS, demodulation reference signal DMRS, phase tracking reference signal PTRS or channel sounding reference signal SRS, and the resource configuration information includes time domain, frequency Any combination of domain or airspace.
  • the conditions applicable to the measurement object include: the first communication device is in a scheduling-free authorization mode, the first communication device is in a dynamic scheduling mode, and the first communication device is in a semi-static scheduling mode.
  • the first communication device is in an autonomous competition mode
  • the Uu data is data transmitted using a preset wireless access technology
  • the Uu data is data transmitted using a preset carrier
  • the Uu data is using Data transmitted at a preset frequency
  • the first communication device is located at a preset base station
  • the first communication device is located at a preset cell
  • the second communication device is located at a preset base station
  • the second communication device Located in a preset cell
  • the first communication device is a preset source terminal
  • the second communication device is a preset target terminal
  • the second communication device is a terminal included in a preset group
  • the Uu data is data corresponding to a preset service
  • the Uu data is data that meets the preset quality of service
  • the Uu data is data transmitted using the
  • the preset measurement indicators include any one or more combinations of channel quality corresponding to the Uu interface, quality of service QoS corresponding to the Uu interface, or transmission indicators corresponding to the Uu interface.
  • the channel quality corresponding to the Uu interface includes the channel busy ratio CBR, the reference signal received power RSRP, the reference signal received quality RSRQ, the received signal strength indicator RSSI, the channel quality indicator CQI, the channel state information CSI, and the prediction in the multiple input multiple output MIMO system.
  • the coding matrix indicates one or more of PMI, rank indicator RI in the MIMO system, or rank RANK of the channel matrix in the MIMO system;
  • the QoS corresponding to the Uu interface includes one of a QoS target, a QoS requirement, or a QoS value Or multiple;
  • the transmission indicators corresponding to the Uu interface include one or more of transmission rate, path loss PathLoss, power headroom report PHR, timing advance TA, modulation and coding strategy MCS, power Power, or block error rate BLER Item;
  • the QoS value includes latency, reliability, data rate/throughput throughput, communication distance range or payload Payload.
  • the method before the second communication device receives the HARQ configuration information sent by the first communication device, the method further includes: receiving, by the second communication device, the measurement configuration of the configuration measurement event sent by the first communication device Information, the measurement configuration information includes at least one measurement object and a report configuration requirement corresponding to the measurement event; the second communication device measures the at least one measurement object to obtain a first measurement value; in the first measurement value When at least one of the reporting configuration requirements is met, the second communication device sends a measurement report of the measurement event to the first communication device, and the measurement report is used by the first communication device to generate the HARQ Configuration information.
  • the conditions to which the measurement event is applicable include: the first communication device is in a scheduling-free authorization mode, the first communication device is in a dynamic scheduling mode, and the first communication device is in a semi-static scheduling Mode, the first communication device is in an autonomous competition mode, the Uu data is data transmitted using a preset wireless access technology, the Uu data is data transmitted using a preset carrier, and the Uu data is using Data transmitted at a preset frequency, the first communication device is located at a preset base station, the first communication device is located at a preset cell, the second communication device is located at a preset base station, the second communication device Located in a preset cell, the first communication device is a preset source terminal, the second communication device is a preset target terminal, the second communication device is a terminal included in a preset group, the Uu data is data corresponding to a preset service, the Uu data is data that meets the preset quality of service, the Uu data is data transmitted using the preset carrier bandwidth part BW
  • the number of the second communication device includes one or more.
  • the number of the second communication device is one, and for a multicast or broadcast scenario, the number of the second communication device is multiple.
  • the receiving, by the second communication device, the HARQ configuration information sent by the first communication device includes: receiving by the second communication device from the first communication device via a third communication device Of the HARQ configuration information.
  • the receiving, by the second communication device, the HARQ configuration information sent by the first communication device includes: the second communication device receiving the HARQ configuration information sent by the first communication device through the first signaling
  • the first signaling includes RRC signaling, RLC signaling, PDCP signaling, MAC signaling, SDAP signaling, NAS signaling, SIB message, MAC signaling, or physical layer signaling.
  • the method further includes: the second communication device receives the first communication The second signaling sent by the device, where the second signaling is used to activate the indication information, and the second signaling includes DCI signaling or MAC signaling.
  • the second communication device is one or more of a device group or a device group.
  • the granularity targeted by the indication information is indicated explicitly or implicitly.
  • the measurement object is indicated explicitly or implicitly.
  • the granularity of the measurement object is indicated explicitly or implicitly.
  • the second communication device changes to the first The communication device sends change instruction information, and the first communication device receives the change instruction information, where the change instruction information is used to indicate whether the second communication device performs Uu HARQ feedback.
  • an embodiment of the present invention also provides a HARQ feedback control method for updating the state of the HARQ feedback switch.
  • the method includes: if the state of the HARQ feedback switch of the first communication device is changed, the first communication device sends change instruction information to the second communication device, and the second communication device receives the change instruction information sent by the first communication device, and the change The indication information is used to indicate that the HARQ feedback switch of the first communication device is changed from on to off or from off to on.
  • the HARQ feedback status of a communication device changes, it can notify other communication devices (for example, the communication peer) so that the communication peer can learn its HARQ feedback status and improve communication performance.
  • the HARQ feedback switch may be an SL HARQ feedback switch for SL data transmission, or a Uu HARQ feedback switch for Uu data.
  • the HARQ feedback switch is an SL HARQ feedback switch for SL data transmission
  • the first communication device may be the first terminal device
  • the second communication device may be the second terminal device that performs SL communication with the first terminal device.
  • the device may also be a network device serving the first terminal device.
  • the HARQ feedback switch is a Uu HARQ feedback switch for Uu data
  • the first communication device may be a terminal device and the second communication device may be a network device, or the first communication device may be a network device, and the second communication device may be Terminal Equipment.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a terminal device.
  • the terminal device is a first terminal device.
  • the first terminal device may include multiple functional modules or units for correspondingly performing the HARQ feedback provided in the first aspect.
  • the control method, or the HARQ feedback control method provided by any one of the possible implementation manners of the first aspect.
  • the embodiments of the present invention provide another terminal device.
  • the terminal device is a second terminal device.
  • the second terminal device may include multiple functional modules or units for correspondingly executing the HARQ provided in the second aspect.
  • the feedback control method, or the HARQ feedback control method provided by any one of the possible implementation manners of the second aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a network device.
  • the network device may include multiple functional modules or units for corresponding implementation of the HARQ feedback control method provided in the third aspect, or possible implementations of the third aspect
  • the HARQ feedback control method provided by any of the methods.
  • the embodiments of the present invention provide another terminal device.
  • the terminal device may include multiple functional modules or units for correspondingly executing the HARQ feedback control method provided in the fourth aspect, or possible in the fourth aspect
  • the HARQ feedback control method provided by any one of the implementation manners.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a terminal device.
  • the terminal device may include multiple functional modules or units for corresponding implementation of the HARQ feedback control method provided in the fifth aspect, or possible implementations of the fifth aspect
  • the HARQ feedback control method provided by any of the methods.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a communication device.
  • the communication device is a first communication device.
  • the first communication device may include multiple functional modules or units for correspondingly executing the HARQ provided in the sixth aspect.
  • the feedback control method, or the HARQ feedback control method provided by any one of the possible implementation manners of the sixth aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a communication device, which is a second communication device, and the second communication device may include multiple functional modules or units for correspondingly executing the HARQ provided in the seventh aspect.
  • the feedback control method, or the HARQ feedback control method provided by any one of the possible implementation manners of the seventh aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a communication device.
  • the communication device may include multiple functional modules or units for correspondingly executing the HARQ feedback control method provided in the eighth aspect, or possible The HARQ feedback control method provided by any one of the implementation manners.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a terminal device, which is used to execute the HARQ feedback control method described in the first aspect.
  • the terminal device is a first terminal device, and the first terminal device may include a memory and a processor, a transmitter, and a receiver coupled with the memory.
  • the transmitter is used to support the first terminal device to execute the step of sending information by the first terminal device in the HARQ feedback control method provided in the first aspect.
  • the receiver is used to support the first terminal device to perform the step of receiving information by the first terminal device in the HARQ feedback control method provided in the first aspect.
  • the processor is configured to support the first terminal device to execute other processing steps of the first terminal device in addition to sending information and receiving information in the HARQ feedback control method provided in the first aspect.
  • the transmitter and receiver in the embodiment of the present invention may be integrated together, or may be coupled through a coupler.
  • the memory is used to store the implementation code of the HARQ feedback control method described in the first aspect
  • the processor is used to execute the program code stored in the memory, that is, execute the HARQ feedback control method provided in the first aspect, or the first The HARQ feedback control method provided by any one of the possible implementation manners.
  • the memory and the processor can be integrated together or coupled through a coupler.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a terminal device, which is used to execute the HARQ feedback control method described in the second aspect.
  • the terminal device is a second terminal device, and the second terminal device may include a memory and a processor, a transmitter, and a receiver coupled with the memory.
  • the transmitter is used to support the second terminal device to execute the step of sending information by the second terminal device in the HARQ feedback control method provided in the second aspect.
  • the receiver is used to support the second terminal device to perform the step of receiving information by the second terminal device in the HARQ feedback control method provided in the second aspect.
  • the processor is configured to support the second terminal device to execute other processing steps of the second terminal device in addition to sending information and receiving information in the HARQ feedback control method provided in the second aspect.
  • the transmitter and receiver in the embodiment of the present invention may be integrated together, or may be coupled through a coupler.
  • the memory is used to store the implementation code of the HARQ feedback control method described in the second aspect, and the processor is used to execute the program code stored in the memory, that is, execute the HARQ feedback control method provided in the second aspect, or the second aspect
  • the HARQ feedback control method provided by any one of the possible implementation manners.
  • the memory and the processor can be integrated together or coupled through a coupler.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a network device, which is used to execute the HARQ feedback control method described in the third aspect.
  • the network device may include a memory and a processor, a transmitter, and a receiver coupled with the memory.
  • the transmitter is used to support the network device to perform the step of sending information by the network device in the HARQ feedback control method provided in the third aspect.
  • the receiver is used to support the network device to perform the step of receiving information by the network device in the HARQ feedback control method provided in the third aspect.
  • the processor is used to support the network device to perform other processing steps of the network device in addition to sending information and receiving information in the HARQ feedback control method provided in the third aspect.
  • the transmitter and receiver in the embodiment of the present invention may be integrated together, or may be coupled through a coupler.
  • the memory is used to store the implementation code of the HARQ feedback control method described in the third aspect
  • the processor is used to execute the program code stored in the memory, that is, execute the HARQ feedback control method provided in the third aspect, or the third aspect
  • the HARQ feedback control method provided by any one of the possible implementation manners.
  • the memory and the processor can be integrated together or coupled through a coupler.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a terminal device, which is used to execute the HARQ feedback control method described in the fourth aspect.
  • the terminal device is a terminal device, and the terminal device may include a memory and a processor, a transmitter, and a receiver coupled with the memory.
  • the transmitter is used to support the terminal device to perform the step of sending information by the terminal device in the HARQ feedback control method provided in the fourth aspect.
  • the receiver is used to support the terminal device to perform the step of receiving information by the terminal device in the HARQ feedback control method provided in the fourth aspect.
  • the processor is used to support the terminal device to perform other processing steps of the terminal device in addition to sending information and receiving information in the HARQ feedback control method provided in the fourth aspect.
  • the transmitter and receiver in the embodiment of the present invention may be integrated together, or may be coupled through a coupler.
  • the memory is used to store the implementation code of the HARQ feedback control method described in the fourth aspect
  • the processor is used to execute the program code stored in the memory, that is, execute the HARQ feedback control method provided in the fourth aspect, or the fourth aspect
  • the HARQ feedback control method provided by any one of the possible implementation manners.
  • the memory and the processor can be integrated together or coupled through a coupler.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a terminal device, which is used to execute the HARQ feedback control method described in the fifth aspect.
  • the terminal device is a terminal device, and the terminal device may include a memory and a processor, a transmitter, and a receiver coupled with the memory.
  • the transmitter is used to support the terminal device to execute the step of sending information by the terminal device in the HARQ feedback control method provided in the fifth aspect.
  • the receiver is used to support the terminal device to perform the step of receiving information by the terminal device in the HARQ feedback control method provided in the fifth aspect.
  • the processor is configured to support the terminal device to perform other processing steps of the terminal device in addition to sending information and receiving information in the HARQ feedback control method provided in the fifth aspect.
  • the transmitter and receiver in the embodiment of the present invention may be integrated together, or may be coupled through a coupler.
  • the memory is used to store the implementation code of the HARQ feedback control method described in the fifth aspect
  • the processor is used to execute the program code stored in the memory, that is, execute the HARQ feedback control method provided in the fifth aspect, or the fifth aspect
  • the HARQ feedback control method provided by any one of the possible implementation manners.
  • the memory and the processor can be integrated together or coupled through a coupler.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a communication device, which is used to execute the HARQ feedback control method described in the sixth aspect.
  • the communication device is a first communication device, and the first communication device may include a memory and a processor, a transmitter, and a receiver coupled with the memory.
  • the transmitter is used to support the first communication device to perform the step of sending information by the first communication device in the HARQ feedback control method provided in the sixth aspect.
  • the receiver is used to support the first communication device to perform the step of receiving information by the first communication device in the HARQ feedback control method provided in the sixth aspect.
  • the processor is configured to support the first communication device to perform other processing steps of the first communication device in addition to sending information and receiving information in the HARQ feedback control method provided in the sixth aspect.
  • the transmitter and receiver in the embodiment of the present invention may be integrated together, or may be coupled through a coupler.
  • the memory is used to store the implementation code of the HARQ feedback control method described in the sixth aspect
  • the processor is used to execute the program code stored in the memory, that is, execute the HARQ feedback control method provided in the sixth aspect, or the sixth aspect
  • the HARQ feedback control method provided by any one of the possible implementation manners.
  • the memory and the processor can be integrated together or coupled through a coupler.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a communication device, which is used to execute the HARQ feedback control method described in the seventh aspect.
  • the communication device is a second communication device, and the second communication device may include a memory and a processor, a transmitter, and a receiver coupled with the memory.
  • the transmitter is used to support the second communication device to perform the step of sending information by the second communication device in the HARQ feedback control method provided in the seventh aspect.
  • the receiver is used to support the second communication device to perform the step of receiving information by the second communication device in the HARQ feedback control method provided in the seventh aspect.
  • the processor is configured to support the second communication device to execute other processing steps of the second communication device in addition to sending information and receiving information in the HARQ feedback control method provided in the seventh aspect.
  • the transmitter and receiver in the embodiment of the present invention may be integrated together, or may be coupled through a coupler.
  • the memory is used to store the implementation code of the HARQ feedback control method described in the seventh aspect
  • the processor is used to execute the program code stored in the memory, that is, execute the HARQ feedback control method provided in the seventh aspect, or the seventh aspect.
  • the HARQ feedback control method provided by any one of the possible implementation manners.
  • the memory and the processor can be integrated together or coupled through a coupler.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a communication device, which is used to execute the HARQ feedback control method described in the eighth aspect.
  • the communication device is a first communication device, and the first communication device may include a memory and a processor, a transmitter, and a receiver coupled with the memory.
  • the transmitter is used to support the first communication device to perform the step of sending information by the first communication device in the HARQ feedback control method provided in the eighth aspect.
  • the receiver is configured to support the first communication device to perform the step of receiving information by the first communication device in the HARQ feedback control method provided in the eighth aspect.
  • the processor is configured to support the first communication device to execute other processing steps of the first communication device in the HARQ feedback control method provided in the eighth aspect except for sending information and receiving information.
  • the transmitter and receiver in the embodiment of the present invention may be integrated together, or may be coupled through a coupler.
  • the memory is used to store the implementation code of the HARQ feedback control method described in the eighth aspect
  • the processor is used to execute the program code stored in the memory, that is, execute the HARQ feedback control method provided in the eighth aspect, or the eighth aspect.
  • the HARQ feedback control method provided by any one of the possible implementation manners.
  • the memory and the processor can be integrated together or coupled through a coupler.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a communication system including a first terminal device and a second terminal device.
  • the first terminal device may be the first terminal device as described in the foregoing ninth aspect or the seventeenth aspect
  • the second terminal device may be as described in the foregoing tenth aspect or the eighteenth aspect.
  • the second terminal device may be the first terminal device as described in the foregoing tenth aspect or the eighteenth aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a communication system including a network device and a terminal device.
  • the network device may be the network device described in the aforementioned eleventh aspect or the nineteenth aspect
  • the terminal device may be the terminal device described in the aforementioned twelfth aspect or the twentieth aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a communication system including a first communication device and a second communication device.
  • the first communication device may be the first communication device as described in the foregoing fourteenth aspect or the 22nd aspect
  • the second communication device may be the foregoing fifteenth or twentieth aspect.
  • the second communication device described in three aspects.
  • the embodiment of the present invention also provides a HARQ feedback control method, which is applied to the network device side.
  • the method includes: a network device obtains second HARQ configuration information, where the second HARQ configuration information includes second indication information indicating whether the first terminal device performs HARQ feedback for sidelink SL data transmission;
  • the first terminal device sends the second HARQ configuration information, the second HARQ configuration information is used to instruct the first terminal device to send the first HARQ configuration information to the second terminal device, and the first HARQ configuration information includes First indication information indicating whether the second terminal device performs HARQ feedback for SL data transmission.
  • the network device can directly configure the SL HARQ feedback switch for the terminal device, which can meet various requirements. For example, if SL HARQ is not enabled when the load is high, the load can be reduced. At the same time, it does not affect the transmission efficiency. For low-reliability services, only blind retransmission can achieve QoS requirements, and can also reduce SL HARQ resource occupation.
  • the sending, by the network device, the second HARQ configuration information to the first terminal device includes: the network device sending the second HARQ configuration to the first terminal device through signaling Information, the signaling includes radio resource control RRC signaling, radio link control RLC signaling, data aggregation protocol PDCP signaling, medium access control MAC signaling, service data adaptation layer SDAP signaling, non-access layer NAS signaling, system information block SIB message, or physical layer signaling.
  • the signaling includes radio resource control RRC signaling, radio link control RLC signaling, data aggregation protocol PDCP signaling, medium access control MAC signaling, service data adaptation layer SDAP signaling, non-access layer NAS signaling, system information block SIB message, or physical layer signaling.
  • the second HARQ configuration information is further used to instruct the first terminal device to generate the first HARQ configuration information according to the second HARQ configuration information.
  • the interface through which the second terminal device performs HARQ feedback includes an SL interface or a Uu air interface.
  • the Rx UE after the Rx UE receives the SL data, it can feed back HARQ to the Rx UE through the SL interface, or directly feed back HARQ to the base station through the Uu port.
  • the SL data includes data of one or more service types among unicast, multicast or broadcast.
  • the granularity of the HARQ feedback is the transmission block TB.
  • the conditions under which the first indication information and/or the second indication information are applicable include: the first terminal device is in a scheduling-free authorization mode, and the first terminal device is in a dynamic scheduling mode
  • the first terminal device is in a semi-persistent scheduling mode
  • the first terminal device is in an autonomous competition mode
  • the SL data is data transmitted using a preset wireless access technology
  • the SL data is using a preset
  • the data transmitted by the carrier, the SL data is data transmitted using a preset frequency
  • the first terminal device is located in a preset base station, the first terminal device is located in a preset cell, and the second terminal device is located in A preset base station
  • the second terminal device is located in a preset cell
  • the first terminal device is a preset source terminal
  • the second terminal device is a preset target terminal
  • the second terminal device is The terminals included in the preset group
  • the SL data is data corresponding to the preset service
  • the SL data is data that meets the preset service quality
  • the first HARQ configuration information further includes preset condition information, and the preset The condition information is used to indicate a condition for the second terminal device to perform HARQ feedback for the SL data insertion transmission.
  • the preset condition information includes that a preset measurement index is higher than, lower than, not higher than, or not lower than a preset threshold and/or the preset measurement index is at or not at a preset value List.
  • the measurement object corresponding to the preset measurement index includes one of the frequency point/resource pool/BWP required to be measured in the SL, the reference signal required to be measured in the SL, and resource configuration information, or
  • the reference signals include synchronization signal block SSB, channel state information reference signal CSI-RS, demodulation reference signal DMRS, phase tracking reference signal PTRS or channel sounding reference signal SRS, and the resource configuration information includes time domain, frequency Any combination of domain or airspace.
  • the conditions applicable to the measurement object include: the first terminal device is in a scheduling-free authorization mode, the first terminal device is in a dynamic scheduling mode, and the first terminal device is in a semi-persistent scheduling mode.
  • the first terminal device is in an autonomous competition mode
  • the SL data is data transmitted using a preset wireless access technology
  • the SL data is data transmitted using a preset carrier
  • the SL data is using Data transmitted at a preset frequency
  • the first terminal device is located at a preset base station
  • the first terminal device is located at a preset cell
  • the second terminal device is located at a preset base station
  • the second terminal device Located in a preset cell
  • the first terminal device is a preset source terminal
  • the second terminal device is a preset target terminal
  • the second terminal device is a terminal included in a preset group
  • the The SL data is data corresponding to a preset service
  • the SL data is data that meets the preset service quality
  • the SL data is data transmitted
  • the preset measurement index includes any one or more combinations of the channel quality corresponding to the SL interface, the quality of service QoS corresponding to the SL interface, or the transmission index corresponding to the SL interface.
  • the channel quality corresponding to the interface includes channel busy ratio CBR, reference signal received power RSRP, reference signal received quality RSRQ, received signal strength indicator RSSI, channel quality indicator CQI, channel state information CSI, and precoding matrix in multiple input multiple output MIMO systems Indicate one or more of PMI, rank in MIMO system, RI, or rank RANK of channel matrix in MIMO system;
  • the QoS corresponding to the SL interface includes one or more of QoS target, QoS requirement, or QoS value Item;
  • the transmission index corresponding to the SL interface includes one or more of transmission rate, path loss, power headroom report PHR, timing advance TA, modulation and coding strategy MCS, power or block error rate;
  • the QoS Values include delay, reliability, speed, throughput, communication distance or pay
  • the second HARQ configuration information is also used to instruct the first terminal device to send measurement configuration information of a measurement event to the second terminal device, and to receive all the measurement configuration information sent by the second terminal device.
  • the measurement report of the measurement event, the measurement configuration information includes at least one measurement object and a reporting configuration requirement corresponding to the measurement event, and the measurement report is that the second terminal device meets the reporting configuration requirement at the first measurement value Is sent when at least one of the items in the second terminal device measures the at least one measurement object.
  • the first HARQ configuration information is generated according to the measurement report.
  • the conditions to which the measurement event is applicable include: the first terminal device is in a scheduling-free authorization mode, the first terminal device is in a dynamic scheduling mode, and the first terminal device is in a semi-static scheduling mode.
  • the first terminal device is in an autonomous competition mode
  • the SL data is data transmitted using a preset wireless access technology
  • the SL data is data transmitted using a preset carrier
  • the SL data is using Data transmitted at a preset frequency
  • the first terminal device is located at a preset base station
  • the first terminal device is located at a preset cell
  • the second terminal device is located at a preset base station
  • the second terminal device Located in a preset cell
  • the first terminal device is a preset source terminal
  • the second terminal device is a preset target terminal
  • the second terminal device is a terminal included in a preset group
  • the The SL data is data corresponding to a preset service
  • the SL data is data that meets the preset quality of service
  • the SL data is data
  • the embodiment of the present invention also provides a HARQ feedback control method, which is applied to the first terminal device.
  • the method includes: a first terminal device receives second HARQ configuration information sent by a network device, where the second HARQ configuration information includes a second indication indicating whether the first terminal device performs HARQ feedback for sidelink SL data transmission Information; the first terminal device sends first HARQ configuration information to a second terminal device, and the first HARQ configuration information includes a first HARQ feedback indicating whether the second terminal device performs HARQ feedback for sidelink SL data transmission Instructions.
  • the first terminal device receiving the second HARQ configuration information sent by the network device includes: the first terminal device receiving signaling sent by the network device, the signaling carrying the second HARQ configuration Information, the signaling includes radio resource control RRC signaling, radio link control RLC signaling, data aggregation protocol PDCP signaling, medium access control MAC signaling, service data adaptation layer SDAP signaling, non-access layer NAS signaling, system information block SIB message, or physical layer signaling.
  • the signaling includes radio resource control RRC signaling, radio link control RLC signaling, data aggregation protocol PDCP signaling, medium access control MAC signaling, service data adaptation layer SDAP signaling, non-access layer NAS signaling, system information block SIB message, or physical layer signaling.
  • the method further includes: the first terminal device generates the first HARQ configuration information according to the second HARQ configuration information.
  • the interface through which the second terminal device performs HARQ feedback includes an SL interface or a Uu air interface.
  • the Rx UE after the Rx UE receives the SL data, it can feed back HARQ to the Rx UE through the SL interface, or directly feed back HARQ to the base station through the Uu port.
  • the SL data includes data of one or more service types among unicast, multicast or broadcast.
  • the granularity of the HARQ feedback is the transmission block TB.
  • the conditions under which the first indication information and/or the second indication information are applicable include: the first terminal device is in a scheduling-free authorization mode, and the first terminal device is in a dynamic scheduling mode
  • the first terminal device is in a semi-persistent scheduling mode
  • the first terminal device is in an autonomous competition mode
  • the SL data is data transmitted using a preset wireless access technology
  • the SL data is using a preset
  • the data transmitted by the carrier, the SL data is data transmitted using a preset frequency
  • the first terminal device is located in a preset base station, the first terminal device is located in a preset cell, and the second terminal device is located in A preset base station
  • the second terminal device is located in a preset cell
  • the first terminal device is a preset source terminal
  • the second terminal device is a preset target terminal
  • the second terminal device is The terminals included in the preset group
  • the SL data is data corresponding to the preset service
  • the SL data is data that meets the preset service quality
  • the first HARQ configuration information further includes preset condition information, and the preset The condition information is used to indicate a condition for the second terminal device to perform HARQ feedback for the SL data transmission.
  • the preset condition information includes that a preset measurement index is higher than, lower than, not higher than, or not lower than a preset threshold and/or the preset measurement index is at or not at a preset value List.
  • the measurement object corresponding to the preset measurement index includes one of the frequency point/resource pool/BWP required to be measured in the SL, the reference signal required to be measured in the SL, and resource configuration information, or
  • the reference signals include synchronization signal block SSB, channel state information reference signal CSI-RS, demodulation reference signal DMRS, phase tracking reference signal PTRS or channel sounding reference signal SRS, and the resource configuration information includes time domain, frequency Any combination of domain or airspace.
  • the conditions applicable to the measurement object include: the first terminal device is in a scheduling-free authorization mode, the first terminal device is in a dynamic scheduling mode, and the first terminal device is in a semi-persistent scheduling mode.
  • the first terminal device is in an autonomous competition mode
  • the SL data is data transmitted using a preset radio access technology
  • the SL data is data transmitted using a preset carrier
  • the SL data is using Data transmitted at a preset frequency
  • the first terminal device is located at a preset base station
  • the first terminal device is located at a preset cell
  • the second terminal device is located at a preset base station
  • the second terminal device Located in a preset cell
  • the first terminal device is a preset source terminal
  • the second terminal device is a preset target terminal
  • the second terminal device is a terminal included in a preset group
  • the The SL data is data corresponding to a preset service
  • the SL data is data that meets the preset service quality
  • the SL data is data transmitted
  • the preset measurement index includes any one or more combinations of the channel quality corresponding to the SL interface, the quality of service QoS corresponding to the SL interface, or the transmission index corresponding to the SL interface.
  • the channel quality corresponding to the interface includes channel busy ratio CBR, reference signal received power RSRP, reference signal received quality RSRQ, received signal strength indicator RSSI, channel quality indicator CQI, channel state information CSI, and precoding matrix in multiple input multiple output MIMO systems Indicate one or more of PMI, rank in MIMO system, RI, or rank RANK of channel matrix in MIMO system;
  • the QoS corresponding to the SL interface includes one or more of QoS target, QoS requirement, or QoS value Item;
  • the transmission index corresponding to the SL interface includes one or more of transmission rate, path loss, power headroom report PHR, timing advance TA, modulation and coding strategy MCS, power or block error rate;
  • the QoS Values include delay, reliability, speed, throughput, communication distance or pay
  • the method before the first terminal device generates the first HARQ configuration information according to the second HARQ configuration information, the method further includes: the first terminal device sends a measurement to the second terminal device Measurement configuration information of the event, where the measurement configuration information includes at least one measurement object and a reporting configuration requirement corresponding to the measurement event; the first terminal device receives the measurement report of the measurement event sent by the second terminal device, The measurement report is sent by the second terminal device when a first measurement value meets at least one of the report configuration requirements, and the first measurement value is the second terminal device measuring the at least one measurement object Obtained:
  • the first terminal device acquiring first HARQ configuration information is specifically: the first terminal device generates the first HARQ configuration information according to the measurement report.
  • the conditions to which the measurement event is applicable include: the first terminal device is in a scheduling-free authorization mode, the first terminal device is in a dynamic scheduling mode, and the first terminal device is in a semi-static scheduling mode.
  • the first terminal device is in an autonomous competition mode
  • the SL data is data transmitted using a preset wireless access technology
  • the SL data is data transmitted using a preset carrier
  • the SL data is using Data transmitted at a preset frequency
  • the first terminal device is located at a preset base station
  • the first terminal device is located at a preset cell
  • the second terminal device is located at a preset base station
  • the second terminal device Located in a preset cell
  • the first terminal device is a preset source terminal
  • the second terminal device is a preset target terminal
  • the second terminal device is a terminal included in a preset group
  • the The SL data is data corresponding to a preset service
  • the SL data is data that meets the preset quality of service
  • the SL data is data
  • the embodiment of the present invention also provides a HARQ feedback control method, which is applied to the second terminal device.
  • the method includes: a second terminal device receives first HARQ configuration information sent by a first terminal device, where the first HARQ configuration information includes a first HARQ feedback indicating whether the second terminal device performs HARQ feedback for sidelink SL data transmission.
  • the first HARQ configuration information is sent after the first terminal device receives the second HARQ configuration information sent by the network device, and the second HARQ configuration information includes instructing the first terminal device to target the side The second indication information of whether to perform HARQ feedback for uplink SL data transmission; if the first indication information indicates that the second terminal device performs HARQ feedback for SL data transmission, then the second terminal device is receiving the After SL data, HARQ feedback is performed.
  • terminal equipment can realize the configuration/application of adaptive SL HARQ switch, making SL HARQ feedback more flexible and able to meet various needs.
  • not enabling SL HARQ during high load can reduce load, such as low latency
  • Not enabling SL HARQ for services is beneficial to reduce load and does not affect transmission efficiency.
  • only blind retransmissions can achieve QoS requirements and reduce SL HARQ resource occupation.
  • the first HARQ configuration information sent by the first terminal device after receiving the second HARQ configuration information sent by the network device includes: the first HARQ configuration information is the first It is sent by the terminal device after receiving the signaling sent by the network device, the signaling carries the second HARQ configuration information, and the first signaling includes radio resource control RRC signaling, radio link control RLC signaling, and data reporting Convergence protocol PDCP signaling, medium access control MAC signaling, service data adaptation layer SDAP signaling, non-access layer NAS signaling, system information block SIB message or physical layer signaling.
  • the first HARQ configuration information is generated by the first terminal device according to the second HARQ configuration information sent by the network device.
  • the interface through which the second terminal device performs HARQ feedback includes an SL interface or a Uu air interface.
  • the Rx UE after the Rx UE receives the SL data, it can feed back HARQ to the Rx UE through the SL interface, or directly feed back HARQ to the base station through the Uu port.
  • the SL data includes data of one or more service types among unicast, multicast or broadcast.
  • the granularity of the HARQ feedback is the transmission block TB.
  • the conditions under which the first indication information and/or the second indication information are applicable include: the first terminal device is in a scheduling-free authorization mode, and the first terminal device is in a dynamic scheduling mode
  • the first terminal device is in a semi-persistent scheduling mode
  • the first terminal device is in an autonomous competition mode
  • the SL data is data transmitted using a preset wireless access technology
  • the SL data is using a preset
  • the data transmitted by the carrier, the SL data is data transmitted using a preset frequency
  • the first terminal device is located in a preset base station, the first terminal device is located in a preset cell, and the second terminal device is located in A preset base station
  • the second terminal device is located in a preset cell
  • the first terminal device is a preset source terminal
  • the second terminal device is a preset target terminal
  • the second terminal device is The terminals included in the preset group
  • the SL data is data corresponding to the preset service
  • the SL data is data that meets the preset service quality
  • the first HARQ configuration information further includes preset condition information, and the preset condition The information is used to indicate a condition for the second terminal device to perform HARQ feedback for the SL data.
  • the preset condition information includes that a preset measurement index is higher than, lower than, not higher than, or not lower than a preset threshold and/or the preset measurement index is at or not at a preset value List.
  • the measurement object corresponding to the preset measurement index includes one of the frequency point/resource pool/BWP required to be measured in the SL, the reference signal required to be measured in the SL, and resource configuration information, or
  • the reference signals include synchronization signal block SSB, channel state information reference signal CSI-RS, demodulation reference signal DMRS, phase tracking reference signal PTRS or channel sounding reference signal SRS, and the resource configuration information includes time domain, frequency Any combination of domain or airspace.
  • the conditions applicable to the measurement object include: the first terminal device is in a scheduling-free authorization mode, the first terminal device is in a dynamic scheduling mode, and the first terminal device is in a semi-persistent scheduling mode.
  • the first terminal device is in an autonomous competition mode
  • the SL data is data transmitted using a preset wireless access technology
  • the SL data is data transmitted using a preset carrier
  • the SL data is using Data transmitted at a preset frequency
  • the first terminal device is located at a preset base station
  • the first terminal device is located at a preset cell
  • the second terminal device is located at a preset base station
  • the second terminal device Located in a preset cell
  • the first terminal device is a preset source terminal
  • the second terminal device is a preset target terminal
  • the second terminal device is a terminal included in a preset group
  • the The SL data is data corresponding to a preset service
  • the SL data is data that meets the preset quality of service
  • the SL data is data
  • the preset measurement index includes any one or more combinations of the channel quality corresponding to the SL interface, the quality of service QoS corresponding to the SL interface, or the transmission index corresponding to the SL interface.
  • the channel quality corresponding to the interface includes channel busy ratio CBR, reference signal received power RSRP, reference signal received quality RSRQ, received signal strength indicator RSSI, channel quality indicator CQI, channel state information CSI, and precoding matrix in multiple input multiple output MIMO systems Indicate one or more of PMI, rank in MIMO system, RI, or rank RANK of channel matrix in MIMO system;
  • the QoS corresponding to the SL interface includes one or more of QoS target, QoS requirement, or QoS value Item;
  • the transmission index corresponding to the SL interface includes one or more of transmission rate, path loss, power headroom report PHR, timing advance TA, modulation and coding strategy MCS, power or block error rate BLER;
  • the QoS value includes delay, reliability, speed, throughput, communication distance or
  • the method before the second terminal device receives the first HARQ configuration information sent by the first terminal device, the method further includes: the second terminal device receiving the configuration measurement event sent by the first terminal device Measurement configuration information, where the measurement configuration information includes at least one measurement object and reporting configuration requirements corresponding to the measurement event; the second terminal device measures the at least one measurement object to obtain a first measurement value; When the measurement value meets at least one of the reporting configuration requirements, the second terminal device sends a measurement report of the measurement event to the first terminal device, and the measurement report is used by the first terminal device to generate The first HARQ configuration information.
  • the conditions to which the measurement event is applicable include: the first terminal device is in a scheduling-free authorization mode, the first terminal device is in a dynamic scheduling mode, and the first terminal device is in a semi-persistent scheduling mode.
  • the first terminal device is in an autonomous competition mode
  • the SL data is data transmitted using a preset wireless access technology
  • the SL data is data transmitted using a preset carrier
  • the SL data is For data transmitted using a preset frequency
  • the second terminal device is located in a preset base station
  • the second terminal device is located in a preset cell
  • the first terminal device is a preset source terminal
  • the second terminal device is a preset source terminal.
  • the terminal device is a preset target terminal
  • the second terminal device is a terminal included in a preset group
  • the SL data is data corresponding to a preset service
  • the SL data is a device that meets a preset quality of service Data
  • the SL data is data transmitted using a preset carrier bandwidth part BWP
  • the SL data is data transmitted using a preset logical channel group
  • the SL data is data transmitted using a preset logical channel
  • the SL data is one or more of data transmitted using a preset communication connection
  • the SL data is data transmitted using a preset group connection.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a network device.
  • the network device may include multiple functional modules or units for correspondingly executing the HARQ feedback control method provided in the twenty-eighth aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a terminal device.
  • the terminal device is a first terminal device.
  • the terminal device may include multiple functional modules or units for correspondingly performing the functions provided in the twenty-ninth aspect.
  • HARQ feedback control method may be used to control the terminal device.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a terminal device.
  • the terminal device is a second terminal device.
  • the terminal device may include multiple functional modules or units for correspondingly executing the HARQ provided in the thirtieth aspect. Feedback control method.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a network device, which is used to execute the HARQ feedback control method described in the twenty-eighth aspect.
  • the network device may include a memory and a processor, a transmitter, and a receiver coupled with the memory.
  • the transmitter is used to support the network device to perform the step of sending information by the network device in the HARQ feedback control method provided in the twenty-eighth aspect.
  • the receiver is used to support the network device to perform the step of receiving information by the network device in the HARQ feedback control method provided in the twenty-eighth aspect.
  • the processor is configured to support the network device to perform other processing steps of the network device in addition to sending information and receiving information in the HARQ feedback control method provided in the twenty-eighth aspect.
  • the transmitter and receiver in the embodiment of the present invention may be integrated together, or may be coupled through a coupler.
  • the memory is used to store the implementation code of the HARQ feedback control method described in the twenty-eighth aspect
  • the processor is used to execute the program code stored in the memory, that is, to execute the HARQ feedback control method provided in the twenty-eighth aspect , Or the HARQ feedback control method provided by any one of the possible implementation manners of the twenty-eighth aspect.
  • the memory and the processor can be integrated together or coupled through a coupler.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a terminal device, where the terminal device is a first terminal device, and is configured to execute the HARQ feedback control method described in the twenty-ninth aspect.
  • the terminal device may include a memory and a processor, a transmitter, and a receiver coupled with the memory.
  • the transmitter is used to support the terminal device to perform the step of sending information by the terminal device in the HARQ feedback control method provided in the twenty-ninth aspect.
  • the receiver is used to support the terminal device to perform the step of receiving information by the terminal device in the HARQ feedback control method provided in the twenty-ninth aspect.
  • the processor is configured to support the terminal device to perform other processing steps of the terminal device in addition to sending information and receiving information in the HARQ feedback control method provided by the twenty-ninth aspect.
  • the transmitter and receiver in the embodiment of the present invention may be integrated together, or may be coupled through a coupler.
  • the memory is used to store the implementation code of the HARQ feedback control method described in the twenty-ninth aspect
  • the processor is used to execute the program code stored in the memory, that is, to execute the HARQ feedback control method provided in the twenty-ninth aspect , Or the HARQ feedback control method provided by any one of the possible implementation manners of the twenty-ninth aspect.
  • the memory and the processor can be integrated together or coupled through a coupler.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a terminal device, which is a second terminal device, and is configured to execute the HARQ feedback control method described in the thirtieth aspect.
  • the terminal device may include a memory and a processor, a transmitter, and a receiver coupled with the memory.
  • the transmitter is used to support the terminal device to perform the step of sending information by the terminal device in the HARQ feedback control method provided in the thirtieth aspect.
  • the receiver is used to support the terminal device to perform the step of receiving information by the terminal device in the HARQ feedback control method provided in the thirtieth aspect.
  • the processor is used to support the terminal device to perform other processing steps of the terminal device in addition to sending information and receiving information in the HARQ feedback control method provided in the thirtieth aspect.
  • the transmitter and receiver in the embodiment of the present invention may be integrated together, or may be coupled through a coupler.
  • the memory is used to store the implementation code of the HARQ feedback control method described in the thirtieth aspect, and the processor is used to execute the program code stored in the memory, that is, to execute the HARQ feedback control method provided in the thirtieth aspect, or The HARQ feedback control method provided by any one of the possible implementation manners of the thirtieth aspect.
  • the memory and the processor can be integrated together or coupled through a coupler.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a communication system including a network device, a first terminal device, and a second terminal device.
  • the network device may be the network device described in the foregoing thirty-first aspect or the thirty-fourth aspect
  • the first terminal device may be the foregoing thirty-second aspect or the thirty-fifth aspect
  • the second terminal device may be the terminal device described in the foregoing 33rd aspect or the 36th aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a computer-readable storage medium with instructions stored on the readable storage medium, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the HARQ feedback described in any of the above aspects Control Method.
  • embodiments of the present invention provide a computer program product containing instructions, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the HARQ feedback control method described in any of the above aspects.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a communication chip.
  • the communication chip may include a processor and one or more interfaces coupled to the processor.
  • the processor may be used to call the implementation program of the HARQ feedback control method provided in any one of the foregoing aspects from the memory, and execute the instructions contained in the program.
  • the interface can be used to output the processing result of the processor.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system related to an embodiment of the present invention
  • Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of a mode3 transmission mode and a mode4 transmission mode in an LTE system provided by an embodiment of the present invention
  • 3A is a schematic diagram of an application scenario provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3B is a schematic diagram of another application scenario provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
  • 3C is a schematic diagram of another application scenario provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 3D is a schematic diagram of another application scenario provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
  • 3E is a schematic diagram of another application scenario provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a HARQ feedback control method provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of another HARQ feedback control method provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of another HARQ feedback control method provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of another HARQ feedback control method provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of another HARQ feedback control method provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of another HARQ feedback control method provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of another HARQ feedback control method provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 11 is a schematic diagram of another application scenario provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart of another HARQ feedback control method provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a logical structure of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • 15 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a network device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • 16 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication chip provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 1 shows a schematic diagram of a communication system involved in this application.
  • the communication system 100 may include at least one network device 101 (only one is shown), a terminal device (user equipment, UE) 102 and a terminal device 103 that perform uplink/downlink communication with the network device 101.
  • the terminal device 102 and the terminal device 103 can be connected to the same network device, or can be connected to different network devices.
  • the terminal device 102 and the terminal device 103 perform side link (SL) communication.
  • SL communication refers to the direct communication between the terminal and the terminal, that is, the communication between the terminal and the terminal does not forward data through the network device.
  • the terminal and the network device communicate using the uplink and downlink.
  • the exemplary uplink and downlink are defined for the Uu port for the communication between the network device and the user.
  • the transmission from the network device to the terminal is downlink (DL) transmission.
  • the transmission to the network device is uplink (UL) transmission.
  • Sidelink communication includes two transmission modes: the first communication mode is direct communication based on network equipment scheduling.
  • the sender terminal uses the scheduling information of the network equipment 101 on the scheduled time-frequency resources.
  • Sending SL communication control information and data is called the base station scheduling mode.
  • the base station scheduling mode is called mode3 transmission mode in LTE, and mode1 transmission mode in NR system.
  • the following is described in mode3 transmission mode;
  • the second communication mode is the available time-frequency resources contained in the SL communication resource pool of the sender terminal Select the time-frequency resources used for communication in the, and send control information and data on the selected resources, which is called UE autonomous competition mode.
  • the UE autonomous competition mode is called mode4 transmission mode in LTE, and mode2 transmission mode in NR system.
  • the mode 4 transmission mode is described below. It should be noted that in the mode3 transmission mode, the scheduling request/scheduling grant still uses the uplink and downlink between the network device and the terminal for communication, while the Tx UE and the receiver terminal (receive UE, Rx UE) use a side link Road direct communication.
  • the two transmission modes have their own advantages and disadvantages, and can be flexibly used in various scenarios.
  • the schematic diagram of the mode3 transmission mode and the mode4 transmission mode can be seen in Figure 2.
  • the LTE mode3 transmission mode can also be subdivided into dynamic scheduling (dynamic scheduling) mode and semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) mode.
  • dynamic scheduling when the Tx UE has SL to transmit data, it reports the SL buffer status report (bufferstatusreport, BSR) media access control (MAC) control element (CE) to the network device 101 through the Uu port, Inform the network device 101 of the current data volume of the data to be transmitted by the Tx UE on the SL interface.
  • BSR buffer status report
  • MAC media access control
  • CE media access control
  • the network device 101 can dynamically allocate transmission resources for the Tx UE, and the allocated transmission resources each time are used for the transmission of a medium access control (medium access control, MAC) packet data unit (PDU).
  • medium access control medium access control
  • the network device 101 can configure resources that can be used for transmission of multiple MAC PDUs for the Tx UE, and (de)activate the SPS configuration through downlink control information (DCI).
  • DCI downlink control information
  • NR mode1 transmission mode can also be subdivided into dynamic scheduling mode and scheduling-free (grantfree, or configed grant) mode. Scheduling-free mode can also be divided into two types, type1 and type2. Type1 means that network equipment can be configured for Tx UE. For the resources transmitted by multiple MAC PDUs, the Tx UE can directly apply them after receiving the resources configured by the network device.
  • Type 2 means that the network device 101 can configure resources that can be used for multiple MAC PDU transmissions for the Tx UE, and activate the grantfree configuration through DCI (de)activation, and the Tx UE can apply the resources configured by the network device only after receiving the activation instruction.
  • the embodiments of the present application can be used in transmission scenarios in the base station scheduling mode or UE autonomous competition mode between communication devices, and can also be used in transmission scenarios in the coexistence scenario of the base station scheduling mode and UE autonomous competition mode.
  • the side link communication may include unicast communication, multicast communication, and broadcast communication.
  • This application is applicable to unicast communication, multicast communication, and broadcast communication.
  • unicast communication refers to one sending terminal sending data to one receiving terminal.
  • Multicast communication refers to a sending terminal sending data to one or more receiving terminals included in a group.
  • Broadcast communication means that a sending terminal sends data to all terminals, and any terminal can be used as a receiving terminal to receive data.
  • the description of the following embodiments takes unicast communication as an example, and the implementation method of multicast and broadcast communication can refer to unicast communication.
  • V2X vehicle-to-everything
  • V2X includes vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V), vehicle-to-pedestrian (V2P), and vehicle-to-infrastructure (V2X). to infrastructure, V2I) and vehicle to network (V2N) and other intelligent transportation services.
  • the network equipment 101 involved in the embodiments of the present application may include various forms of network equipment, such as: a macro base station, a micro base station (also called a small station), a relay station, an access point, a cell, and so on.
  • exemplary base stations may be evolved base stations (evolutional node B, eNB), and next-generation nodes (next-generation Node B, gNB) in 5G systems and new radio (NR) systems.
  • the base station may also be a transmission receive point (TRP), a central unit (CU), or other network entities.
  • the network device 101 may be a baseband processing unit (BBU) and a radio unit (RRU), in the cloud radio access network (CRAN) scenario It can be the baseband pool BBU pool and the radio unit RRU.
  • the network equipment 101 may also be core network equipment (CN), mobility management entity (MME) equipment, access and mobility management function (AMF) equipment, car networking Control function (CF) equipment, gateway (GateWay), roadside unit (RSU), operation administration and maintenance (OAM) equipment, application server (APP server) or third-party network elements.
  • CN core network equipment
  • MME mobility management entity
  • AMF access and mobility management function
  • CF car networking Control function
  • RSU gateway
  • OAM operation administration and maintenance
  • APP server application server
  • the terminal equipment involved in the embodiments of this application may be a vehicle, a vehicle-mounted terminal, a vehicle-mounted device, a vehicle-mounted communication module, an embedded communication module, a baseband processing chip, a user equipment (UE), a handheld terminal, a subscriber unit, Wireless data card, wireless modem (modem), handheld device (handheld), wireless local loop (WLL) station, machine type communication (MTC) terminal or other equipment.
  • UE user equipment
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • MTC machine type communication
  • the communication system 100 shown in FIG. 1 is only to illustrate the technical solution of the application more clearly, and does not constitute a limitation to the application.
  • Those of ordinary skill in the art will know that with the evolution of the network architecture and new business scenarios The technical solutions provided in this application are equally applicable to similar technical problems.
  • system and “network” in the embodiments of the present invention can be used interchangeably.
  • Multiple refers to two or more than two. In view of this, “multiple” may also be understood as “at least two” in the embodiments of the present invention.
  • And/or describes the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there can be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone.
  • the character “/” unless otherwise specified, generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or” relationship.
  • LTE V2X communication standard does not support HARQ feedback in SL.
  • the design goal of LTE V2X is to meet low-QoS broadcast services, so unicast and multicast are not supported.
  • NR V2X high QoS services are defined, and specific use cases include: vehicles platforming, extended sensors, advanced driving, and remote driving.
  • NR V2X also supports unicast and multicast services, as well as corresponding high QoS requirements.
  • the embodiment of the present invention designs a HARQ feedback control scheme for NR V2X unicast, multicast and broadcast services to support the above QoS requirements (for example, 3ms low Time delay and 99.999% reliability are met at the same time).
  • Tx UE needs to send to Rx UE. After Rx UE receives the corresponding data, it will feedback to Tx UE whether the transmission is successful or not according to whether the demodulation is successful, for example: if this reception is successful , ACK is fed back; otherwise, NACK is fed back or no feedback is given. At this time, the Tx UE considers it as a success if it receives ACK, and it considers it as a failure if it receives NACK or no feedback. The Tx UE judges whether the Rx UE is successfully received according to the HARQ feedback of the Rx UE. If it is deemed unsuccessful, it needs to be retransmitted. Otherwise, the current transmission is deemed successful and the current transmission and/or the next transmission is stopped. By adding the HARQ feedback mechanism to V2X, the transmission reliability and spectrum efficiency of V2X can be improved.
  • SL in the current LTE V2X communication standard does not support SL HARQ feedback switching.
  • SL uses HARQ feedback to effectively improve reliability and spectrum efficiency
  • HARQ feedback is also insufficient: for example, Rx UE HARQ ACK/NACK feedback requires additional feedback resources, especially when the feedback channel load is high, all data transmission is required
  • Performing HARQ feedback will cause the Tx UE to demodulate ACK/NACK when the error rate is too high, leading to misjudgment.
  • Tx UE in base station scheduling mode LTE mode 3 transmission mode
  • ACK/NACK feedback will also increase the feedback delay.
  • URLLC ultra-reliable and low-latency communication
  • the SL HARQ feedback switch refers to the HARQ feedback switch for SL communication.
  • the SL HARQ feedback switch includes two states: on or off. When the SL HARQ feedback switch is on, it means that the receiver terminal will perform HARQ feedback after receiving the SL data. If the SL HARQ feedback switch is off, it means the receiver terminal will receive the SL data. No HARQ feedback is required.
  • this application provides several applicable application scenarios, see Figures 3A-3E. It should be noted that, in addition to the scenarios shown in Figures 3A-3E, Other application scenarios involving the SL HARQ configuration of the SL data transmission process between the terminal and the terminal are also applicable to this application and will not be repeated this time.
  • the scenario in FIG. 3A is that the network device configures the HARQ configuration information for the UE (or the UE group), and the HARQ configuration information is used to indicate the HARQ feedback switch of the SL data.
  • the UE (or UE group) can be configured/reconfigured/forwarded to other UE (or UE group) or network equipment after receiving it.
  • the network device configures UE1 and UE1 configures UE2, or the network device configures UE1, and UE1 forwards the configuration to UE2.
  • the network equipment may be the serving gNB/Cell/CN/MME/AMF/V2X CF/GW/RSU/OAM/APP server/third-party network element of UE1.
  • UE1 configures HARQ configuration information for UE2, and optional UE2 can configure/reconfigure/forward to other UEs (or UE groups) or network devices after receiving it.
  • UE1 is Tx UE and UE2 is Rx UE, or UE1 is Rx UE and UE2 is Tx UE.
  • the network equipment may be UE2 serving gNB/Cell/CN/MME/AMF/V2X CF/GW/RSU/OAM/APP server/third-party network element, etc.
  • the scenario in Figure 3C is that UE1 configures HARQ configuration information for the UE group (for multicast and broadcast communication, it can be configured by unicast/multicast/broadcast signaling), and the optional UEs in the group can be configured/reconfigured after receiving it / Forward to other UE (or UE group) or network equipment.
  • the number of configured parties of the SL HARQ feedback switch is multiple.
  • the scenario in FIG. 3D is that UE1 configures HARQ configuration information for UE2, which is forwarded to UE2 through network device 1 and network device 2.
  • the scenario in Figure 3E is that the network device configures the HARQ configuration information for UE1 and UE2 respectively.
  • UE1 is Tx UE and UE2 is Rx UE
  • UE1 is Rx UE and UE2 is Tx UE.
  • Fig. 3E takes as an example that UE1 and UE2 are located under the same network device. If UE1 and UE2 are located in different network devices, respectively, the network devices connected to UE1 and UE2 configure HARQ configuration information for them.
  • the HARQ configuration information may also be forwarded by the configuring party to the configured party via multiple third-party devices.
  • the third-party device may include all other entities except the measurement event configuration party/configured party.
  • the format of the SL HARQ feedback involved in this application may be ACK (received success) or NACK (received failure) fed back by the physical layer.
  • the SL HARQ feedback method can also be a scheduling request (scheduling request, SR).
  • SR scheduling request
  • ACK has a corresponding type of SR
  • NACK also has a corresponding type of SR.
  • the specific feedback can be ACK or NACK according to the type of SR.
  • the SL HARQ feedback method can also be a buffer status report (buffer status report, BSR).
  • a 1-bit indication is used to distinguish whether it is ACK (received success) or NACK (received failure), and it can also be a physical random access channel (physical random access channel, PRACH), distinguishes whether it is ACK (received success) or NACK (received failure) through different time-frequency domain positions.
  • SL HARQ feedback can be fed back to the terminal device through the SL interface, or it can be fed back to the network device through the Uu port.
  • SL HARQ feedback refers to the feedback of received SL data.
  • the format of the Uu HARQ feedback involved in this application may be ACK (received success) or NACK (received failure) fed back by the physical layer.
  • the format of Uu HARQ feedback can also be SR, BSR or PRACH.
  • Uu HARQ feedback can be fed back to the network device through the Uu port, or it can be fed back to the terminal device through the Uu port.
  • Uu HARQ feedback refers to feedback of received Uu data.
  • the method includes the following steps S401-S403. The detailed description is given below.
  • the first terminal device obtains first HARQ configuration information.
  • the first terminal device sends the first HARQ configuration information to the second terminal device (UE2), and the second terminal device receives the first HARQ configuration information sent by the first terminal device.
  • the first HARQ configuration information includes an indication of the second terminal device First indication information whether to perform HARQ feedback for the SL data.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate whether the SL HARQ feedback switch of the second terminal device is on or off, or is used to indicate whether the SL HARQ feedback switch of the second terminal device is enabled or off. If the first indication information indicates that the SL HARQ feedback switch of the second terminal device is on, the second terminal device needs to perform HARQ feedback after receiving the SL data. If the first indication information indicates that the SL HARQ feedback switch of the second terminal device is off, the second terminal device does not need to perform HARQ feedback after receiving the SL data.
  • the embodiment of the present invention is applicable to the application scenario shown in FIG. 3A, that is, the network device configures the HARQ configuration information for the second terminal device, and the first terminal device forwards it.
  • the first terminal device obtains the first HARQ configuration information, specifically: the network device sends the first HARQ configuration information to the first terminal device, the first terminal device receives the first HARQ configuration information sent by the network device, and Send the first HARQ configuration information to the second terminal device.
  • the first terminal device may carry the first HARQ configuration information in sidelink control information (SCI) and send it to the second terminal device.
  • SCI sidelink control information
  • the embodiment of the present invention is also applicable to the application scenario shown in FIG. 3B, that is, the first terminal device configures HARQ configuration information for the second terminal device.
  • the first terminal device acquiring the first HARQ configuration information is specifically: the first terminal device generates the first HARQ configuration information.
  • the first terminal device may carry the foregoing first HARQ configuration information in the SCI and send it to the second terminal device.
  • the embodiment of the present invention is also applicable to the application scenario shown in FIG. 3C, that is, the first terminal device configures HARQ configuration information for multiple second terminal devices (UE groups).
  • the first terminal device acquiring the first HARQ configuration information is specifically: the first terminal device generates the first HARQ configuration information.
  • the embodiment of the present invention is also applicable to the application scenario shown in FIG. 3D, that is, the first terminal device configures the HARQ configuration information for the second terminal device, and forwards it through the network device.
  • the first terminal device sends the first HARQ configuration information to the second terminal device, specifically: the first terminal device sends the first HARQ configuration information to the network device, and the network device receives the first HARQ configuration information sent by the first terminal device.
  • HARQ configuration information and sending the first HARQ configuration information to the second terminal device.
  • the above-mentioned first indication information may be indicated by a 1-bit field. For example, if the field value is 0, indicating that the HARQ feedback switch is off, the second terminal device does not need to perform HARQ feedback after receiving the SL data. If the field value is 1, it indicates that the HARQ feedback switch is on, and the second terminal device needs to perform HARQ feedback after receiving the SL data.
  • the SL HARQ feedback switch of the second terminal device can be restricted by various conditions/granularities/scenarios/objects/situations, that is, the SL HARQ feedback switch can increase the applicable conditions/granularities/scenarios/objects/situations, for specific According to the condition/granularity/scene/object/condition, the above HARQ feedback switch is used/applicable/applied/effective.
  • Various applicable objects are introduced below.
  • the feedback interface applicable to the SL HARQ feedback switch may include the SL interface or the Uu air interface. That is, if the first indication information indicates that the second terminal device performs HARQ feedback for SL data, after receiving the SL data, the second terminal device can feed back HARQ to the Tx UE through the SL interface, or directly feed back to the network device through the Uu port HARQ: The network equipment determines whether to allocate resources for the Tx UE to retransmit data according to the HARQ fed back by the Rx UE.
  • the specific feedback interface applicable to the SL HARQ feedback switch is the SL interface or the Uu air interface, which may be configured by the first terminal device or other devices (for example, network devices) to the second terminal device, or may be predefined by the protocol.
  • the service types to which the SL HARQ feedback switch is applicable/targeted may include one or more of unicast, multicast, or broadcast, that is, the SL data includes one or more of unicast, multicast, or broadcast.
  • the above SL HARQ is only applicable to the type of data.
  • the service type applicable to the HARQ feedback switch is only for unicast service, and the second terminal device only performs HARQ feedback for the SL data of the unicast service type according to the HARQ feedback switch.
  • the service types applicable to the HARQ feedback switch include multicast and broadcast services, and the second terminal device only performs HARQ feedback for the SL data of the multicast and broadcast service types according to the HARQ feedback switch.
  • the specific type or types of services to which the HARQ feedback switch is applicable may be configured by the first terminal device or other devices (such as network devices) to the second terminal device, or may be predefined by the protocol.
  • the data transmission unit to which the SL HARQ feedback switch is applicable/targeted may be a transport block (TB) of the MAC layer and/or a code block group (CBG) of the physical layer.
  • the protocol layer to which the SL HARQ feedback switch is applied/targeted includes the MAC layer and/or the physical layer.
  • the data transmission unit of the MAC layer is TB
  • the data transmission unit of the physical layer is CBG.
  • the data transmission unit applicable to the SL HARQ feedback switch is the MAC layer TB, and the second terminal device performs HARQ feedback for the TB data packet on the SL according to the HARQ feedback switch.
  • the protocol layer applied by the SL HARQ feedback switch is the CBG of the physical layer
  • the second terminal device performs HARQ feedback for the CBG data packet on the SL according to the SL HARQ feedback switch.
  • the specific data transmission unit to which the HARQ feedback switch is applicable is TB or CBG may be configured by the first terminal device or other devices (such as network devices) to the second terminal device, or may be predefined by the protocol.
  • the resource allocation mode applicable/targeted by the SL HARQ feedback switch includes a scheduling-free authorization mode, a dynamic scheduling mode, a semi-persistent scheduling mode, or a UE autonomous competition mode.
  • the resource allocation mode applicable to the SL HARQ feedback switch is the dynamic scheduling mode, so only when the first terminal device (such as Tx UE) is in the dynamic scheduling mode, the second terminal device (such as Rx UE) will follow HARQ for the data transmitted on the SL.
  • the feedback switch performs HARQ feedback.
  • the resource allocation modes applicable to the SL HARQ feedback switch can be carried in the first HARQ configuration information, or agreed in the agreement to Indicate which resource allocation mode the SL HARQ feedback switch is specifically applicable/for.
  • the situation where the SL HARQ feedback switch is applicable may also include: SL data is data transmitted using a preset/specified/specific radio access network (radio access network, RAN), then the second terminal device responds to the received
  • the data transmitted using the specific RAN is HARQ feedback according to the HARQ feedback switch.
  • the specific RAN includes but is not limited to 4G or 5G.
  • the identification (ID) of the specific RAN (or RAN list) may be carried in the first HARQ configuration information, or agreed in a protocol.
  • the second terminal device performs HARQ feedback according to the HARQ feedback switch.
  • the applicable conditions for the SL HARQ feedback switch may also include: SL data is data transmitted using a preset/specified/specific carrier/frequency, then the second terminal device uses the The data transmitted on a specific carrier/frequency is HARQ feedback according to the HARQ feedback switch.
  • the identifier of the specific carrier/frequency (or carrier list, frequency list) may be carried in the first HARQ configuration information, or agreed in a protocol.
  • the applicable conditions for the SL HARQ feedback switch may further include: the second terminal device is located in a preset/designated/specific base station/cell.
  • the identity of the specific base station/cell may be carried in the first HARQ configuration information, or agreed in a protocol. If the second terminal device is located in a preset/designated/specific base station/cell, the second terminal device performs HARQ feedback for the SL data according to the HARQ feedback switch.
  • the applicable conditions for the SL HARQ feedback switch may further include: the first terminal device is located in a preset/designated/specific base station/cell.
  • the identity of the specific base station/cell (or base station/cell list) may be carried in the first HARQ configuration information, or agreed in a protocol. If the second terminal device is located in a preset/designated/specific base station/cell, the second terminal device performs HARQ feedback for the SL data according to the HARQ feedback switch.
  • the applicable conditions for the SL HARQ feedback switch may further include: the second terminal device and the first terminal device are located in the same base station/cell. If the second terminal device and the first terminal device are located in the same base station/cell, the second terminal device performs HARQ feedback for the SL data according to the HARQ feedback switch.
  • the applicable conditions for the SL HARQ feedback switch may also include: the first terminal device is a preset/designated/specific source terminal (for the case where the first terminal device is a Tx UE and the second terminal device is an Rx UE).
  • the preset identifier of the source terminal may be carried in the first HARQ configuration information, or agreed in the protocol. If the Tx UE is the preset source terminal, the Rx UE performs HARQ feedback for the SL data sent by the Tx UE according to the HARQ feedback switch.
  • the UE identity can include UE SL L2 Id/address, UE SL L1 Id/address, or cell radio network temporary.identifier (C-RNTI), or international mobile subscriber identification (IMSI) ), or temporary mobile subscriber identity (TMSI).
  • C-RNTI cell radio network temporary.identifier
  • IMSI international mobile subscriber identification
  • TMSI temporary mobile subscriber identity
  • the applicable conditions for the SL HARQ feedback switch may further include: the second terminal device is a preset target terminal (for the case where the first terminal device is a Tx UE and the second terminal device is an Rx UE).
  • the preset identifier of the target terminal may be carried in the first HARQ configuration information, or agreed in the protocol. If the Rx UE is the preset target terminal, the Rx UE performs HARQ feedback for the SL data sent by the Tx UE according to the HARQ feedback switch.
  • the UE identity can include UE SL L2 Id/address, UE SL L1 Id/address, or cell radio network temporary.identifier (C-RNTI), or international mobile subscriber identification (IMSI) ), or temporary mobile subscriber identity (TMSI).
  • C-RNTI cell radio network temporary.identifier
  • IMSI international mobile subscriber identification
  • TMSI temporary mobile subscriber identity
  • the applicable conditions for the SL HARQ feedback switch may further include: the second terminal device is a preset source terminal (for the case where the first terminal device is an Rx UE and the second terminal device is a Tx UE).
  • the applicable conditions for the SL HARQ feedback switch may also include: the first terminal device is a preset/designated/specific target terminal (for the case where the first terminal device is an Rx UE and the second terminal device is a Tx UE).
  • the applicable conditions for the SL HARQ feedback switch may further include: the second terminal device is a terminal included in a preset group, the SL data is data corresponding to a preset service, and the SL data satisfies the preset Quality of service (QoS) data and SL data are data transmitted using a preset carrier bandwidth part (bandwidth part, BWP), and SL data are data using a preset logical channel group (LCG)
  • the transmitted data and SL data are data transmitted using a preset logical channel (LCH), SL data are data transmitted using a preset communication connection, and SL data are data transmitted using a preset group connection or SL
  • the data is one or more of the data corresponding to the preset HARQ process(s).
  • the second terminal device When one or more of these conditions are met, the second terminal device performs HARQ feedback for the SL data sent by the first terminal device according to the HARQ feedback switch.
  • the applicable conditions of the SLHARQ feedback switch specifically include which one or which types of the foregoing can be configured by the first terminal device, or can be defined in advance in the protocol, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the above-mentioned preset group (group) identification, preset service (or list) identification, preset QoS identification, preset BWP (list) identification, preset LCG (list) identification, preset The LCH (list) identifier, the preset communication connection identifier (such as connectionId (list)), the preset group connection identifier (such as group connection Id (list)), and the preset HARQ process identifier can be carried in the first HARQ configuration In the information, or agreed in the agreement.
  • the foregoing QoS identifier may include a near field communication data packet priority (proseperpacket priority, PPPP) identifier, a near field communication data packet reliability (proseperpacket reliability, PPPR) identifier, a quality of service flow identifier (QoS flow identifier, QFI), Car communication service quality identifier (vechical QoS identifier, VQI), 5QI, QoS flow (Flow) identifier, PC5 interface quality of service identifier (PC5 QoS identifier, PQI) and other identifiers.
  • the aforementioned preset group identifier may be Group SL L2/L1 Id.
  • the SL HARQ feedback switch can be a conditional switch (conditional switch) or an unconditional switch (non-conditional switch).
  • Conditional switch This switch is only applied when certain enabling conditions are met.
  • Unconditional switch the configuration takes effect immediately, no need to switch according to whether the condition is met. If it is a condition switch, the first HARQ configuration information further includes activation condition information, and the activation condition information is used to indicate the activation condition of the SLHARQ feedback switch.
  • the second terminal device enables HARQ feedback for SL data when the enabling condition of the SLHARQ feedback switch is satisfied, and does not enable HARQ feedback for SL data when the enabling condition of the SLHARQ feedback switch is not satisfied.
  • the SL HARQ feedback switch can be indicated explicitly or implicitly.
  • the explicit indication means that the first HARQ configuration information will include the SL HARQ switch indication, such as on or off. If the SL HARQ switch is on, the first HARQ configuration information may also include the enabling condition of the SL HARQ feedback switch. When the enabling condition is met, the second terminal device enables HARQ feedback for the SL data.
  • Implicit indication means that if the first HARQ configuration information includes the enabling condition of the SLHARQ feedback switch, the SL HARQ feedback switch is on by default, and the first HARQ configuration information does not need to use a field to indicate that the SL HARQ feedback switch is on.
  • the second terminal device When the enabling condition of the feedback switch is enabled, the second terminal device enables HARQ feedback for the SL data. For another example, if the SCI of UE1 to UE2 does not carry feedback resources for SLHARQ feedback, it can be considered that the SL HARQ feedback switch is off, that is, it is not necessary to perform HARQ feedback for SL data.
  • the aforementioned enabling condition information includes that the preset measurement index is higher than, lower than, not higher than, or not lower than a preset threshold and/or the preset measurement index is or is not in the preset value list.
  • the enabling conditions can be different, and the threshold value can also be different.
  • which of the foregoing multiple activation conditions may be indicated by the first HARQ configuration information, or may be predefined by a protocol.
  • the measurement indicator is the channel busy ratio (CBR)
  • the enabling condition can be SL CBR ⁇ the first threshold
  • RSRP reference signal received power
  • the enabling condition can be It is SL RSRP> the second threshold.
  • the enabling condition can be whether the SL MCS value is in the preset list.
  • the aforementioned enabling condition information may include measurement indicators and judgment conditions (above the preset threshold, lower than the preset threshold, not higher than the preset threshold, not lower than the preset threshold, in or the preset value list is not in the preset value list ) And a list of preset thresholds/preset values.
  • the measurement index and the judgment condition through an agreement, and the above activation condition information only needs to include the preset threshold/preset value list.
  • the above activation condition information only needs to include the judgment condition and the preset threshold/preset value list.
  • the aforementioned activation condition information may also be pre-defined in the protocol, or configured/forwarded by the first terminal device to the second terminal device.
  • the measurement object corresponding to the foregoing preset measurement index includes the frequency point/resource pool/carrier bandwidth part (bandwidth part, BWP) required to be measured by the SL, the reference signal and resource configuration information required to be measured by the SL One or more.
  • the above-mentioned reference signals include synchronization signal block (synchronization signal block, SSB), channel state information reference signal (channel state information reference signal, CSI-RS), demodulation reference signal (demodulation reference signal, DMRS), phase tracking Reference signal (phase tracking reference signal, PTRS) or channel sounding reference signal (sounding reference signal, SRS), and resource configuration information includes any combination of time domain, frequency domain, or space domain.
  • the applicable conditions/scenarios/granularities of the above-mentioned measurement object include: the first terminal device is in the scheduling-free authorization mode (that is, when the UE1 is in NR mode 1, the above-mentioned measurement object is applicable), and the first terminal device is in the dynamic scheduling mode (that is, the UE1 In dynamic scheduling mode, for example, when LTE mode3 or NR mode1, the above measurement object is applicable), the first terminal device is in semi-persistent scheduling mode (that is, when UE1 is in LTE mode3, the above measurement object is applicable), and the first terminal device is in autonomous competition mode (That is, when UE1 is in LTE mode4 or NR mode2, the above measurement object is applicable), SL data is data transmitted using the preset RAN (that is, when UE1 and UE2 use the preset RAN to transmit SL data, the above measurement object is applicable), SL The data is data transmitted using a preset carrier (that is, when UE1 and UE2 use the preset carrier to
  • the first terminal device and the second terminal are located in the same base station/cell (that is, when UE1 and UE2 are located in the same base station/cell, the above measurement object applies), and the first terminal device is a preset cell.
  • the source terminal that is, when UE1 is the preset terminal, the above measurement object is applicable
  • the second terminal device is the preset target terminal (that is, when UE2 is the preset terminal, the above measurement object is applicable)
  • the second terminal device It is the terminal included in the preset group (that is, when UE2 is a terminal included in the preset group, the above measurement object applies)
  • the SL data is the data corresponding to the preset service (that is, UE1 and UE2 transmit preset SL service data
  • the SL data is data that meets the preset service quality (that is, when UE1 and UE2 transmit SL data that meets the preset service quality requirements, the above measurement object is applicable)
  • the SL data is the use of the preset BWP
  • the transmitted data that is, when UE1 and UE2 use the preset BWP to transmit SL data, the above measurement objects are applicable
  • the SL data is the data transmitted using the preset logical channel group (that is, UE1
  • the foregoing preset measurement indicators include any one or a combination of channel quality corresponding to the SL interface, quality of service (QoS) corresponding to the SL interface, or sending indicators corresponding to the SL interface.
  • the channel quality corresponding to the SL interface includes CBR, RSRP, reference signal received quality (RSRQ), received signal strength indicator (RSSI), channel quality indicator (channel quality indicator, CQI) ), channel state information (CSI), precoding matrix indicator (PMI) in multiple input multiple output (multiple input multiple output, MIMO) systems, rank indicator (rank indicator, RI) in MIMO systems, or One or more items of the rank (RANK) of the channel matrix in the MIMO system.
  • the QoS corresponding to the SL interface includes one or more of QoS goals, QoS requirements, or QoS values.
  • the sending indicators corresponding to the SL interface include transmission rate, path loss (PathLoss), power headroom report (PHR), timing advance (TA), MCS, power, or block error rate (block error rate), One or more of BLER).
  • the QoS value includes latency, reliability, data rate/throughput, communication distance range, or payload payload.
  • the first HARQ configuration information can be configured as: SL unicast TB HARQ switch: unconditional switch, on; SL unicast CBGHARQ switch : Unconditional switch, off; SL Multicast TB HARQ switch: Conditional switch, on when the condition is CBR ⁇ Thr; SL Multicast CBG HARQ switch: Unconditional switch, on.
  • Rx UE After Rx UE receives the above configuration information, it can be understood as the TB HARQ switch of all unicast connections on the SL link: unconditional switch, always on (that is, feedback required); all unicast connections on the SL link CBG HARQ switch: unconditional switch, always off; TB HARQ switch for all multicast connections on the SL link: conditional switch, only on when the Rx UE measures CBR satisfies ⁇ CBR ⁇ Thr ⁇ ; all multicast connections on the SL link TB HARQ switch: non-conditional switch, always on.
  • the Rx UE After the Rx UE receives the above configuration information, it can be understood as the TB HARQ switch of the SL unicast connection with the connection ID of 1 (other unicast connections are not applicable): unconditional switch, always on (that is, feedback required); connection ID
  • the CBG HARQ switch of the SL unicast connection with 1 unconditional switch, always off;
  • the TB HARQ switch for the SL multicast communication with the group ID of 2 (the rest of the multicast communication is not applicable): conditional switch, only when this
  • the Rx UE measures the CBR to be turned on when ⁇ CBR ⁇ Thr ⁇ is met; the CBG HARQ switch for the SL multicast communication with the group ID of 2 is an unconditional switch, which is always on.
  • the first terminal device is a Tx UE, and the second terminal device is a Rx UE.
  • the first terminal device is an RxUE, and the second terminal device is a TxUE.
  • the first terminal device is UE1, and the second terminal device is UE2.
  • the first terminal device is UE1, and the second terminal device is group UEs.
  • the number of configured parties of the SL HARQ feedback switch is one.
  • the number of configured parties of the SL HARQ feedback switch is multiple.
  • the configuration information of the above SL HARQ feedback switch may be sent/forwarded through one of high-level signaling or low-level signaling.
  • the SL HARQ feedback switch can be configured for a period of time/period, and the configuration will be applied until the next reconfiguration/modification/release through signaling.
  • the signaling may include PC5 interface signaling (PC5 Signaling, PC5-S) signaling, radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling, system information block (system information block, SIB) signaling, service data adaptation protocol (SDAP) signaling, packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) signaling, wireless Link control (radio link control, RLC) signaling, SCI signaling, MAC (MAC control element (CE)) signaling, etc.
  • PC5 interface signaling PC5 Signaling, PC5-S
  • RRC radio resource control
  • SIB system information block
  • SDAP service data adaptation protocol
  • packet data convergence protocol packet data convergence protocol
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • RLC wireless Link control
  • SCI radio link control
  • MAC MAC control element
  • the signaling may include NAS signaling, RRC signaling, SIB signaling, SDAP signaling, PDCP signaling, RLC signaling, MAC (MAC CE) ) Signaling, DCI signaling, etc.
  • the configuration information of the above SL HARQ feedback switch may be sent through a combination of signaling of various layers.
  • the configuration of the SL HARQ feedback switch is performed through a piece of signaling, and the switch configuration is (de)activated through another piece of signaling, for example, through RRC configuration + MAC/DCI (de)activated.
  • the UE does not apply the configuration information of the SL HARQ feedback switch carried in the RRC signaling, and needs to wait for the activation signaling before applying the configuration of the SL HARQ feedback switch.
  • the configuration information of the above SL HARQ feedback switch may be sent in any one or more of unicast/multicast/broadcast.
  • UE2 after UE2 receives the HARQ configuration information sent by UE1, it can send a response message to UE1, which can indicate configuration success, failure/rejection, or partial success/failure/rejection and specific success/failure/rejection reasons ).
  • the response message can be sent through a direct link or through a forwarding method.
  • the response may be a response to the configuration or a response to the (de)activation message.
  • the UE2 state may be: Connected/Active connected state, idle state (idle state), inactive state, out of coverage (OOC) state, etc. And when multiple UE entities are involved, the status of each UE can be combined in any combination.
  • the network device configures the SL HARQ feedback switch for the UE, the UE is in the Active state.
  • the SL HARQ feedback switch of the second terminal device is a conditional switch
  • the state of the SL HARQ feedback switch changes for example, the SL HARQ feedback switch is changed from on to off, or from off to on
  • the second terminal device sends change instruction information to the first terminal device, and the first terminal device receives the change instruction information sent by the second terminal device.
  • the change instruction information is used to indicate whether the second terminal device performs SL HARQ feedback. So that the first terminal device knows whether the second terminal device at the opposite end will perform SL HARQ feedback.
  • the first terminal device may also notify the network device of the event that the SL HARQ feedback state changes.
  • the second terminal device sends the change instruction information to the first terminal device, and the change instruction information indicates the SL HARQ feedback switch If the condition of is not met, after receiving the change indication information, the first terminal device learns that the second terminal device does not perform SL HARQ feedback, then the second terminal device does not need to request the base station to allocate the SL HARQ feedback resource of the first terminal device, and The second terminal device does not need to wait to receive the ACK/NACK from the first terminal device, nor does it need to decide whether to retransmit according to the ACK/NACK fed back by the first terminal device.
  • the second terminal device has been waiting to receive the ACK fed back by the second terminal device.
  • the second terminal device will always retransmit the data to the first terminal device, resulting in a waste of transmission resources.
  • the second terminal device sends the change instruction information to the first terminal device, and the change instruction information indicates the SL HARQ feedback switch If the condition is satisfied, after receiving the change indication information, the first terminal device learns that the second terminal device will perform SL HARQ feedback, and it needs to request the second terminal device's SL HARQ feedback resource from the base station again.
  • the second terminal device sends change instruction information to the network device, and the network device receives the change instruction information sent by the second terminal device, where the change instruction information is used to indicate whether the second terminal device performs SL HARQ feedback. It is convenient for the network device to confirm whether the SL HARQ feedback resource needs to be configured for the second terminal device.
  • FIG. 5 it is a schematic diagram of the second terminal device notifying the first terminal device when the state of the SL HARQ feedback switch of the second terminal device changes. After step S403, it also includes: S404: when the SL HARQ feedback switch is changed, sending change instruction information, the change instruction information is used to instruct the SL HARQ feedback switch of the second terminal device to change from on to off or from off to open.
  • the foregoing first HARQ configuration information may be reconfigured by the first terminal device according to the second HARQ configuration information
  • the second HARQ configuration information is configured by the network device for the first terminal device
  • the second HARQ configuration information includes an indication Second indication information of whether the first terminal device performs HARQ feedback for the SL data.
  • the HARQ feedback switch configured by the first terminal device for the second terminal device may also be On, if the second indication information indicates that the first terminal device does not perform HARQ feedback for SL data (or the HARQ feedback switch is off, or the HARQ feedback switch is off), then the first terminal device configures the HARQ feedback switch for the second terminal device It can also be off.
  • various conditions/granularities/scenarios/objects/situations of the SL HARQ feedback switch of the first terminal device indicated by the second indication information may refer to the SL HARQ feedback switch of the second terminal device indicated by the aforementioned first indication information
  • the various conditions/granularities/scenarios/objects/situations of, will not be repeated this time.
  • the foregoing second HARQ configuration information may further include third indication information used to indicate whether the first terminal device feeds back the SL HARQ fed back by the second terminal device to the network device through the Uu port.
  • third indication information used to indicate whether the first terminal device feeds back the SL HARQ fed back by the second terminal device to the network device through the Uu port.
  • UE1 when UE1 is in base station scheduling mode mode1, if the base station adopts dynamic scheduling mode, UE1 must first request SL Grant from the base station every time it sends SL data. After UE1 sends SL data to UE2, it will wait for HARQ feedback on UE2’s SL. In this way, it is judged whether the SL data reception is successful.
  • UE2 feeds back NACK
  • UE1 receives UE2's NACK
  • the third indication information indicates that after receiving the SL HARQ feedback sent by the second terminal device, the first terminal device needs to feed back to the base station, then the first terminal device receives the SL HARQ feedback sent by the second terminal device and sends it to the base station through the Uu port.
  • the base station feeds back the SL HARQ feedback result.
  • UE1 is in the scheduling-free mode, after UE1 receives the HARQ feedback from UE2, UE1 feeds it back to its serving base station via UUL.
  • the serving base station can optionally decide whether to reconfigure the resource allocation mode of UE1 based on the feedback of UE1.
  • the mapping relationship between SL HARQ and Uu SLHARQ times can be: 1:1, N:1, 1:N, or M:N.
  • the network equipment also needs to configure SL HARQ and USL HARQ time-frequency domain relationship configuration, for example, when the mapping relationship between SL HARQ and USL HARQ times is 1:1, the network equipment also needs to configure USL HARQ feedback.
  • Which SL HARQ corresponds to, and the corresponding relationship can be uniquely indicated by the combination of time/frequency/code/space domain.
  • the network device also needs to configure which times of U SL HARQ feedback correspond to which times of SL HARQ feedback and how to correspond, and the corresponding relationship can be passed when The combination of /frequency/code/space is a unique indication.
  • SL HARQ refers to the HARQ feedback of the SL data sent by the UE2 for the UE1
  • USL HARQ refers to the feedback result of the SL HARQ to the base station through the Uu port after the UE1 receives the HARQ feedback for the SL data from the UE2.
  • Uu SL HARQ is to distinguish it from Uu HARQ.
  • the Uu HARQ feedback switch involved in the following embodiments refers to whether the UE feedbacks Uu data delivered by the network device.
  • the base station to configure the HARQ feedback switch for UE1 as an example for description, after UE1 receives the configuration of the base station, it needs to apply the configuration, for example:
  • the NAS/PC5-S/RRC/SDAP/PDCP/RLC/MAC/PHY layer of UE1 forwards it to other NAS/PC5-S/RRC/SDAP/PDCP/RLC/MAC/PHY layers in UE1.
  • Floor Specific examples of the processing usage of each layer after receiving the HARQ feedback switch configuration, including but not limited to:
  • NAS/PC5-S/RRC/SDAP/PDCP/RLC layers forwarding/configuration/reconfiguration/(de)activating the TB-level configuration and its application conditions (including the above granularity, indicators, conditions, condition thresholds, HARQ switch/ Condition switch, etc.) to UE2.
  • MAC layer for whether to perform TB HARQ switch, if it is turned on, the UE1 judges the above switch granularity, if the corresponding granularity is met, granularity 1: If configured as Uu HARQ (that is, for Uu port transmission data) feedback switch, then Apply to Uu data; if it is configured as SL HARQ feedback switch, then apply to SL data; if both UuSL HARQ and SL HARQ times mapping relationship and time-frequency-space domain mapping relationship are configured at the same time, they will be applied at the same time.
  • Uu HARQ that is, for Uu port transmission data
  • the data receiver can be instructed to give feedback or not. If the configured granularity is applied when receiving data, when the subsequent data is received, it will independently perform TB-level feedback. If configured at the same time, then Simultaneous application; for granularity 6: If the corresponding granularity is configured, apply it at the corresponding granularity, forward/configure/reconfigure/(de)activate the TB-level configuration to UE2, through MAC CE, MAC header, MAC data, etc. Configure/(de)activate.
  • the UE1 is in the base station scheduling mode (LTE SL mode3, NR SL mode1), when requesting the base station for scheduling resources BSR report/Reporting service model Traffic model, it can indicate the current HARQ switch status; correspondingly, the base station is assigning scheduling to the UE
  • the resource (which can be a dynamic resource Dynamic Grant, or a Configured Grant/Grant Free/SPS resource, etc.) can carry/not carry Uu and/or SL HARQ feedback resources; if the UE is in an autonomous competition mode (LTE SL mode 4, NR SL mode 2) ), it belongs to UE internal processing.
  • PHY layer Whether to switch CBG HARQ, if it is turned on, the UE judges the above switch granularity, if the corresponding granularity is met, then granularity 1: If configured as a Uu HARQ switch, then Uu data is applied; if configured as SL HARQ Switch, then apply to SL data; if both UuSL HARQ and SL HARQ times mapping relationship and time-frequency-space mapping relationship are configured at the same time, apply at the same time; For granularity 2: If configured as Uu DL HARQ feedback switch, apply to Uu DL data ; If it is configured as a UUL HARQ feedback switch, it will be applied to Uu UL data; if it is configured at the same time, it will be applied at the same time; for granularity 3: If it is configured as a switch in dynamic scheduling mode, it will be applied to data transmitted in dynamic scheduling mode; if configured In order to avoid the Configed Grant/Grant Free switch of the scheduling authorization
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of SL HARQ switch configuration based on measurement reports according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the SL HARQ feedback switch of the second terminal device may be determined based on the measurement report reported by the second terminal device.
  • the method further includes: S405: the first terminal device sends the measurement configuration information of the measurement event to the second terminal device, and the second terminal device receives the measurement sent by the first terminal device Measurement configuration information of the event, where the measurement configuration information includes at least one measurement object and a reporting configuration requirement corresponding to the measurement event; S406: the second terminal device measures at least one measurement object to obtain the first measurement value.
  • the second terminal device sends a measurement report of the measurement event to the first terminal device, and the first terminal device receives the second terminal device and sends the measurement report to the first terminal device. Event measurement report. Then, the first terminal device obtaining the first HARQ configuration information in step S401 is specifically: the first terminal device generates the first HARQ configuration information according to the measurement report. In this embodiment, the first terminal device configures the measurement for the second terminal device and configures the HARQ feedback switch as an example. In other optional embodiments, the device configured for measurement and the device configured with the HARQ feedback switch may be the same One, or not the same.
  • the network device configures the measurement for the second terminal device and sends it to the second terminal device through the first terminal device, the second terminal device feeds back the measurement report to the first terminal device, and the first terminal device configures HARQ for the second terminal device Feedback switch.
  • the serving base station of UE1 is gNB1
  • the serving base station of UE2 is gNB2
  • SL communication is performed between UE1 and UE2.
  • gNB1 performs measurement configuration for UE1, and UE1 forwards/reassigns the configuration to UE2.
  • UE2 After UE2 measures and meets the reporting conditions, it can report a measurement report to UE1 or gNB2, and gNB2 transmits it directly to gNB through the X2/Xn interface between base stations or through CN network element/AMF network element/V2X CF network Yuan/OAM network element and other transfer methods are sent to gNB1.
  • the UE for group communication, the UE (or a third party) in the group triggers a configuration request to the Leader UE, and the Leader UE (or any member UE) configures measurements for some users in the group as required. The configured party performs measurement, and when the reporting conditions are met, the configured party reports the measurement report.
  • the first terminal device configures the HARQ feedback switch for the second terminal device to be on. If the measurement report does not If the HARQ feedback switch enabling condition is met, the first terminal device configures the HARQ feedback switch for the second terminal device to be off.
  • the measurement objects included in the above measurement configuration information include the frequency point/resource pool/BWP to be measured in SL, and the reference signal to be measured in SL, such as SL SSB/SL CSI-RS, SL DMRS, SL PTRS Or reference signals such as SL SRS and configuration information (such as time domain, frequency domain, and spatial domain).
  • the above measurement events include Ax same-frequency measurement events, Bx different-frequency/different system measurement events, and SL interface measurement events Vx.
  • the measurement configuration information may also include a reporting manner of the measurement report.
  • the reporting of the measurement report may be an event-triggered report, a periodic-triggered report, or an event-to-period report.
  • the measurement configuration information may also include the maximum number of reporting times of the measurement report, the reporting interval, etc., or any combination thereof.
  • the measurement indicators corresponding to the above measurement events may include: CBR, RSRP, RSRQ, RSSI, CQI, CSI, PMI/RI/RANK in MIMO, QoS target/demand/actual QoS value (such as latency, reliability, etc.) Reliability, data rate/throughput, communication distance range, Payload, Tx rate (Message/Sec), etc.), PathLoss, PHR, TA, MCS, Power, BLER and other Uu similar indicators or any combination.
  • the reporting configuration requirement corresponding to the measurement event mentioned above refers to the condition for reporting the measurement report, that is, when the first measurement value meets the reporting configuration requirement corresponding to the measurement event, the measurement report is reported.
  • the report configuration requirement corresponding to the measurement event may be, for example, CBR ⁇ Thr1 or QoS>Thr2 or latency>Thr or QoS ⁇ Thr, etc.
  • the applicable conditions/granularities/conditions of the above measurement event include: the first terminal device is in the scheduling-free authorization mode (that is, the above-mentioned measurement event is applicable when the first terminal device is in the scheduling-free authorization mode), and the first terminal device is in dynamic scheduling Mode (that is, the above measurement event is applicable when the first terminal device is in the dynamic mode), SL data is data transmitted using a preset radio access technology (that is, the first terminal device uses the preset RAN to transmit SL data to the second terminal device When the above measurement event is applicable), SL data is data transmitted using a preset carrier (that is, the above measurement event is applicable when the first terminal device uses the preset carrier to transmit SL data to the second terminal device), and the SL data is using the preset carrier.
  • the data transmitted by the frequency (that is, the above measurement event applies when the first terminal device uses the preset frequency to transmit SL data to the second terminal device), the second terminal device is located at the preset base station (that is, the second terminal device is located at the preset
  • the above measurement event is applicable to the base station), the second terminal device is located in the preset cell (that is, the above measurement event is applicable when the second terminal device is located in the preset cell), and the first terminal device is the preset source terminal (i.e., the first terminal)
  • the above measurement event is applicable when the device is the preset source terminal), the second terminal device is the preset target terminal (that is, the above measurement event is applicable when the second terminal device is the preset target terminal), and the second terminal device is the preset
  • the terminal included in the group that is, the above measurement event applies when the second terminal device is a terminal included in the preset group
  • the SL data is the data corresponding to the preset service (that is, the first terminal device transmits to the second terminal device
  • the identifiers of the preset RAN, preset carrier, preset frequency, preset base station, preset cell, preset terminal, etc. may be configured by the first terminal device to the second terminal device, or may be a protocol By definition, the embodiment of the present invention does not limit this.
  • the UE identity may include UE SL L2 Id/address, UE SL L1 Id/address, or cell radio network temporary.identifier (C-RNTI), or international mobile subscriber identification code (international mobile subscriber identity). subscriber identification, IMSI), or temporary mobile subscriber identity (temporary mobile subscriber identity, TMSI).
  • UE1 configures measurement for all/part of other users in the group (for example, UE2, UE3, and UE4), assuming it is measurement event 1.
  • the measurement object configuration corresponding to the exemplary measurement event 1 is the configuration of the measurement reference signal, including time-frequency-space information.
  • the report configuration requirement corresponding to measurement event 1 is configured to determine that the report condition is met when the measured SL CSI-RS>Thr1, and the measurement report is triggered to be reported.
  • the report mode of the measurement report corresponding to the measurement event 1 is configured with the event rotation period, the maximum number of reports is 10, and the report period is 10ms.
  • the Rx UE (for example, UE2) receives the measurement configuration and measures the RSRP of the SL CSI-RS> Thr1, the measurement report corresponding to measurement event 1 is reported after the conditions are met. What information needs to be reported in the measurement report corresponding to measurement event 1 may also be configured by UE1.
  • UE1 measures all/part of other users (such as UE2, UE3, and UE4) in the group, assuming it is measurement event 2.
  • the measurement index corresponding to the exemplary measurement event 2 is latency
  • the reporting condition corresponding to the measurement event 2 is that the reporting is triggered when the SL latency>3ms.
  • UE1 is in NR SL mode1 connected state, and UE1 is in base station scheduling mode. Therefore, the serving base station of the UE needs to sense whether the HARQ feedback switch is enabled. Therefore, the base station/cell can configure measurement for UE1, and UE1 can forward the configuration /Configure/Reconfigure to UE2.
  • UE1/UE2 reports the measurement report that meets the conditions to the base station, and triggers the base station to configure the HARQ feedback switch for UE1 (for example, it is configured to be on or off, or enabled or disabled).
  • Optional UE1 can forward/configure/reconfigure the configuration result of the base station to UE2.
  • the base station needs to carry resources for SL HARQ feedback (for example, carried on the PSFCH) when allocating transmission resources to UE1. If the current configuration is off, the base station does not need to carry resources for SL HARQ feedback (for example, carried on the PSFCH) when allocating transmission resources to UE1.
  • the configuring party is the base station and the receiving party is UE1. If UE1 needs to be forwarded/configured to UE2, UE1 is the forwarding party/configuring party, and UE2 is the receiving party.
  • the following describes the entities that may be included in the configuration party and the configured party of the foregoing measurement configuration.
  • the devices that may be involved include: UE1, UE2, UE1 serving gNB, and UE2 serving gNB.
  • the configuration party/sender of the measurement event may include: UE1, UE1 serving gNB/Cell/CN/MME/AMF/V2XCF/GW/RSU/OAM/APP server/third-party network element, etc.
  • the configured party/receiver of the measurement event may include: UE2.
  • the configuration of the measurement event may also be forwarded by the third-party device to the configured party/receiver, and the third-party device may include all other entities except the measurement event configuration party/configured party.
  • the sender of the measurement report is UE2.
  • the receiver of the measurement report may include: UE1, UE1 serving gNB/Cell/CN/MME/AMF/V2X, CF/GW/RSU/OAM/APP server/third-party network elements, etc.
  • the above measurement configuration/receiving of measurement reports can be directly configured/sent to UE2 by the serving gNB of UE1/UE1, or through UE/gNB/Cell/RSU/CN/MME/AMF/V2XCF/SGW/RSU/OAM /APP server/third-party network element, etc., which are configured/sent in a transit manner, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the receiver of the measurement report can be the configurer of the measurement event or any third party.
  • the measurement configuration can be configured by the configuration party actively to the configured party, or the configured party can send a configuration request to the configuration party first, and then the configuration party can configure it, or it can be requested by a third party to the configuration party. , The configuration party will configure the configuration.
  • the entities/entity lists that may be involved include: UE1, UE2 (list), and the services gNB/Cell/RSU/CN/MME/AMF corresponding to the aforementioned various UEs /V2X CF/SGW/RSU/OAM/APP server/third-party network elements, etc.
  • the configuration/sender of the measurement event can be: UE1, UE1's serving gNB/Cell/RSU/CN/MME/AMF/V2X, CF/SGW/RSU/OAM/APP server/third-party network elements, etc., and various combinations Any combination of entity lists.
  • the configured party/receiver of the measurement event may include: UE2(list).
  • the configuration of the measurement event may also be forwarded by the third-party device to the configured party/receiver, and the third-party device may include: all other entities or entity lists except the measurement event configurer/configured party.
  • the sender of the measurement report may be UE2 (list).
  • the recipient of the measurement report can include: UE1, UE1's serving gNB/Cell/RSU/CN/MME/AMF/V2X, CF/SGW/RSU/OAM/APP server/third-party network element combinations, and various entity lists random combination.
  • the above only exemplifies the possibility of the physical equipment involved in the configuration party of the measurement event, the configured party of the measurement event, the sender of the measurement report, and the receiver of the measurement report.
  • you can Configure each entity according to the actual situation for example, the configure party of the measurement event and the receiver of the measurement report are Tx UE, and the configured party of the measurement event and the sender of the measurement report are Rx UE.
  • the Tx UE configures the measurement for the Rx UE, and the Rx UE performs the measurement. After the reporting conditions are met, the measurement report is fed back to the Tx UE.
  • the Tx UE configures the HARQ feedback switch for the Rx UE based on the measurement report fed back by the Rx UE.
  • the configure party of the measurement event and the receiver of the measurement report are the base station, and the configured party of the measurement event and the sender of the measurement report are the Rx UE.
  • the foregoing measurement configuration information may be sent/forwarded through one of high-level signaling or low-level signaling.
  • the measurement configuration for a period of time/period can be configured, and the configuration will be applied until the next reconfiguration/modification/release through signaling.
  • the high-level signaling may include PC5-S signaling, RRC signaling, SIB signaling, SDAP signaling, PDCP signaling, RLC signaling, MAC (MAC CE) signaling, etc.
  • the high-level signaling may include NAS signaling, RRC signaling, SIB signaling, SDAP signaling, PDCP signaling, RLC signaling, MAC (MAC CE) signaling. Order etc. If the above measurement configuration information is sent/forwarded by UE1 to UE2, the underlying signaling includes MAC signaling, SCI signaling, etc. If the above measurement configuration information is sent/forwarded by the base station to the UE, the underlying signaling includes MAC signaling, DCI signaling, etc.
  • the foregoing measurement configuration information may be sent through a combination of signaling of various layers.
  • the measurement configuration is performed through one piece of signaling, and the measurement configuration is (de)activated through another piece of signaling, for example, through RRC configuration+MAC/DCI (de)activation.
  • the UE does not apply the measurement configuration information after receiving the RRC signaling, and needs to wait for the activation signaling to apply the measurement configuration.
  • the foregoing measurement configuration information may be sent in any one or more of unicast/multicast/broadcast.
  • the response message can indicate configuration success, failure/rejection, or partial success/failure/rejection and specific success/failure/rejection reasons ).
  • the response message can be sent through a direct link or through a forwarding method.
  • the response may be a response to the configuration or a response to the (de)activation message.
  • the state of UE2 may be: Connected/Active connected state, idle state, Inactive state, OOC (Out of Coverage) state, etc.
  • the status of each UE can be combined in any combination.
  • the network device configures the UE, the UE is in the Active state.
  • terminal equipment can realize the configuration/application of adaptive SL HARQ switch, making SLHARQ feedback more flexible, and can meet various needs. For example, not enabling SL HARQ during high load can reduce load, such as low-latency services Not enabling SL HARQ helps to reduce the load and does not affect the transmission efficiency. For low-reliability services, only blind retransmission can achieve QoS requirements and reduce the occupation of SL HARQ resources.
  • the first terminal device sends the SL HARQ feedback switch configuration to the second terminal device (specifically, the first terminal device configures the SL HARQ feedback switch for the second terminal device, or the first terminal device sets the network device as The SL HARQ feedback switch configuration information configured by the second terminal device is forwarded to the second terminal device) as an example.
  • the network device can directly configure the SL HARQ feedback switch for the terminal device without other The device forwards.
  • S501 The network device obtains HARQ configuration information.
  • the network device sends HARQ configuration information to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the HARQ configuration information sent by the network device.
  • the HARQ configuration information includes indication information indicating whether the terminal device performs HARQ feedback for the SL data.
  • the terminal device needs to perform HARQ feedback after receiving the SL data. If the indication information indicates that the terminal device does not perform HARQ feedback for the SL data, the terminal device does not need to perform HARQ feedback after receiving the SL data.
  • the embodiment of the present invention is applicable to the application scenario shown in FIG. 3E, that is, the network device directly configures the HARQ configuration information for the terminal device.
  • the network device can configure the SL HARQ feedback switch for one terminal device, or separately configure the SL HARQ feedback switch for each terminal device (for example, Tx UE and Rx UE, or all UEs in the group).
  • acquiring the HARQ configuration information by the network device is specifically: the network device generates the HARQ configuration information.
  • the embodiment of the present invention is also applicable to the application scenario shown in FIG. 3D, that is, the first terminal device configures the HARQ configuration information for the second terminal device, and forwards it through the network device.
  • the network device sending HARQ configuration information to the terminal device is specifically: the network device receives the HARQ configuration information sent by another network device, and sends the HARQ configuration information to the second terminal device.
  • the network equipment can carry HARQ configuration information in NAS signaling, RRC signaling, SIB signaling, SDAP signaling, PDCP signaling, RLC signaling, MAC (MAC CE) signaling, DCI, and other signaling Send to the terminal device.
  • NAS signaling RRC signaling, SIB signaling, SDAP signaling, PDCP signaling, RLC signaling, MAC (MAC CE) signaling, DCI, and other signaling Send to the terminal device.
  • the SL HARQ feedback switch of the aforementioned terminal device may be restricted by various conditions/granularities/scenarios/objects/situations.
  • conditions/granularities/scenarios/objects/situations please refer to the first example in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2. The description of the conditions/granularities/scenarios/objects/situations of the SLHARQ feedback switch of the terminal equipment will not be repeated this time.
  • the SL HARQ feedback switch of the terminal device may be a conditional switch (conditional switch) or an unconditional switch (non-conditional switch).
  • Conditional switch This switch is only applied when certain conditions are met.
  • Unconditional switch the configuration takes effect immediately, no need to switch according to whether the condition is met. If it is a condition switch, the first HARQ configuration information further includes activation condition information, and the activation condition information is used to indicate the condition of the SLHARQ feedback switch. In this case, the terminal device enables HARQ feedback for SL data when the condition of the SLHARQ feedback switch is satisfied.
  • the terminal device when the state of the SL HARQ feedback switch changes (for example, the SL HARQ feedback switch is changed from on to off, or from off to on), the terminal device The terminal device at the opposite end of the SL sends change instruction information, and the terminal device at the opposite end receives the change instruction information sent by the second terminal device, where the change instruction information is used to indicate whether the second terminal device performs SL HARQ feedback.
  • the terminal device of its SL communication peer may also notify the network device of the event that the SL HARQ feedback status changes.
  • the Rx UE can send indication information to the terminal device at the opposite end of the SL (for example, Tx UE), and the indication information indicates the SL
  • Tx UE the terminal device at the opposite end of the SL
  • the Tx UE at the opposite end does not need to request the SL HARQ feedback resources from the base station again.
  • the Rx UE sends instructions to the terminal device (such as Tx UE) at the opposite end of the SL, which indicates the SL HARQ feedback
  • the terminal device such as Tx UE
  • the Tx UE at the opposite end needs to request the SL HARQ feedback resource from the base station again.
  • the Tx UE receives the indication information of the SL HARQ feedback switch change sent by the Rx UE, it can also report it to the network device so that the network device can confirm whether it needs to configure the SL HARQ feedback resource for the Rx UE.
  • the terminal device sends its SL
  • the network device sends the change instruction information, and the network device receives the change instruction information sent by the second terminal device, where the change instruction information is used to indicate whether the second terminal device performs SL HARQ feedback.
  • the Rx UE can send indication information to its serving base station, which indicates that the condition of the SL HARQ feedback switch is not satisfied , The serving base station does not need to re-allocate SL HARQ feedback resources for Rx UE.
  • the Rx UE If the condition of the SL HARQ feedback switch is changed from unsatisfied to satisfied (that is, the SL HARQ feedback switch changes from off to on), the Rx UE sends indication information to its serving base station, which indicates that the condition of the SL HARQ feedback switch is satisfied, and the service The base station needs to re-allocate SL HARQ feedback resources for the Rx UE.
  • the foregoing HARQ configuration information may also include indication information for instructing the terminal device whether to feed back SL HARQ fed back by other terminal devices to the network device through the Uu port.
  • indication information for instructing the terminal device whether to feed back SL HARQ fed back by other terminal devices to the network device through the Uu port.
  • UE1 when UE1 is in base station scheduling mode, each time UE1 sends SL data, it must first request SL Grant from the base station. After UE1 sends SL data to UE2, it will wait for HARQ feedback on UE2's SL to determine whether the SL data is received successfully. If UE2 feeds back NACK, after UE1 receives UE2’s NACK, it also needs to feed back to its serving base station through the Uu port, and then the base station allocates retransmission resources to UE1.
  • the UE1 needs to feed back the SL HARQ feedback to the base station. After receiving the SL HARQ feedback sent by the UE2, the UE1 feeds back the SL HARQ feedback result to the base station through the Uu port.
  • the terminal device needs to identify whether the specific data is sent to itself.
  • SL L2/L1 Id/Address Rx UE compares the Tx SL L2/L1 Id/Address carried by the SCI in the subsequent data transmission with the Rx UE itself to distinguish whether the received data is data sent to itself.
  • the network device can directly configure the SL HARQ feedback switch for the terminal device, which can meet various requirements. For example, if SL HARQ is not enabled when the load is high, the load can be reduced. At the same time, it does not affect the transmission efficiency. For low-reliability services, only blind retransmission can achieve QoS requirements, and can also reduce SL HARQ resource occupation.
  • the terminal device can also directly configure the SL HARQ feedback switch for itself without relying on other devices.
  • FIG. 8 is another HARQ feedback control method provided by an embodiment of the present invention. The method may include the following processes.
  • the terminal device configures HARQ configuration information for it, and the HARQ configuration information is used to indicate whether the terminal device performs HARQ feedback for the SL data.
  • the terminal device needs to perform HARQ feedback after receiving the SL data. If the HARQ configuration information indicates that the SL HARQ feedback switch of the terminal device is off, the terminal device does not need to perform HARQ feedback after receiving the SL data.
  • the embodiment of the present invention is applicable to a scenario where the terminal device directly configures the SL HARQ feedback switch for itself.
  • the embodiment of the present invention is also applicable to the application scenarios shown in FIG. 3A and FIG. 3B, that is, in addition to configuring/reconfiguring/forwarding HARQ configuration information for UE2, UE1 can also configure HARQ configuration information for itself.
  • the SL HARQ feedback switch of the aforementioned terminal device may be restricted by various conditions/granularities/scenarios/objects/situations.
  • conditions/granularities/scenarios/objects/situations please refer to the first example in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2.
  • the relevant description of the condition/granularity/scenario/object/situation of the SL HARQ feedback switch of the terminal device will not be repeated this time.
  • the HARQ feedback switch of the terminal device may be determined based on its measurement result.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device measures at least one measurement object to obtain the first measurement value of the measurement event.
  • the HARQ feedback switch of the terminal device is specifically: if the first measurement value meets the preset activation condition of the SLHARQ feedback switch, the terminal device configures its own HARQ feedback switch to be on, and if the first measurement value does not meet the preset SLHARQ feedback switch The terminal device configures its own HARQ feedback switch to off.
  • the aforementioned measurement object may be preset, for example, it may include the frequency point/resource pool/BWP to be measured in the SL, and the reference signal to be measured in the SL, such as SL SSB/SL CSI-RS, SL DMRS, Reference signals such as SL PTRS or SL SRS and configuration information (such as time domain, frequency domain, and space domain).
  • the reference signal to be measured in the SL such as SL SSB/SL CSI-RS, SL DMRS, Reference signals such as SL PTRS or SL SRS and configuration information (such as time domain, frequency domain, and space domain).
  • the above measurement events include Ax same-frequency measurement events, Bx different-frequency/different system measurement events, and SL interface measurement events Vx.
  • the measurement configuration information may also include a reporting manner of the measurement report.
  • the reporting of the measurement report may be an event-triggered report, a periodic-triggered report, or an event-to-period report.
  • the measurement configuration information may also include the maximum number of reporting times of the measurement report, the reporting interval, etc., or any combination thereof.
  • the measurement indicators corresponding to the above measurement events may include: CBR, RSRP, RSRQ, RSSI, CQI, CSI, PMI/RI/RANK in MIMO, QoS target/demand/actual QoS value (such as latency, reliability, etc.) Reliability, data rate/throughput, communication distance range, Payload, Tx rate (Message/Sec), etc.), PathLoss, PHR, TA, MCS, Power, BLER and other Uu similar indicators or any combination.
  • the terminal device sends a change indication message to the terminal device of its SL counterpart .
  • the terminal device at the opposite end receives the change instruction information, and the change instruction information is used to indicate whether the terminal device performs SLHARQ feedback.
  • the terminal device of its SL communication peer may also notify the network device of the event that the SL HARQ feedback status changes.
  • the Rx UE can send indication information to the terminal device at the opposite end of the SL (for example, Tx UE), and the indication information indicates the SL
  • Tx UE the terminal device at the opposite end of the SL
  • the Tx UE at the opposite end does not need to request the SL HARQ feedback resources from the base station again.
  • the Rx UE sends instructions to the terminal device (such as Tx UE) at the opposite end of the SL, which indicates the SL HARQ feedback
  • the terminal device such as Tx UE
  • the Tx UE at the opposite end needs to request the SL HARQ feedback resource from the base station again.
  • the Tx UE receives the indication information of the SL HARQ feedback switch change sent by the Rx UE, it can also report it to the network device so that the network device can confirm whether it needs to configure the SL HARQ feedback resource for the Rx UE.
  • the terminal device sends the change instruction to its SL network device, and the network device receives The change indication information sent by the terminal device, where the change indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device performs SL HARQ feedback.
  • the Rx UE can send indication information to its serving base station, which indicates that the condition of the SL HARQ feedback switch is not satisfied , The serving base station does not need to re-allocate SL HARQ feedback resources for Rx UE.
  • the Rx UE sends indication information to its serving base station, which indicates that the condition of the SLHARQ feedback switch is satisfied, and the serving base station It is necessary to re-allocate SL HARQ feedback resources for Rx UE.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of UE1 configuring the SL HARQ feedback switch for itself, and notifying the network device or the UE2 of the SL opposite end when the state of the SL HARQ feedback switch changes.
  • the foregoing embodiments are all described by taking the terminal device configured with the HARQ feedback switch of SL data as an example.
  • the terminal device can also be configured with the HARQ feedback switch of Uu data in the same configuration mode, see FIG. 10 is another HARQ feedback control method provided by an embodiment of the present invention. The method may include the following steps.
  • the first communication device obtains HARQ configuration information.
  • the first communication device configures the HARQ configuration information to the second communication device, and the second communication device receives the HARQ configuration information sent by the first communication device.
  • the HARQ configuration information includes an indication of whether the second communication device performs HARQ feedback for Uu data. Instructions.
  • the indication information indicates that the second communication device performs HARQ feedback for Uu data, the second communication device needs to perform HARQ feedback after receiving the Uu data.
  • the indication information indicates that the second communication device does not perform HARQ feedback for Uu data, and the second communication device does not need to perform HARQ feedback after receiving the Uu data.
  • the indication information is used to indicate whether the UuHARQ feedback switch of the second communication device is on or off, or is used to indicate whether the UuHARQ feedback switch of the second communication device is enabled or off. If the indication information indicates that the Uu HARQ feedback switch of the second communication device is on, the second communication device needs to perform HARQ feedback after receiving the Uu data. If the indication information indicates that the UuHARQ feedback switch of the second communication device is off, the second communication device does not need to perform HARQ feedback after receiving the Uu data.
  • the HARQ configuration information may be generated by the first communication device itself, or generated by other devices and sent to the first communication device.
  • the first communication device is a terminal device and the second communication device is a network device, or, the first communication device is a network device and the second communication device is a terminal device, the embodiment of the present invention uses the first communication device as a network device
  • the second communication device is a terminal device as an example for description. If the first communication device is a network device and the second communication device is a terminal device, it can be understood that the network device configures a Uu HARQ feedback switch for the terminal device.
  • the U HARQ feedback switch means that the terminal device receives the DL data sent by the network device. Whether to perform HARQ feedback.
  • the embodiment of the present invention can be applied to the scenario shown in FIG. 11, that is, a scenario where a network device communicates with a terminal device.
  • the network device can configure a Uu HARQ feedback switch for one or more terminal devices.
  • the embodiment of the present invention may also be applied to the SL scenario shown in FIG. 3A, that is, the network device may configure a Uu HARQ feedback switch for the first terminal device.
  • the Uu HARQ feedback switch refers to whether the terminal device needs to perform HARQ feedback after receiving Uu data.
  • the first communication device may be directly configured for the second communication device, or it may be forwarded to the second communication device via a third-party device, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the U HARQ feedback switch of the above second communication device can be restricted by various conditions/granularities/scenarios/objects/situations, that is, the U HARQ feedback switch can increase applicable conditions/granularities/scenarios/objects/situations for specific According to the condition/granularity/scene/object/condition, the above HARQ feedback switch is used/applicable/applied/effective.
  • the applicable conditions/granularities/scenarios/objects/situations of the Uu HARQ feedback switch please refer to the applicable conditions/granularities/scenarios/objects/situations of the SL HARQ feedback switch in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 4, which will not be repeated this time.
  • the applicable granularity of the Uu HARQ feedback switch can also be uplink data, downlink data, uplink data + downlink data.
  • the network device needs to perform HARQ feedback after receiving the uplink data sent by the terminal device.
  • the terminal device needs to perform HARQ feedback after receiving the downlink data sent by the network device.
  • the network device needs to perform HARQ feedback after receiving the uplink data sent by the terminal device, and the terminal device needs to perform HARQ feedback after receiving the downlink data sent by the network device.
  • HARQ feedback may also be applied when sending data, or applied when receiving data, or both. For example, if the applicable granularity of the Uu HARQ feedback switch is applied when receiving data, the network device needs to perform HARQ feedback after receiving the uplink data sent by the terminal device.
  • the Uu HARQ feedback switch may be a conditional switch (conditional switch) or an unconditional switch (non-conditional switch).
  • Conditional switch This switch is only applied when certain enabling conditions are met.
  • Unconditional switch the configuration takes effect immediately, no need to switch according to whether the condition is met. If it is a condition switch, the HARQ configuration information also includes enabling condition information, and the enabling condition information is used to indicate the enabling condition of the UuHARQ feedback switch.
  • the second communication device enables HARQ feedback for Uu data when the enabling condition of the UuHARQ feedback switch is satisfied, and does not enable HARQ feedback for Uu data when the enabling condition of the UuHARQ feedback switch is not satisfied.
  • the enabling condition of the UuHARQ feedback switch please refer to the enabling condition of the SL HARQ feedback switch in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4, the difference is that the measured index is the index of the Uu port, and the others are similar.
  • the terminal device when the state of the U HARQ feedback switch changes (for example, the U HARQ feedback switch changes from on to off, or from off to on), the terminal device The network device sends the change instruction information, and the network device receives the change instruction information sent by the terminal device.
  • the change instruction information is used to indicate whether the terminal device performs Uu HARQ feedback. So that the network equipment knows whether the terminal equipment will perform Uu HARQ feedback.
  • the network device sends a change instruction information to the terminal device, and the change instruction information indicates that the condition of the U HARQ feedback switch is not satisfied
  • the network device receives the change instruction information and learns that the terminal device does not perform Uu HARQ feedback, it does not need to re-allocate Uu HARQ feedback resources for the terminal device.
  • the terminal device If the condition of the Uu HARQ feedback switch is changed from unsatisfied to satisfied (that is, the U HARQ feedback switch is changed from off to on), the terminal device sends a change instruction message to the network device, and the change instruction information indicates that the condition of the U HARQ feedback switch is satisfied. After receiving the change instruction information, the network device knows that the terminal device will perform Uu HARQ feedback, and it needs to allocate Uu HARQ feedback resources to the terminal device again.
  • the base station configures the UuHARQ feedback switch for UE1 as an example for description. After UE1 receives the configuration of the base station, it needs to apply the configuration, for example:
  • MAC layer For whether to perform TB HARQ switch, if it is turned on, the UE1 judges the above switch granularity, if the corresponding granularity is met, then for granularity 1: If it is configured as a Uu HARQ switch, it will be applied to Uu data; for granularity 2: if Configured as U DL HARQ feedback switch, then U DL data application; For granularity 3: If TB level HARQ feedback is configured to be turned on, then TB level HARQ feedback is performed, otherwise it is turned off.
  • PHY layer For whether to switch CBG HARQ, if it is turned on, the UE judges the above-mentioned switch granularity. If the corresponding granularity is met, then for granularity 1: If configured as a Uu HARQ switch, then Uu data will be applied; for granularity 2: if Configured as U DL HARQ feedback switch, then U DL data application; For granularity 3: If CBG level HARQ feedback is configured to be turned on, then CBG level HARQ feedback is performed, otherwise it is turned off.
  • the communication device After the communication device receives the data, it needs to identify whether the specific data is sent to itself. For example, when the UE's UuHARQ feedback switch is limited to UE1, the UuHARQ feedback switch is unconditionally TB HARQ is on; after the UE applies this configuration, after UE1 receives any subsequent data, it uses its own UE ID to descramble the data. If the scrambling is successful, UE1 will consider it as its own data, and feed back the ACK/NACK to the gNB according to the actual reception situation this time.
  • the identifier of the UE may include C-RNTI, IMSI, or TMSI.
  • the communication device can be configured with a U HARQ feedback switch, which can meet various requirements. For example, if U HARQ is not enabled under high load, the load can be reduced. For example, if U HARQ is not enabled for low-latency services, it will reduce the load without affecting transmission. Efficiency, for low-reliability services, QoS requirements can be achieved only through blind retransmission, and Uu HARQ resource occupation can also be reduced.
  • the embodiment of the present invention also provides a HARQ feedback control method. Referring to FIG. 12, the method includes the following steps.
  • S801 If the state of the HARQ feedback switch of the first communication device is changed, the first communication device sends change instruction information to the second communication device, and the second communication device receives the change instruction information sent by the first communication device. It is used to instruct the HARQ feedback switch of the first communication device to be changed from on to off or from off to on.
  • the HARQ feedback switch may be an SL HARQ feedback switch for SL data, or a Uu HARQ feedback switch for Uu data.
  • the HARQ feedback switch is an SL HARQ feedback switch for SL data
  • the first communication device may be the first terminal device
  • the second communication device may be the second terminal device that performs SL communication with the first terminal device, and the second communication device It may also be a network device serving the first terminal device.
  • the HARQ feedback switch is a Uu HARQ feedback switch for Uu data
  • the first communication device may be a terminal device and the second communication device may be a network device, or the first communication device may be a network device, and the second communication device may be Terminal Equipment.
  • the terminal device when the SL HARQ feedback switch of the first terminal device is changed from on to off, the terminal device sends change instruction information to the second terminal device of its SL counterpart, and the change instruction information is used to instruct the first terminal
  • the SL HARQ feedback switch of the device is changed from on to off.
  • the second terminal device at the opposite end can learn that the SL HARQ feedback switch of the first terminal device is turned off, the second terminal device does not need to request the base station to allocate the SL HARQ feedback resources of the first terminal device, and the second terminal device does not It is necessary to wait to receive the ACK/NACK of the first terminal device, and it is not necessary to decide whether to retransmit according to the ACK/NACK fed back by the first terminal device. For example, if the SL HARQ feedback switch of the first terminal device is changed from on to off and the second terminal device is not notified, the second terminal device has been waiting to receive the ACK fed back by the second terminal device. The second terminal device will always retransmit the data to the first terminal device, resulting in a waste of transmission resources.
  • the second terminal device at the opposite end of the SL communication can also notify the network device of the event that the SL HARQ feedback status has changed, so that the network device can learn that there is no need to re-allocate the SL HARQ feedback resource to the first terminal device.
  • the terminal device when the SL HARQ feedback switch of the first terminal device is changed from off to on, the terminal device sends change instruction information to the terminal device of its SL counterpart, and the change instruction information is used to instruct the SL HARQ feedback switch of the first terminal device to turn off. Change to on.
  • the terminal device at the opposite end of the SL communication can also notify the network device of the event that the SL HARQ feedback state has changed, so that the network device can learn that it needs to re-allocate the SL HARQ feedback resource to the first terminal device.
  • the HARQ feedback status of a communication device when the HARQ feedback status of a communication device changes, it can notify other communication devices (for example, the communication peer) so that the communication peer can learn its HARQ feedback status and improve communication performance.
  • the communication peer when the HARQ feedback status of a communication device changes, it can notify other communication devices (for example, the communication peer) so that the communication peer can learn its HARQ feedback status and improve communication performance.
  • each network element such as a terminal device, a network device, etc.
  • each network element includes a hardware structure and/or software module corresponding to each function.
  • this application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software-driven hardware depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
  • the embodiments of the present application can divide the terminal equipment, network equipment, etc. into functional modules according to the above method examples.
  • each functional module can be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions can be integrated into one processing module.
  • the above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiments of the present application is illustrative, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation.
  • FIG. 13 shows a schematic diagram of a possible logical structure of the terminal device involved in the above embodiment.
  • the terminal device 900 includes: a receiving unit 901, a processing unit 902, and a sending unit.
  • the receiving unit 901 is configured to support the terminal device to perform the steps of the terminal device receiving information in the method embodiments shown in FIGS. 4 to 12.
  • the sending unit 903 is configured to support the terminal device to execute the steps of the terminal device sending information in the method embodiments shown in FIGS. 4 to 12.
  • the processing unit 902 is configured to support the terminal device to execute the steps of the information determined by the terminal device in the method embodiments shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. 12, and other functions other than the functions of the sending unit and the receiving unit.
  • the aforementioned processing unit 902 can be a processor or a processing circuit, etc.; the receiving unit 901 can be a receiver or a receiving circuit, etc.; the sending unit 903 can be a transmitter or a sending circuit, etc., and the sending unit 903 and the receiving unit 901 can be Form a communication interface.
  • Fig. 14 shows a schematic diagram of a possible hardware structure of the terminal device involved in the above-mentioned embodiment provided by the embodiment of this application.
  • the terminal device includes a processor 1001.
  • the processor 1001 is used to control and manage the actions of the terminal device.
  • the processor 1001 is used to support the steps of generating HARQ configuration information or applying HARQ configuration information by the terminal device in the embodiment.
  • the terminal device may further include a memory 1002 and a communication interface 1003.
  • the processor 1001, the communication interface 1003, and the memory 1002 may be connected to each other or connected to each other through the bus 1004.
  • the memory 1002 is used to store codes and data of the terminal device.
  • the communication interface 1003 is used to support the terminal device to communicate.
  • the bus 1004 may be a standard PCI bus for interconnecting peripheral components or an extended industry standard structure EISA bus.
  • the processor 1001 may be a central processing unit, a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components, or any combination thereof. It can implement or execute various exemplary logical blocks, modules and circuits described in conjunction with the disclosure of this application.
  • the processor may also be a combination of computing functions, for example, a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of a digital signal processor and a microprocessor, and so on.
  • FIG. 15 shows a schematic diagram of a possible logical structure of the network device involved in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the network device includes: a sending unit 1103, a processing unit 1102, and a receiving unit 1101.
  • the sending unit 1103 is used to support the steps of the network device in the method embodiments shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. 12;
  • the receiving unit 1101 is used to support the steps that the network device receives in the method embodiments shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. step.
  • the processing unit 1102 is configured to support the network device to execute the steps of the information determined by the network device in the method embodiments shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. 12, and other functions other than the functions of the sending unit and the receiving unit.
  • the aforementioned processing unit 1102 can be a processor or a processing circuit, etc.; the receiving unit 1101 can be a receiver or a receiving circuit, etc.; the sending unit 1103 can be a transmitter or a sending circuit, etc., and the sending unit 1103 and the receiving unit 1101 can be Form a communication interface.
  • FIG. 16 shows a schematic diagram of a possible hardware structure of the network device involved in the foregoing embodiment provided by the embodiment of this application.
  • the network device includes: a processor 1201.
  • the processor 1201 is configured to control and manage the actions of the network device in the embodiment.
  • the network device may further include a memory 1202 and a communication interface 1203.
  • the processor 1201, the communication interface 1203, and the memory 1202 may be connected to each other or through the bus 1204.
  • the memory 1202 is used to store program codes and data of the network device, and the communication interface 1203 is used to support the network device to communicate.
  • the processor 1201 calls the code stored in the memory 1202 for control and management.
  • the memory 1202 may or may not be coupled with the processor.
  • the processor 1201 may be a central processing unit, a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components, or any combination thereof. It can implement or execute various exemplary logical blocks, modules and circuits described in conjunction with the disclosure of this application.
  • the processor may also be a combination of computing functions, for example, a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of a digital signal processor and a microprocessor, and so on.
  • FIG. 17 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication chip provided by the present application.
  • the communication chip 1700 may include a processor 1701 and one or more interfaces 1702 coupled to the processor 1701.
  • the processor 1701 may be used to read and execute computer-readable instructions.
  • the processor 1701 may mainly include a controller, an arithmetic unit, and a register.
  • the controller is mainly responsible for instruction decoding and sending control signals for the operations corresponding to the instructions.
  • the arithmetic unit is mainly responsible for performing fixed-point or floating-point arithmetic operations, shift operations and logical operations, etc., and can also perform address operations and conversions.
  • the register is mainly responsible for storing the register operands and intermediate operation results temporarily stored during the execution of the instruction.
  • the hardware architecture of the processor 1701 can be an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC) architecture, a microprocessor without interlocked pipeline stage architecture (microprocessor without interlocked stages architecture, MIPS) architecture, and advanced streamlining. Instruction set machine (advanced RISC machines, ARM) architecture or NP architecture, etc.
  • the processor 1701 may be single-core or multi-core.
  • the interface 1702 can be used to input data to be processed to the processor 1701, and can output the processing result of the processor 1701 to the outside.
  • the interface 1702 can be a general purpose input output (GPIO) interface, which can be connected to multiple peripheral devices (such as a display (LCD), a camera (camara), a radio frequency (RF) module, etc.) connection.
  • GPIO general purpose input output
  • the interface 1702 is connected to the processor 1701 through the bus 1703.
  • the processor 1701 may be configured to call the implementation program on the communication device side of the HARQ feedback control method provided by one or more embodiments of this application from the memory, and execute the instructions contained in the program.
  • the memory may be integrated with the processor 1701, or may be coupled with the communication chip 170 through the interface 1702.
  • the interface 1702 may be used to output the execution result of the processor 1701.
  • the interface 1702 may be specifically used to output the decoding result of the processor 1701.
  • processor 1701 and the interface 1702 can be implemented through hardware design, through software design, or through a combination of software and hardware, which is not limited here.
  • a computer storage medium is also provided, and computer execution instructions are stored in the computer storage medium.
  • a device may be a single-chip microcomputer, a chip, etc.
  • the A computer executes instructions to execute the steps of the terminal device or network device in the HARQ feedback control method provided in FIGS. 4 to 12.
  • the foregoing computer storage media may include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory, random access memory, magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes.
  • a computer program product in another embodiment of the present application, includes computer-executable instructions stored in a computer-readable storage medium; at least one processor of the device can be accessed from a computer
  • the storage medium reads the computer-executable instructions, and at least one processor executes the computer-executable instructions to make the device implement the steps of the terminal device or the network device in the HARQ feedback control method provided in FIGS. 4 to 12.
  • a communication system in another embodiment of the present application, includes multiple devices, and the multiple devices include at least two terminal devices.
  • the communication system includes multiple devices, and the multiple devices include a network device and at least one terminal device.
  • the terminal device may be the terminal device provided in FIG. 13 or FIG. 14, and is used to perform the steps of the terminal device in the HARQ feedback control method provided in FIG. 4 to FIG. 12; and/or, the network device may be a diagram 15 or the network device provided in FIG. 16, and used to perform the steps of the network device in the HARQ feedback control method provided in FIG. 4 to FIG. 12.
  • the device includes a processor to run the code in the memory so that the device executes the foregoing various methods. Code and data are stored in this memory.
  • the memory is located in the device, and the memory processor is coupled. The memory can also be located outside the device.
  • the above embodiments it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof.
  • software it can be implemented in the form of a computer program product in whole or in part.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer program instructions When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions according to the embodiments of the present invention are generated in whole or in part.
  • the computer can be a general-purpose computer, a dedicated computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • Computer instructions can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium.
  • computer instructions can be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center through a cable (such as Coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) means to transmit to another website, computer, server or data center.
  • a computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or data center integrated with one or more available media.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, and a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (SSD)).

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本申请公开了一种HARQ反馈控制方法及相关设备,其中该方法包括:第一终端设备获取第一HARQ配置信息。第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送第一HARQ配置信息,第二终端设备接收第一HARQ配置信息,该第一HARQ配置信息包括指示第二终端设备针对SL数据是否进行HARQ反馈的第一指示信息。若第一指示信息指示第二终端设备针对SL数据进行HARQ反馈,则第二终端设备在接收到SL数据后,进行HARQ反馈;若第一指示信息指示第二终端设备针对SL数据不进行HARQ反馈,则第二终端设备在接收到SL数据后,不进行HARQ反馈。实施本申请实施例,能够自适应启用或关闭SL HARQ反馈,提升系统性能。

Description

一种混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈控制方法及相关设备 技术领域
本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种HARQ反馈控制方法及相关设备。
背景技术
在长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统中收发双方采用混合自动重传请求(hybrid automatic repeat request,HARQ)技术来保证数据传输的可靠性。即接收方成功接收数据,则向发送方进行正确应答(acknowledgement,ACK),接收方没有成功接收数据,则向发送方进行否定应答(non-acknowledgement,NACK)。LTE车联网(vehicle to everything,V2X)不支持HARQ反馈,而新一代无线(new radio)V2X增加了单播和组播类型,为了保证数据传输的可靠性如何设计HARQ的反馈机制是目前需要解决的技术问题。
发明内容
本申请提供了一种HARQ反馈控制方法及相关设备,能够自适应启用或关闭SL HARQ反馈,提升系统性能。
第一方面,本发明实施例提供了一种HARQ反馈控制方法,应用于第一终端设备侧。本发明实施例中,第一终端设备可以为第二终端设备配置SL HARQ反馈开关,该SL HARQ反馈开关用于表征第二终端设备在接收到SL数据传输后是否需要进行SL HARQ反馈。该方法包括:第一终端设备获取第一HARQ配置信息。第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送该第一HARQ配置信息,该第一HARQ配置信息包括指示第二终端设备针对侧行链路SL数据传输是否进行HARQ反馈的第一指示信息。实施本发明实施例,终端设备能够实现自适应SL HARQ开关的配置/应用,使得SL HARQ反馈更加灵活,能够满足多方面的需求,如高负载时不启用SL HARQ可降低负载,如低时延业务不启用SL HARQ利于降低负载同时不影响传输效率,针对低可靠性的业务仅通过盲重传就可达到QoS需求也可减少SL HARQ资源占用等。
在一种可能的设计中,第一终端设备获取第一HARQ配置信息,可以是:第一终端设备生成第一HARQ配置信息,即第一终端设备为第二终端设备配置SL HARQ反馈开关。或者,第一终端设备获取第一HARQ配置信息,可以是:第一终端设备接收网络设备发送的第一HARQ配置信息,即网络设备为第二终端设备配置SL HARQ反馈开关。
在一种可能的设计中,若所述第一指示信息指示所述第二终端设备针对SL数据传输进行HARQ反馈,所述第二终端设备进行HARQ反馈的接口包括SL接口或Uu空口。
在一种可能的设计中,所述SL数据包括单播、组播或广播中的一种或多种业务类型的数据。
在一种可能的设计中,所述SL数据包括媒介访问控制MAC层的传输块TB和/或物理层的码块组CBG类型的数据。
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一指示信息适用的条件包括:所述第一终端设备处于免调度授权模式、所述第一终端设备处于动态调度模式、所述第一终端设备处于半静态调度 模式、所述第一终端设备处于自主竞争模式、所述SL数据为使用预设的无线接入技术传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的载波传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的频率传输的数据、所述第一终端设备位于预设的基站、所述第一终端设备位于预设的小区、所述第二终端设备位于预设的基站、所述第二终端设备位于预设的小区、所述第一终端设备为预设的源终端、所述第二终端设备为预设的目标终端、所述第二终端设备为预设的组内包括的终端、所述SL数据为预设的服务对应的数据、所述SL数据为满足预设的服务质量的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的载波带宽部分BWP传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道组传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的通信连接传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的组连接传输的数据或所述SL数据为预设的HARQ进程对应的数据中的一种或多种。
在一种可能的设计中,若所述第一指示信息指示所述第二终端设备针对所述SL数据传输进行HARQ反馈,所述第一HARQ配置信息还包括预设条件信息,所述预设条件信息用于指示所述第二终端设备针对所述SL数据传输进行HARQ反馈的条件。
在一种可能的设计中,所述预设条件信息包括预设测量指标高于、低于、不高于或者不低于预设门限和/或所述预设测量指标在或者不在预设值列表中。
在一种可能的设计中,所述预设测量指标对应的测量对象包括在SL所需测量的频点/资源池/BWP、在SL所需测量的参考信号及资源配置信息中的一种或多种,所述参考信号包括同步信号块SSB、信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS、解调参考信号DMRS、相位跟踪参考信号PTRS或信道探测参考信号SRS,所述资源配置信息包括时域、频域或空域的任意组合。
在一种可能的设计中,所述测量对象适用的条件包括:所述第一终端设备处于免调度授权模式、所述第一终端设备处于动态调度模式、所述第一终端设备处于半静态调度模式、所述第一终端设备处于自主竞争模式、所述SL数据为使用预设的无线接入技术传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的载波传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的频率传输的数据、所述第一终端设备位于预设的基站、所述第一终端设备位于预设的小区、所述第二终端设备位于预设的基站、所述第二终端设备位于预设的小区、所述第一终端设备为预设的源终端、所述第二终端设备为预设的目标终端、所述第二终端设备为预设的组内包括的终端、所述SL数据为预设的服务对应的数据、所述SL数据为满足预设的服务质量的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的BWP传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道组传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的通信连接传输的数据或所述SL数据为使用预设的组连接传输的数据。
在一种可能的设计中,所述预设测量指标包括SL接口对应的信道质量、SL接口对应的服务质量QoS或SL接口对应的发送指标的任意一种或多种组合,示例性的,所述SL接口对应的信道质量包括信道忙比例CBR、参考信号接收功率RSRP、参考信号接收质量RSRQ、接收信号强度指示RSSI、信道质量指示CQI、信道状态信息CSI、多输入多输出MIMO系统中的预编码矩阵指示PMI、MIMO系统中的秩指示RI或MIMO系统中的信道矩阵的秩RANK中的一项或多项;所述SL接口对应的QoS包括QoS目标、QoS需求或QoS值中的一项或多项;所述SL接口对应的发送指标包括传输速率、路径损耗、功率余量 报告PHR、时间提前量TA、调制与编码策略MCS、功率或误块率中的一项或多项;所述QoS值包括时延、可靠性、速率、吞吐量、通信距离或有效载荷。
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一终端设备生成所述第一HARQ配置信息之前,还包括:所述第一终端设备接收网络设备发送的第二HARQ配置信息,所述第二HARQ配置信息包括指示所述第一终端设备针对侧行链路SL数据传输是否进行HARQ反馈的第二指示信息;所述第一终端设备生成所述第一HARQ配置信息,包括:所述第一终端设备根据所述第二HARQ配置信息生成所述第一HARQ配置信息。
在一种可能的设计中,若所述第一指示信息指示所述第二终端设备针对SL数据传输进行HARQ反馈且所述第二指示信息指示所述第一终端设备针对SL数据传输进行HARQ反馈;所述第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送所述第一HARQ配置信息之后,还包括:所述第一终端设备向所述第二终端设备发送SL数据;所述第一终端设备通过SL接口接收所述第二终端设备发送的HARQ反馈信息;所述第一终端设备根据所述第二终端设备发送的HARQ反馈信息通过Uu空口向所述网络设备发送HARQ反馈信息。
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一终端设备获取第一HARQ配置信息之前,还包括:所述第一终端设备向所述第二终端设备发送测量事件的测量配置信息,所述测量配置信息包括至少一个测量对象以及所述测量事件对应的上报配置要求;所述第一终端设备接收所述第二终端设备发送的所述测量事件的测量报告,所述测量报告是所述第二终端设备在第一测量值满足所述上报配置要求中至少一项时发送的,所述第一测量值是所述第二终端设备测量所述至少一个测量对象获得的;所述第一终端设备获取第一HARQ配置信息,具体为:所述第一终端设备根据所述测量报告生成所述第一HARQ配置信息。
在一种可能的设计中,所述测量事件适用的条件包括:所述第一终端设备处于免调度授权模式、所述第一终端设备处于动态调度模式、所述第一终端设备处于半静态调度模式、所述第一终端设备处于自主竞争模式、所述SL数据为使用预设的无线接入技术传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的载波传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的频率传输的数据、所述第一终端设备位于预设的基站、所述第一终端设备位于预设的小区、所述第二终端设备位于预设的基站、所述第二终端设备位于预设的小区、所述第一终端设备为预设的源终端、所述第二终端设备为预设的目标终端、所述第二终端设备为预设的组内包括的终端、所述SL数据为预设的服务对应的数据、所述SL数据为满足预设的服务质量的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的载波带宽部分BWP传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道组传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的通信连接传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的组连接传输的数据中的一种或多种。
在一种可能的设计中,所述第二终端设备的数量包括一个或多个。例如,针对单播场景,所述第二终端设备的数量为一个,针对组播或广播场景,所述第二终端设备的数量为多个。
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送所述第一HARQ配置信息,包括:所述第一终端设备通过第三通信设备向所述第二终端设备发送所述第一HARQ配置信息。
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送所述第一HARQ配置信 息,包括:所述第一终端设备通过第一信令向所述第二终端设备发送所述第一HARQ配置信息,所述第一信令包括RRC信令、RLC信令、PDCP信令、MAC信令、SDAP信令、PC5-S信令、SIB消息、MAC信令或物理层信令。
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一终端设备通过第一信令向所述第二终端设备发送所述第一HARQ配置信息之后,还包括:所述第一终端设备向所述第二终端设备发送第二信令,所述第二信令用于激活所述第一指示信息,所述第二信令包括SCI信令或MAC信令。
在一种可能的设计中,所述第二终端设备为设备组或设备群中的一个或多个。
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一指示信息针对的粒度是通过显式或隐式指示的。
在一种可能的设计中,所述测量对象是通过显式或隐式指示的。
在一种可能的设计中,所述测量对象针对的粒度是通过显式或隐式指示的。
在一种可能的设计中,第一终端设备接收第二终端设备发送的变更指示信息,该变更指示信息用于指示第二终端设备的SL HARQ反馈开关由开变更为关或者由关变更为开。可选的,第一终端设备还可以将该变更指示信息发送给网络设备。
第二方面,本发明实施例提供了一种HARQ反馈控制方法,应用于第二终端设备侧。本发明实施例中,第一终端设备可以为第二终端设备配置SL HARQ反馈开关,该SL HARQ反馈开关用于表征第二终端设备在接收到SL数据传输后是否需要进行SL HARQ反馈。该方法包括:第二终端设备接收第一终端设备发送的第一HARQ配置信息,该第一HARQ配置信息包括指示第二终端设备针对侧行链路SL数据传输是否进行HARQ反馈的第一指示信息。若第一指示信息指示第二终端设备针对SL数据进行HARQ反馈,则第二终端设备在接收到SL数据后,需要进行HARQ反馈。若第一指示信息指示第二终端设备针对SL数据传输不进行HARQ反馈,则第二终端设备在接收到SL数据后,不需要进行HARQ反馈。实施本发明实施例,终端设备能够实现自适应SL HARQ开关的配置/应用,使得SL HARQ反馈更加灵活,能够满足多方面的需求,如高负载时不启用SL HARQ可降低负载,如低时延业务不启用SL HARQ利于降低负载同时不影响传输效率,针对低可靠性的业务仅通过盲重传就可达到QoS需求也可减少SL HARQ资源占用等。
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一HARQ配置信息是所述第一终端设备生成的,或者,所述第一HARQ配置信息是所述第一终端设备从网络设备接收的。
在一种可能的设计中,若所述第一指示信息指示所述第二终端设备针对SL数据传输进行HARQ反馈,所述第二终端设备进行HARQ反馈的接口包括SL接口或Uu空口。也即是说,Rx UE在接收到SL数据后,可以通过SL接口向Rx UE反馈HARQ,也可以通过Uu口直接向基站反馈HARQ。
在一种可能的设计中,所述SL数据包括单播、组播或广播中的一种或多种业务类型的数据。
在一种可能的设计中,所述SL数据包括媒介访问控制MAC层的传输块TB和/或物理层的码块组CBG类型的数据。
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一指示信息适用的条件包括:所述第一终端设备处于免调度授权模式、所述第一终端设备处于动态调度模式、所述第一终端设备处于半静态调度模式、所述第一终端设备处于自主竞争模式、所述SL数据为使用预设的无线接入技术传输 的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的载波传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的频率传输的数据、所述第一终端设备位于预设的基站、所述第一终端设备位于预设的小区、所述第二终端设备位于预设的基站、所述第二终端设备位于预设的小区、所述第一终端设备为预设的源终端、所述第二终端设备为预设的目标终端、所述第二终端设备为预设的组内包括的终端、所述SL数据为预设的服务对应的数据、所述SL数据为满足预设的服务质量的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的载波带宽部分BWP传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道组传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的通信连接传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的组连接传输的数据或所述SL数据为预设的HARQ进程对应的数据中的一种或多种。
在一种可能的设计中,若所述第一指示信息指示所述第二终端设备针对所述SL数据传输进行HARQ反馈,所述第一HARQ配置信息还包括预设条件信息,所述预设条件信息用于指示所述第二终端设备针对所述SL数据传输进行HARQ反馈的条件。
在一种可能的设计中,所述预设条件信息包括预设测量指标高于、低于、不高于或者不低于预设门限和/或所述预设测量指标在或者不在预设值列表中。
在一种可能的设计中,所述预设测量指标对应的测量对象包括在SL所需测量的频点/资源池/BWP、在SL所需测量的参考信号及资源配置信息中的一种或多种,所述参考信号包括同步信号块SSB、信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS、解调参考信号DMRS、相位跟踪参考信号PTRS或信道探测参考信号SRS,所述资源配置信息包括时域、频域或空域的任意组合。
在一种可能的设计中,所述测量对象适用的条件包括:所述第一终端设备处于免调度授权模式、所述第一终端设备处于动态调度模式、所述第一终端设备处于半静态调度模式、所述第一终端设备处于自主竞争模式、所述SL数据为使用预设的无线接入技术传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的载波传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的频率传输的数据、所述第一终端设备位于预设的基站、所述第一终端设备位于预设的小区、所述第二终端设备位于预设的基站、所述第二终端设备位于预设的小区、所述第一终端设备为预设的源终端、所述第二终端设备为预设的目标终端、所述第二终端设备为预设的组内包括的终端、所述SL数据为预设的服务对应的数据、所述SL数据为满足预设的服务质量的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的载波带宽部分BWP传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道组传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的通信连接传输的数据或所述SL数据为使用预设的组连接传输的数据。
在一种可能的设计中,所述预设测量指标包括SL接口对应的信道质量、SL接口对应的服务质量QoS或SL接口对应的发送指标的任意一种或多种组合,示例性的,所述SL接口对应的信道质量包括信道忙比例CBR、参考信号接收功率RSRP、参考信号接收质量RSRQ、接收信号强度指示RSSI、信道质量指示CQI、信道状态信息CSI、多输入多输出MIMO系统中的预编码矩阵指示PMI、MIMO系统中的秩指示RI或MIMO系统中的信道矩阵的秩RANK中的一项或多项;所述SL接口对应的QoS包括QoS目标、QoS需求或QoS值中的一项或多项;所述SL接口对应的发送指标包括传输速率、路径损耗PathLoss、功率余量报告PHR、时间提前量TA、调制与编码策略MCS、功率Power或误块率BLER 中的一项或多项;所述QoS值包括时延latency、可靠性reliability、速率data rate/吞吐量throughput、通信距离range或有效载荷Payload。
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一HARQ配置信息是所述第一终端设备根据所述第二HARQ配置信息生成的。
在一种可能的设计中,所述第二终端设备接收第一终端设备发送的第一HARQ配置信息之前,还包括:所述第二终端设备接收所述第一终端设备发送的配置测量事件的测量配置信息,所述测量配置信息包括至少一个测量对象以及所述测量事件对应的上报配置要求;所述第二终端设备测量所述至少一个测量对象,获得第一测量值;在所述第一测量值满足所述上报配置要求中至少一项时,所述第二终端设备向所述第一终端设备发送所述测量事件的测量报告,所述测量报告用于所述第一终端设备生成所述第一HARQ配置信息。
在一种可能的设计中,所述测量事件适用的条件包括:所述第一终端设备处于免调度授权模式、所述第一终端设备处于动态调度模式、所述第一终端设备处于半静态调度模式、所述第一终端设备处于自主竞争模式、所述SL数据为使用预设的无线接入技术传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的载波传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的频率传输的数据、所述第一终端设备位于预设的基站、所述第一终端设备位于预设的小区、所述第二终端设备位于预设的基站、所述第二终端设备位于预设的小区、所述第一终端设备为预设的源终端、所述第二终端设备为预设的目标终端、所述第二终端设备为预设的组内包括的终端、所述SL数据为预设的服务对应的数据、所述SL数据为满足预设的服务质量的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的载波带宽部分BWP传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道组传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的通信连接传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的组连接传输的数据中的一种或多种。
在一种可能的设计中,所述第二终端设备的数量包括一个或多个。例如,针对单播场景,所述第二终端设备的数量为一个,针对组播或广播场景,所述第二终端设备的数量为多个。
在一种可能的设计中,所述第二终端设备接收所述第一终端设备发送的所述第一HARQ配置信息,包括:所述第二终端设备接收所述第一终端设备通过第三通信设备发送的所述第一HARQ配置信息。
在一种可能的设计中,所述第二终端设备接收所述第一终端设备发送的所述第一HARQ配置信息,包括:所述第二终端设备接收所述第一终端设备通过第一信令发送的所述第一HARQ配置信息,所述第一信令包括RRC信令、RLC信令、PDCP信令、MAC信令、SDAP信令、PC5-S信令、SIB消息、MAC信令或物理层信令。
在一种可能的设计中,所述第二终端设备接收所述第一终端设备通过第一信令发送的所述第一HARQ配置信息之后,还包括:所述第二终端设备接收所述第一终端设备发送的第二信令,所述第二信令用于激活所述第一指示信息,所述第二信令包括SCI信令或MAC信令。
在一种可能的设计中,所述第二终端设备为设备组或设备群中的一个或多个。
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一指示信息针对的粒度是通过显式或隐式指示的。
在一种可能的设计中,所述测量对象是通过显式或隐式指示的。
在一种可能的设计中,所述测量对象针对的粒度是通过显式或隐式指示的。
在一种可能的设计中,若第二终端设备的SL HARQ反馈开关的状态发生变更时(例如SL HARQ反馈开关由开变更为关,或者由关变更为开),第二终端设备向第一终端设备发送变更指示信息,第一终端设备接收变更指示信息,该变更指示信息用于指示第二终端设备是否进行SL HARQ反馈(或者用于指示第二终端设备的SL HARQ反馈开关由开变更为关或者由关变更为开)。
在一种可能的设计中,若第二终端设备的SL HARQ反馈开关的状态发生变更时(例如SL HARQ反馈开关由开变更为关,或者由关变更为开),第二终端设备向网络设备发送变更指示信息,网络设备接收第二终端设备发送的变更指示信息,该变更指示信息用于指示第二终端设备是否进行SL HARQ反馈。
第三方面,本发明实施例提供了一种混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈控制方法,应用于网络设备侧。本发明实施例中,网络设备可以为终端设备配置SL HARQ反馈开关,该SL HARQ反馈开关用于表征终端设备在接收到SL数据传输后是否需要进行SL HARQ反馈。该方法包括:网络设备向终端设备发送HARQ配置信息,所述HARQ配置信息包括指示所述终端设备针对侧行链路SL数据传输是否进行HARQ反馈的指示信息。实施本发明实施例,网络设备可以直接为终端设备配置SL HARQ反馈开关,能够满足多方面的需求,如高负载时不启用SL HARQ可降低负载,如低时延业务不启用SL HARQ利于降低负载同时不影响传输效率,针对低可靠性的业务仅通过盲重传就可达到QoS需求也可减少SL HARQ资源占用等。
在一种可能的设计中,若所述指示信息指示所述终端设备针对SL数据传输进行HARQ反馈,所述终端设备进行HARQ反馈的接口包括侧行链路SL接口或Uu空口。也即是说,Rx UE在接收到SL数据后,可以通过SL接口向Rx UE反馈HARQ,也可以通过Uu口直接向基站反馈HARQ。
在一种可能的设计中,所述SL数据包括单播、组播或广播中的一种或多种业务类型的数据。
在一种可能的设计中,所述SL数据包括媒介访问控制MAC层的传输块TB和/或物理层的码块组CBG类型的数据。
在一种可能的设计中,所述指示信息适用的条件包括:所述终端设备处于免调度授权模式、所述终端设备处于动态调度模式、所述终端设备处于半静态调度模式、所述终端设备处于自主竞争模式、所述SL数据为使用预设的无线接入技术传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的载波传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的频率传输的数据、所述终端设备位于预设的基站、所述终端设备位于预设的小区、所述终端设备为预设的目标终端、所述终端设备为预设的组内包括的终端、所述SL数据为预设的服务对应的数据、所述SL数据为满足预设的服务质量的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的载波带宽部分BWP传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道组传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的通信连接传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的组连接传输的数据或所述SL数据为预设的HARQ进程对应的数据中的一种或多种。
在一种可能的设计中,若所述指示信息指示所述终端设备针对SL数据传输进行HARQ 反馈,所述HARQ配置信息还包括预设条件信息,所述预设条件信息用于指示所述终端设备针对SL数据传输进行HARQ反馈的条件。
在一种可能的设计中,所述预设条件信息包括预设测量指标高于、低于、不高于或者不低于预设门限和/或所述预设测量指标在或者不在预设值列表中。
在一种可能的设计中,所述预设测量指标对应的测量对象包括在SL所需测量的频点/资源池/BWP、在SL所需测量的参考信号及资源配置信息中的一种或多种,所述参考信号包括同步信号块SSB、信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS、解调参考信号DMRS、相位跟踪参考信号PTRS或信道探测参考信号SRS,所述资源配置信息包括时域、频域或空域的任意组合。
在一种可能的设计中,所述测量对象适用的条件包括:所述终端设备处于免调度授权模式、所述终端设备处于动态调度模式、所述终端设备处于半静态调度模式、所述终端设备处于自主竞争模式、所述SL数据为使用预设的无线接入技术传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的载波传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的频率传输的数据、所述终端设备位于预设的基站、所述终端设备位于预设的小区、所述终端设备为预设的目标终端、所述终端设备为预设的组内包括的终端、所述SL数据为预设的服务对应的数据、所述SL数据为满足预设的服务质量的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的载波带宽部分BWP传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道组传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的通信连接传输的数据或所述SL数据为使用预设的组连接传输的数据。
在一种可能的设计中,所述预设测量指标包括SL接口对应的信道质量、SL接口对应的服务质量QoS或SL接口对应的发送指标的任意一种或多种组合,示例性的,所述SL接口对应的信道质量包括信道忙比例CBR、参考信号接收功率RSRP、参考信号接收质量RSRQ、接收信号强度指示RSSI、信道质量指示CQI、信道状态信息CSI、多输入多输出MIMO系统中的预编码矩阵指示PMI、MIMO系统中的秩指示RI或MIMO系统中的信道矩阵的秩RANK中的一项或多项;所述SL接口对应的QoS包括QoS目标、QoS需求或QoS值中的一项或多项;所述SL接口对应的发送指标包括传输速率、路径损耗PathLoss、功率余量报告PHR、时间提前量TA、调制与编码策略MCS、功率Power或误块率BLER中的一项或多项;所述QoS值包括时延latency、可靠性reliability、速率data rate/吞吐量throughput、通信距离range或有效载荷Payload。
在一种可能的设计中,所述网络设备向终端设备发送HARQ配置信息之前,还包括:所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送所述测量事件的测量配置信息,所述测量配置信息包括至少一个测量对象以及所述测量事件对应的上报配置要求;所述网络设备接收所述终端设备发送的所述测量事件的测量报告,所述测量报告是所述终端设备在第一测量值满足所述上报配置要求中至少一项时发送的,所述第一测量值是所述终端设备测量所述至少一个测量对象获得的;所述网络设备根据所述测量报告生成所述HARQ配置信息。
在一种可能的设计中,所述测量事件适用的条件包括:所述终端设备处于免调度授权模式、所述终端设备处于动态调度模式、所述终端设备处于自主竞争模式、所述SL数据为使用预设的无线接入技术传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的载波传输的数据、所述 SL数据为使用预设的频率传输的数据、所述终端设备位于预设的基站、所述终端设备位于预设的小区、所述终端设备为预设的目标终端、所述终端设备为预设的组内包括的终端、所述SL数据为预设的服务对应的数据、所述SL数据为满足预设的服务质量的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的载波带宽部分BWP传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道组传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的通信连接传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的组连接传输的数据中的一种或多种。
在一种可能的设计中,所述终端设备的数量包括一个或多个。例如,针对单播场景,所述终端设备的数量为一个,针对组播或广播场景,所述终端设备的数量为多个。
在一种可能的设计中,所述网络设备向终端设备发送所述HARQ配置信息,包括:所述网络设备通过第三信令向所述终端设备发送所述HARQ配置信息,所述第三信令包括RRC信令、RLC信令、PDCP信令、MAC信令、SDAP信令、NAS信令、SIB消息、MAC信令或物理层信令。
在一种可能的设计中,所述网络设备通过第三信令向所述终端设备发送所述HARQ配置信息之后,还包括:所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第四信令,所述第四信令用于激活所述指示信息,所述第四信令包括MAC信令或DCI信令。
在一种可能的设计中,所述终端设备为设备组或设备群中的一个或多个。
在一种可能的设计中,所述指示信息针对的粒度是通过显式或隐式指示的。
在一种可能的设计中,所述测量对象是通过显式或隐式指示的。
在一种可能的设计中,所述测量对象针对的粒度是通过显式或隐式指示的。
第四方面,本发明实施例提供了一种HARQ反馈控制方法,应用于终端设备侧。本发明实施例中,网络设备可以为终端设备配置SL HARQ反馈开关,该SL HARQ反馈开关用于表征终端设备在接收到SL数据传输后是否需要进行SL HARQ反馈。该方法包括:终端设备接收网络设备发送的HARQ配置信息,所述HARQ配置信息包括指示所述终端设备针对侧行链路SL数据传输是否进行HARQ反馈的指示信息。若该指示信息指示终端设备针对SL数据传输进行HARQ反馈,则终端设备在接收到SL数据后,需要进行HARQ反馈。若指示信息指示终端设备针对SL数据传输不进行HARQ反馈,则终端设备在接收到SL数据后,不需要进行HARQ反馈。实施本发明实施例,网络设备可以直接为终端设备配置SL HARQ反馈开关,能够满足多方面的需求,如高负载时不启用SL HARQ可降低负载,如低时延业务不启用SL HARQ利于降低负载同时不影响传输效率,针对低可靠性的业务仅通过盲重传就可达到QoS需求也可减少SL HARQ资源占用等。
在一种可能的设计中,若所述指示信息指示所述终端设备针对SL数据传输进行HARQ反馈,所述终端设备进行HARQ反馈的接口包括侧行链路SL接口或Uu空口。也即是说,Rx UE在接收到SL数据后,可以通过SL接口向Rx UE反馈HARQ,也可以通过Uu口直接向基站反馈HARQ。
在一种可能的设计中,所述SL数据包括单播、组播或广播中的一种或多种业务类型的数据。
在一种可能的设计中,所述SL数据包括媒介访问控制MAC层的传输块TB和/或物理层的码块组CBG类型的数据。
在一种可能的设计中,所述指示信息适用的条件包括:所述终端设备处于免调度授权模式、所述终端设备处于动态调度模式、所述终端设备处于半静态调度模式、所述终端设备处于自主竞争模式、所述SL数据为使用预设的无线接入技术传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的载波传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的频率传输的数据、所述终端设备位于预设的基站、所述终端设备位于预设的小区、所述终端设备为预设的目标终端、所述终端设备为预设的组内包括的终端、所述SL数据为预设的服务对应的数据、所述SL数据为满足预设的服务质量的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的载波带宽部分BWP传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道组传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的通信连接传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的组连接传输的数据或所述SL数据为预设的HARQ进程对应的数据中的一种或多种。
在一种可能的设计中,若所述指示信息指示所述终端设备针对SL数据传输进行HARQ反馈,所述HARQ配置信息还包括预设条件信息,所述预设条件信息用于指示所述终端设备针对SL数据传输进行HARQ反馈的条件。
在一种可能的设计中,所述预设条件信息包括预设测量指标高于、低于、不高于或者不低于预设门限和/或所述预设测量指标在或者不在预设值列表中。
在一种可能的设计中,所述预设测量指标对应的测量对象包括在SL所需测量的频点/资源池/BWP、在SL所需测量的参考信号及资源配置信息中的一种或多种,所述参考信号包括同步信号块SSB、信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS、解调参考信号DMRS、相位跟踪参考信号PTRS或信道探测参考信号SRS,所述资源配置信息包括时域、频域或空域的任意组合。
在一种可能的设计中,所述测量对象适用的条件包括:所述终端设备处于免调度授权模式、所述终端设备处于动态调度模式、所述终端设备处于半静态调度模式、所述终端设备处于自主竞争模式、所述SL数据为使用预设的无线接入技术传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的载波传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的频率传输的数据、所述终端设备位于预设的基站、所述终端设备位于预设的小区、所述终端设备为预设的目标终端、所述终端设备为预设的组内包括的终端、所述SL数据为预设的服务对应的数据、所述SL数据为满足预设的服务质量的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的载波带宽部分BWP传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道组传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的通信连接传输的数据或所述SL数据为使用预设的组连接传输的数据。
在一种可能的设计中,所述预设测量指标包括SL接口对应的信道质量、SL接口对应的服务质量QoS或SL接口对应的发送指标的任意一种或多种组合,示例性的,所述SL接口对应的信道质量包括信道忙比例CBR、参考信号接收功率RSRP、参考信号接收质量RSRQ、接收信号强度指示RSSI、信道质量指示CQI、信道状态信息CSI、多输入多输出MIMO系统中的预编码矩阵指示PMI、MIMO系统中的秩指示RI或MIMO系统中的信道矩阵的秩RANK中的一项或多项;所述SL接口对应的QoS包括QoS目标、QoS需求或QoS值中的一项或多项;所述SL接口对应的发送指标包括传输速率、路径损耗PathLoss、功率余量报告PHR、时间提前量TA、调制与编码策略MCS、功率Power或误块率BLER 中的一项或多项;所述QoS值包括时延latency、可靠性reliability、速率data rate/吞吐量throughput、通信距离range或有效载荷Payload。
在一种可能的设计中,所述终端设备接收网络设备发送的HARQ配置信息之前,还包括:所述终端设备接收网络设备发送的测量事件的测量配置信息,所述测量配置信息包括至少一个测量对象以及所述测量事件对应的上报配置要求;所述终端设备测量所述至少一个测量对象,得到第一测量值。当所述第一测量值满足所述上报配置要求中至少一项时,所述终端设备向所述网络设备发送所述测量事件的测量报告,所述测量报告用于所述网络设备生成所述HARQ配置信息。
在一种可能的设计中,所述测量事件适用的条件包括:所述终端设备处于免调度授权模式、所述终端设备处于动态调度模式、所述终端设备处于自主竞争模式、所述SL数据为使用预设的无线接入技术传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的载波传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的频率传输的数据、所述终端设备位于预设的基站、所述终端设备位于预设的小区、所述终端设备为预设的目标终端、所述终端设备为预设的组内包括的终端、所述SL数据为预设的服务对应的数据、所述SL数据为满足预设的服务质量的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的载波带宽部分BWP传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道组传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的通信连接传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的组连接传输的数据中的一种或多种。
在一种可能的设计中,所述终端设备的数量包括一个或多个。例如,针对单播场景,所述终端设备的数量为一个,针对组播或广播场景,所述终端设备的数量为多个。
在一种可能的设计中,所述终端设备接收网络设备发送的所述HARQ配置信息,包括:所述终端设备接收网络设备通过第三信令发送的所述HARQ配置信息,所述第三信令包括RRC信令、RLC信令、PDCP信令、MAC信令、SDAP信令、NAS信令、SIB消息、MAC信令或物理层信令。
在一种可能的设计中,所述终端设备接收网络设备通过第三信令发送的所述HARQ配置信息之后,还包括:所述终端设备接收网络设备发送的第四信令,所述第四信令用于激活所述指示信息,所述第四信令包括MAC信令或DCI信令。
在一种可能的设计中,所述终端设备为设备组或设备群中的一个或多个。
在一种可能的设计中,所述指示信息针对的粒度是通过显式或隐式指示的。
在一种可能的设计中,所述测量对象是通过显式或隐式指示的。
在一种可能的设计中,所述测量对象针对的粒度是通过显式或隐式指示的。
在一种可能的设计中,若终端设备的SL HARQ反馈开关的状态发生变更时(例如SL HARQ反馈开关由开变更为关,或者由关变更为开),终端设备向其对端的终端设备发送变更指示信息,其对端的终端设备接收变更指示信息,该变更指示信息用于指示终端设备是否进行SL HARQ反馈(或者用于指示终端设备的SL HARQ反馈开关由开变更为关或者由关变更为开)。
在一种可能的设计中,若终端设备的SL HARQ反馈开关的状态发生变更时(例如SL HARQ反馈开关由开变更为关,或者由关变更为开),终端设备向网络设备发送变更指示信息,网络设备接收终端设备发送的变更指示信息,该变更指示信息用于指示终端设备是否 进行SL HARQ反馈。
第五方面,本发明实施例提供了一种HARQ反馈控制方法,应用于终端设备侧。本发明实施例中,UE可以自己为自己配置SL HARQ反馈开关,例如,Tx UE为Rx UE配置HARQ反馈开关,Tx UE还可以为自身配置HARQ反馈开关。该方法包括:终端设备配置HARQ配置信息,所述HARQ配置信息用于指示所述终端设备针对侧行链路SL数据传输是否进行HARQ反馈。
在一种可能的设计中,若所述HARQ配置信息指示所述终端设备针对SL数据传输进行HARQ反馈,所述终端设备进行HARQ反馈的接口包括侧行链路SL或Uu空口。也即是说,Rx UE在接收到SL数据后,可以通过SL接口向Rx UE反馈HARQ,也可以通过Uu口直接向基站反馈HARQ。
在一种可能的设计中,所述SL数据包括单播、组播或广播中的一种或多种业务类型的数据。
在一种可能的设计中,所述SL数据包括媒介访问控制MAC层的传输块TB和/或物理层的码块组CBG类型的数据。
在一种可能的设计中,所述HARQ配置信息适用的条件包括:所述终端设备处于免调度授权模式、所述终端设备处于动态调度模式、所述终端设备处于半静态调度模式、所述终端设备处于自主竞争模式、所述SL数据为使用预设的无线接入技术传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的载波传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的频率传输的数据、所述终端设备位于预设的基站、所述终端设备位于预设的小区、所述终端设备为预设的目标终端、所述终端设备为预设的组内包括的终端、所述SL数据为预设的服务对应的数据、所述SL数据为满足预设的服务质量的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的载波带宽部分BWP传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道组传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的通信连接传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的组连接传输的数据或所述SL数据为预设的HARQ进程对应的数据中的一种或多种。
在一种可能的设计中,所述HARQ配置信息可以是终端设备基于其测量结果确定的。示例性的,终端设备为其配置HARQ配置信息之前,还包括:终端设备测量至少一个测量对象,得到测量事件的第一测量值。终端设备的HARQ反馈开关具体为:若所述第一测量值满足预设的SLHARQ反馈开关的启用条件,终端设备将自身的HARQ反馈开关配置为开,若所述第一测量值不满足预设的SLHARQ反馈开关的启用条件,终端设备将自身的HARQ反馈开关配置为关。
在一种可能的设计中,所述启用条件包括预设测量指标高于、低于、不高于或者不低于预设门限和/或所述预设测量指标在或者不在预设值列表中。
在一种可能的设计中,所述预设测量指标对应的测量对象包括在SL所需测量的频点/资源池/BWP、在SL所需测量的参考信号及资源配置信息中的一种或多种,所述参考信号包括同步信号块SSB、信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS、解调参考信号DMRS、相位跟踪参考信号PTRS或信道探测参考信号SRS,所述资源配置信息包括时域、频域或空域的任意组合。
在一种可能的设计中,所述测量对象适用的条件包括:所述终端设备处于免调度授权模式、所述终端设备处于动态调度模式、所述终端设备处于半静态调度模式、所述终端设备处于自主竞争模式、所述SL数据为使用预设的无线接入技术传输的数据、所述终端设备使用预设的载波传输、所述终端设备使用预设的频率传输、所述终端设备位于预设的基站、所述终端设备位于预设的小区、所述终端设备为预设的目标终端、所述终端设备为预设的组内包括的终端、所述终端设备传输预设的服务数据、所述终端设备满足预设的服务质量、所述终端设备使用预设的载波带宽部分BWP传输、所述终端设备使用预设的逻辑信道组传输、所述终端设备使用预设的逻辑信道传输、所述终端设备使用预设的通信连接传输或所述终端设备使用预设的组连接传输中的一种或多种。
在一种可能的设计中,所述预设测量指标包括SL接口对应的信道质量、SL接口对应的服务质量QoS或SL接口对应的发送指标的任意一种或多种组合,示例性的,所述SL接口对应的信道质量包括信道忙比例CBR、参考信号接收功率RSRP、参考信号接收质量RSRQ、接收信号强度指示RSSI、信道质量指示CQI、信道状态信息CSI、多输入多输出MIMO系统中的预编码矩阵指示PMI、MIMO系统中的秩指示RI或MIMO系统中的信道矩阵的秩RANK中的一项或多项;所述SL接口对应的QoS包括QoS目标、QoS需求或QoS值中的一项或多项;所述SL接口对应的发送指标包括传输速率、路径损耗PathLoss、功率余量报告PHR、时间提前量TA、调制与编码策略MCS、功率Power或误块率BLER 中的一项或多项;所述QoS值包括时延latency、可靠性reliability、速率data rate/吞吐量throughput、通信距离range或有效载荷Payload。
在一种可能的设计中,若终端设备的SL HARQ反馈开关的状态发生变更时(例如SL HARQ反馈开关由开变更为关,或者由关变更为开),终端设备向其SL对端的终端设备发送变更指示信息,对端的终端设备接收变更指示信息,该变更指示信息用于指示终端设备是否进行SL HARQ反馈。
在一种可能的设计中,若终端设备的SL HARQ反馈开关的状态发生变更时(例如SL HARQ反馈开关由开变更为关,或者由关变更为开),终端设备向网络设备发送变更指示信息,网络设备接收终端设备发送的变更指示信息,该变更指示信息用于指示终端设备是否进行SL HARQ反馈。
第六方面,本发明实施例提供了一种HARQ反馈控制方法,应用于第一通信设备侧。本发明实施例中,第一通信设备可以为第二通信设备配置Uu HARQ反馈开关,该Uu HARQ反馈开关用于表征第二通信设备在接收到Uu数据后是否需要进行Uu HARQ反馈。该方法包括:第一通信设备获取HARQ配置信息。第一通信设备向第二通信设备发送该HARQ配置信息,该HARQ配置信息包括指示第二通信设备针对Uu数据是否进行HARQ反馈的指示信息。实施本发明实施例,通信设备能够实现自适应UuHARQ开关的配置/应用,使得Uu HARQ反馈更加灵活,能够满足多方面的需求,如高负载时不启用UuHARQ可降低负载,如低时延业务不启用UuHARQ利于降低负载同时不影响传输效率,针对低可靠性的业务仅通过盲重传就可达到QoS需求也可减少UuHARQ资源占用等。
在一种可能的设计中,第一通信设备获取HARQ配置信息,可以是:第一通信设备生成HARQ配置信息,即第一通信设备为第二通信设备配置Uu HARQ反馈开关。或者,第 一通信设备获取HARQ配置信息,可以是:第一通信设备接收网络设备发送的HARQ配置信息,即网络设备为第二通信设备配置Uu HARQ反馈开关。
在一种可能的设计中,所述Uu数据包括单播、组播或广播中的一种或多种业务类型的数据。
在一种可能的设计中,所述Uu数据包括媒介访问控制MAC层的传输块TB和/或物理层的码块组CBG类型的数据。
在一种可能的设计中,所述指示信息适用的条件包括:所述第一通信设备处于免调度授权模式、所述第一通信设备处于动态调度模式、所述第一通信设备处于半静态调度模式、所述第一通信设备处于自主竞争模式、所述Uu数据为使用预设的无线接入技术传输的数据、所述Uu数据为使用预设的载波传输的数据、所述Uu数据为使用预设的频率传输的数据、所述第一通信设备位于预设的基站、所述第一通信设备位于预设的小区、所述第二通信设备位于预设的基站、所述第二通信设备位于预设的小区、所述第一通信设备为预设的源终端、所述第二通信设备为预设的目标终端、所述第二通信设备为预设的组内包括的终端、所述Uu数据为预设的服务对应的数据、所述Uu数据为满足预设的服务质量的数据、所述Uu数据为使用预设的载波带宽部分BWP传输的数据、所述Uu数据为使用预设的逻辑信道组传输的数据、所述Uu数据为使用预设的逻辑信道传输的数据、所述Uu数据为使用预设的通信连接传输的数据、所述Uu数据为使用预设的组连接传输的数据或所述Uu数据为预设的HARQ进程对应的数据中的一种或多种。
在一种可能的设计中,若所述指示信息指示所述第二通信设备针对所述Uu数据进行HARQ反馈,所述HARQ配置信息还包括预设条件信息,所述预设条件信息用于指示所述第二通信设备针对所述Uu数据进行HARQ反馈的条件。
在一种可能的设计中,所述预设条件信息包括预设测量指标高于、低于、不高于或者不低于预设门限和/或所述预设测量指标在或者不在预设值列表中。
在一种可能的设计中,所述预设测量指标对应的测量对象包括在Uu所需测量的频点/资源池/BWP、在Uu所需测量的参考信号及资源配置信息中的一种或多种,所述参考信号包括同步信号块SSB、信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS、解调参考信号DMRS、相位跟踪参考信号PTRS或信道探测参考信号SRS,所述资源配置信息包括时域、频域或空域的任意组合。
在一种可能的设计中,所述测量对象适用的条件包括:所述第一通信设备处于免调度授权模式、所述第一通信设备处于动态调度模式、所述第一通信设备处于半静态调度模式、所述第一通信设备处于自主竞争模式、所述Uu数据为使用预设的无线接入技术传输的数据、所述Uu数据为使用预设的载波传输的数据、所述Uu数据为使用预设的频率传输的数据、所述第一通信设备位于预设的基站、所述第一通信设备位于预设的小区、所述第二通信设备位于预设的基站、所述第二通信设备位于预设的小区、所述第一通信设备为预设的源终端、所述第二通信设备为预设的目标终端、所述第二通信设备为预设的组内包括的终端、所述Uu数据为预设的服务对应的数据、所述Uu数据为满足预设的服务质量的数据、所述Uu数据为使用预设的BWP传输的数据、所述Uu数据为使用预设的逻辑信道组传输的数据、所述Uu数据为使用预设的逻辑信道传输的数据、所述Uu数据为使用预设的通信 连接传输的数据或所述Uu数据为使用预设的组连接传输的数据。
在一种可能的设计中,所述预设测量指标包括Uu接口对应的信道质量、Uu接口对应的服务质量QoS或Uu接口对应的发送指标的任意一种或多种组合,示例性的,所述Uu接口对应的信道质量包括信道忙比例CBR、参考信号接收功率RSRP、参考信号接收质量RSRQ、接收信号强度指示RSSI、信道质量指示CQI、信道状态信息CSI、多输入多输出MIMO系统中的预编码矩阵指示PMI、MIMO系统中的秩指示RI或MIMO系统中的信道矩阵的秩RANK中的一项或多项;所述Uu接口对应的QoS包括QoS目标、QoS需求或QoS值中的一项或多项;所述Uu接口对应的发送指标包括传输速率、路径损耗、功率余量报告PHR、时间提前量TA、调制与编码策略MCS、功率或误块率中的一项或多项;所述QoS值包括时延、可靠性、速率、吞吐量、通信距离或有效载荷。
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一通信设备获取HARQ配置信息之前,还包括:所述第一通信设备向所述第二通信设备发送测量事件的测量配置信息,所述测量配置信息包括至少一个测量对象以及所述测量事件对应的上报配置要求;所述第一通信设备接收所述第二通信设备发送的所述测量事件的测量报告,所述测量报告是所述第二通信设备在第一测量值满足所述上报配置要求中至少一项时发送的,所述第一测量值是所述第二通信设备测量所述至少一个测量对象获得的;所述第一通信设备获取HARQ配置信息,具体为:所述第一通信设备根据所述测量报告生成所述HARQ配置信息。
在一种可能的设计中,所述测量事件适用的条件包括:所述第一通信设备处于免调度授权模式、所述第一通信设备处于动态调度模式、所述第一通信设备处于半静态调度模式、所述第一通信设备处于自主竞争模式、所述Uu数据为使用预设的无线接入技术传输的数据、所述Uu数据为使用预设的载波传输的数据、所述Uu数据为使用预设的频率传输的数据、所述第一通信设备位于预设的基站、所述第一通信设备位于预设的小区、所述第二通信设备位于预设的基站、所述第二通信设备位于预设的小区、所述第一通信设备为预设的源终端、所述第二通信设备为预设的目标终端、所述第二通信设备为预设的组内包括的终端、所述Uu数据为预设的服务对应的数据、所述Uu数据为满足预设的服务质量的数据、所述Uu数据为使用预设的载波带宽部分BWP传输的数据、所述Uu数据为使用预设的逻辑信道组传输的数据、所述Uu数据为使用预设的逻辑信道传输的数据、所述Uu数据为使用预设的通信连接传输的数据、所述Uu数据为使用预设的组连接传输的数据中的一种或多种。
在一种可能的设计中,所述第二通信设备的数量包括一个或多个。例如,针对单播场景,所述第二通信设备的数量为一个,针对组播或广播场景,所述第二通信设备的数量为多个。
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一通信设备向第二通信设备发送所述HARQ配置信息,包括:所述第一通信设备通过第三通信设备向所述第二通信设备发送所述HARQ配置信息。
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一通信设备向第二通信设备发送所述HARQ配置信息,包括:所述第一通信设备通过第一信令向所述第二通信设备发送所述HARQ配置信息,所述第一信令包括RRC信令、RLC信令、PDCP信令、MAC信令、SDAP信令、NAS信令、SIB消息、MAC信令或物理层信令。
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一通信设备通过第一信令向所述第二通信设备发送所述HARQ配置信息之后,还包括:所述第一通信设备向所述第二通信设备发送第二信令,所述第二信令用于激活所述指示信息,所述第二信令包括DCI信令或MAC信令。
在一种可能的设计中,所述第二通信设备为设备组或设备群中的一个或多个。
在一种可能的设计中,所述指示信息针对的粒度是通过显式或隐式指示的。
在一种可能的设计中,所述测量对象是通过显式或隐式指示的。
在一种可能的设计中,所述测量对象针对的粒度是通过显式或隐式指示的。
在一种可能的设计中,若第二通信设备的Uu HARQ反馈开关的状态发生变更时(例如Uu HARQ反馈开关由开变更为关,或者由关变更为开),第一通信设备接收第二通信设备发送的变更指示信息,第二通信设备接收第一通信设备发送的变更指示信息,该变更指示信息用于指示第二通信设备是否进行Uu HARQ反馈(或者用于指示第二通信设备的Uu HARQ反馈开关由开变更为关或者由关变更为开)。
第七方面,本发明实施例提供了一种HARQ反馈控制方法,应用于第二通信设备侧。本发明实施例中,第一通信设备可以为第二通信设备配置Uu HARQ反馈开关,该Uu HARQ反馈开关用于表征第二通信设备在接收到Uu数据后是否需要进行Uu HARQ反馈。该方法包括:第二通信设备接收第一通信设备发送的HARQ配置信息,该HARQ配置信息包括指示第二通信设备针对侧行链路Uu数据是否进行HARQ反馈的指示信息。若指示信息指示第二通信设备针对Uu数据进行HARQ反馈,则第二通信设备在接收到Uu数据后,需要进行HARQ反馈。若指示信息指示第二通信设备针对Uu数据不进行HARQ反馈,则第二通信设备在接收到Uu数据后,不需要进行HARQ反馈。实施本发明实施例,通信设备能够实现自适应UuHARQ开关的配置/应用,使得Uu HARQ反馈更加灵活,能够满足多方面的需求,如高负载时不启用UuHARQ可降低负载,如低时延业务不启用UuHARQ利于降低负载同时不影响传输效率,针对低可靠性的业务仅通过盲重传就可达到QoS需求也可减少UuHARQ资源占用等。
在一种可能的设计中,所述HARQ配置信息是所述第一通信设备生成的,或者,所述HARQ配置信息是所述第一通信设备从其他设备接收的。
在一种可能的设计中,所述Uu数据包括单播、组播或广播中的一种或多种业务类型的数据。
在一种可能的设计中,所述Uu数据包括媒介访问控制MAC层的传输块TB和/或物理层的码块组CBG类型的数据。
在一种可能的设计中,所述指示信息适用的条件包括:所述第一通信设备处于免调度授权模式、所述第一通信设备处于动态调度模式、所述第一通信设备处于半静态调度模式、所述第一通信设备处于自主竞争模式、所述Uu数据为使用预设的无线接入技术传输的数据、所述Uu数据为使用预设的载波传输的数据、所述Uu数据为使用预设的频率传输的数据、所述第一通信设备位于预设的基站、所述第一通信设备位于预设的小区、所述第二通信设备位于预设的基站、所述第二通信设备位于预设的小区、所述第一通信设备为预设的源终端、所述第二通信设备为预设的目标终端、所述第二通信设备为预设的组内包括的终端、所述Uu数据为预设的服务对应的数据、所述Uu数据为满足预设的服务质量的数据、 所述Uu数据为使用预设的载波带宽部分BWP传输的数据、所述Uu数据为使用预设的逻辑信道组传输的数据、所述Uu数据为使用预设的逻辑信道传输的数据、所述Uu数据为使用预设的通信连接传输的数据、所述Uu数据为使用预设的组连接传输的数据或所述Uu数据为预设的HARQ进程对应的数据中的一种或多种。
在一种可能的设计中,若所述指示信息指示所述第二通信设备针对所述Uu数据进行HARQ反馈,所述HARQ配置信息还包括预设条件信息,所述预设条件信息用于指示所述第二通信设备针对所述Uu数据进行HARQ反馈的条件。
在一种可能的设计中,所述预设条件信息包括预设测量指标高于、低于、不高于或者不低于预设门限和/或所述预设测量指标在或者不在预设值列表中。
在一种可能的设计中,所述预设测量指标对应的测量对象包括在Uu所需测量的频点/资源池/BWP、在Uu所需测量的参考信号及资源配置信息中的一种或多种,所述参考信号包括同步信号块SSB、信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS、解调参考信号DMRS、相位跟踪参考信号PTRS或信道探测参考信号SRS,所述资源配置信息包括时域、频域或空域的任意组合。
在一种可能的设计中,所述测量对象适用的条件包括:所述第一通信设备处于免调度授权模式、所述第一通信设备处于动态调度模式、所述第一通信设备处于半静态调度模式、所述第一通信设备处于自主竞争模式、所述Uu数据为使用预设的无线接入技术传输的数据、所述Uu数据为使用预设的载波传输的数据、所述Uu数据为使用预设的频率传输的数据、所述第一通信设备位于预设的基站、所述第一通信设备位于预设的小区、所述第二通信设备位于预设的基站、所述第二通信设备位于预设的小区、所述第一通信设备为预设的源终端、所述第二通信设备为预设的目标终端、所述第二通信设备为预设的组内包括的终端、所述Uu数据为预设的服务对应的数据、所述Uu数据为满足预设的服务质量的数据、所述Uu数据为使用预设的载波带宽部分BWP传输的数据、所述Uu数据为使用预设的逻辑信道组传输的数据、所述Uu数据为使用预设的逻辑信道传输的数据、所述Uu数据为使用预设的通信连接传输的数据或所述Uu数据为使用预设的组连接传输的数据。
在一种可能的设计中,所述预设测量指标包括Uu接口对应的信道质量、Uu接口对应的服务质量QoS或Uu接口对应的发送指标的任意一种或多种组合,示例性的,所述Uu接口对应的信道质量包括信道忙比例CBR、参考信号接收功率RSRP、参考信号接收质量RSRQ、接收信号强度指示RSSI、信道质量指示CQI、信道状态信息CSI、多输入多输出MIMO系统中的预编码矩阵指示PMI、MIMO系统中的秩指示RI或MIMO系统中的信道矩阵的秩RANK中的一项或多项;所述Uu接口对应的QoS包括QoS目标、QoS需求或QoS值中的一项或多项;所述Uu接口对应的发送指标包括传输速率、路径损耗PathLoss、功率余量报告PHR、时间提前量TA、调制与编码策略MCS、功率Power或误块率BLER中的一项或多项;所述QoS值包括时延latency、可靠性reliability、速率data rate/吞吐量throughput、通信距离range或有效载荷Payload。
在一种可能的设计中,所述第二通信设备接收第一通信设备发送的HARQ配置信息之前,还包括:所述第二通信设备接收所述第一通信设备发送的配置测量事件的测量配置信息,所述测量配置信息包括至少一个测量对象以及所述测量事件对应的上报配置要求;所 述第二通信设备测量所述至少一个测量对象,获得第一测量值;在所述第一测量值满足所述上报配置要求中至少一项时,所述第二通信设备向所述第一通信设备发送所述测量事件的测量报告,所述测量报告用于所述第一通信设备生成所述HARQ配置信息。
在一种可能的设计中,所述测量事件适用的条件包括:所述第一通信设备处于免调度授权模式、所述第一通信设备处于动态调度模式、所述第一通信设备处于半静态调度模式、所述第一通信设备处于自主竞争模式、所述Uu数据为使用预设的无线接入技术传输的数据、所述Uu数据为使用预设的载波传输的数据、所述Uu数据为使用预设的频率传输的数据、所述第一通信设备位于预设的基站、所述第一通信设备位于预设的小区、所述第二通信设备位于预设的基站、所述第二通信设备位于预设的小区、所述第一通信设备为预设的源终端、所述第二通信设备为预设的目标终端、所述第二通信设备为预设的组内包括的终端、所述Uu数据为预设的服务对应的数据、所述Uu数据为满足预设的服务质量的数据、所述Uu数据为使用预设的载波带宽部分BWP传输的数据、所述Uu数据为使用预设的逻辑信道组传输的数据、所述Uu数据为使用预设的逻辑信道传输的数据、所述Uu数据为使用预设的通信连接传输的数据、所述Uu数据为使用预设的组连接传输的数据中的一种或多种。
在一种可能的设计中,所述第二通信设备的数量包括一个或多个。例如,针对单播场景,所述第二通信设备的数量为一个,针对组播或广播场景,所述第二通信设备的数量为多个。
在一种可能的设计中,所述第二通信设备接收所述第一通信设备发送的所述HARQ配置信息,包括:所述第二通信设备接收所述第一通信设备通过第三通信设备发送的所述HARQ配置信息。
在一种可能的设计中,所述第二通信设备接收所述第一通信设备发送的所述HARQ配置信息,包括:所述第二通信设备接收所述第一通信设备通过第一信令发送的所述HARQ配置信息,所述第一信令包括RRC信令、RLC信令、PDCP信令、MAC信令、SDAP信令、NAS信令、SIB消息、MAC信令或物理层信令。
在一种可能的设计中,所述第二通信设备接收所述第一通信设备通过第一信令发送的所述HARQ配置信息之后,还包括:所述第二通信设备接收所述第一通信设备发送的第二信令,所述第二信令用于激活所述指示信息,所述第二信令包括DCI信令或MAC信令。
在一种可能的设计中,所述第二通信设备为设备组或设备群中的一个或多个。
在一种可能的设计中,所述指示信息针对的粒度是通过显式或隐式指示的。
在一种可能的设计中,所述测量对象是通过显式或隐式指示的。
在一种可能的设计中,所述测量对象针对的粒度是通过显式或隐式指示的。
在一种可能的设计中,若第二通信设备的Uu HARQ反馈开关的状态发生变更时(例如Uu HARQ反馈开关由开变更为关,或者由关变更为开),第二通信设备向第一通信设备发送变更指示信息,第一通信设备接收变更指示信息,该变更指示信息用于指示第二通信设备是否进行Uu HARQ反馈。
第八方面,本发明实施例还提供了一种HARQ反馈控制方法,用于对HARQ反馈开关的状态进行更新。该方法包括:若第一通信设备的HARQ反馈开关的状态发生变更时,第 一通信设备向第二通信设备发送变更指示信息,第二通信设备接收第一通信设备发送的变更指示信息,该变更指示信息用于指示第一通信设备的HARQ反馈开关由开变更为关或由关变更为开。实施本发明实施例,通信设备的HARQ反馈状态变更时,可以通知给其他通信设备(例如通信对端),以便通信对端获知其HARQ反馈状态,提高通信性能。
示例性的,HARQ反馈开关可以是针对SL数据传输的SL HARQ反馈开关,还可以是针对Uu数据的Uu HARQ反馈开关。若HARQ反馈开关是针对SL数据传输的SL HARQ反馈开关,则第一通信设备可以是第一终端设备,第二通信设备可以是与第一终端设备进行SL通信的第二终端设备,第二通信设备还可以是为第一终端设备服务的网络设备。若HARQ反馈开关是针对Uu数据的Uu HARQ反馈开关,则第一通信设备可以是终端设备,第二通信设备可以为网络设备,或者,第一通信设备可以是网络设备,第二通信设备可以为终端设备。
第九方面,本发明实施例提供了一种终端设备,该终端设备为第一终端设备,第一终端设备可包括多个功能模块或单元,用于相应的执行第一方面所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法,或者第一方面可能的实施方式中的任意一种所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法。
第十方面,本发明实施例提供了另一种终端设备,该终端设备为第二终端设备,第二终端设备可包括多个功能模块或单元,用于相应的执行第二方面所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法,或者第二方面可能的实施方式中的任意一种所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法。
第十一方面,本发明实施例提供了一种网络设备,网络设备可包括多个功能模块或单元,用于相应的执行第三方面所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法,或者第三方面可能的实施方式中的任意一种所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法。
第十二方面,本发明实施例提供了另一种终端设备,终端设备可包括多个功能模块或单元,用于相应的执行第四方面所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法,或者第四方面可能的实施方式中的任意一种所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法。
第十三方面,本发明实施例提供了一种终端设备,终端设备可包括多个功能模块或单元,用于相应的执行第五方面所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法,或者第五方面可能的实施方式中的任意一种所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法。
第十四方面,本发明实施例提供了一种通信设备,该通信设备为第一通信设备,第一通信设备可包括多个功能模块或单元,用于相应的执行第六方面所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法,或者第六方面可能的实施方式中的任意一种所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法。
第十五方面,本发明实施例提供了一种通信设备,该通信设备为第二通信设备,第二通信设备可包括多个功能模块或单元,用于相应的执行第七方面所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法,或者第七方面可能的实施方式中的任意一种所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法。
第十六方面,本发明实施例提供了一种通信设备,该通信设备可包括多个功能模块或单元,用于相应的执行第八方面所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法,或者第八方面可能的实施方式中的任意一种所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法。
第十七方面,本发明实施例提供了一种终端设备,该用于执行第一方面描述的HARQ反馈控制方法。该终端设备为第一终端设备,第一终端设备可包括:存储器以及与所述存储器耦合的处理器、发射器、接收器。示例性的,所述发射器用于支持第一终端设备执行 第一方面所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法中第一终端设备发送信息的步骤。所述接收器用于支持第一终端设备执行第一方面所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法中第一终端设备接收信息的步骤。处理器用于支持第一终端设备执行第一方面所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法中第一终端设备除发送信息以及接收信息以外的其他处理步骤。需要说明的是,本发明实施例中的发射器和接收器可以集成在一起,也可以通过耦合器耦合。所述存储器用于存储第一方面描述的HARQ反馈控制方法的实现代码,所述处理器用于执行所述存储器中存储的程序代码,即执行第一方面所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法,或者第一方面可能的实施方式中的任意一种所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法。存储器和处理器可以集成在一起,也可以通过耦合器耦合。
第十八方面,本发明实施例提供了一种终端设备,该用于执行第二方面描述的HARQ反馈控制方法。该终端设备为第二终端设备,第二终端设备可包括:存储器以及与所述存储器耦合的处理器、发射器、接收器。示例性的,所述发射器用于支持第二终端设备执行第二方面所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法中第二终端设备发送信息的步骤。所述接收器用于支持第二终端设备执行第二方面所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法中第二终端设备接收信息的步骤。处理器用于支持第二终端设备执行第二方面所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法中第二终端设备除发送信息以及接收信息以外的其他处理步骤。需要说明的是,本发明实施例中的发射器和接收器可以集成在一起,也可以通过耦合器耦合。所述存储器用于存储第二方面描述的HARQ反馈控制方法的实现代码,所述处理器用于执行所述存储器中存储的程序代码,即执行第二方面所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法,或者第二方面可能的实施方式中的任意一种所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法。存储器和处理器可以集成在一起,也可以通过耦合器耦合。
第十九方面,本发明实施例提供了一种网络设备,该用于执行第三方面描述的HARQ反馈控制方法。该网络设备可包括:存储器以及与所述存储器耦合的处理器、发射器、接收器。示例性的,所述发射器用于支持网络设备执行第三方面所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法中网络设备发送信息的步骤。所述接收器用于支持网络设备执行第三方面所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法中网络设备接收信息的步骤。处理器用于支持网络设备执行第三方面所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法中网络设备除发送信息以及接收信息以外的其他处理步骤。需要说明的是,本发明实施例中的发射器和接收器可以集成在一起,也可以通过耦合器耦合。所述存储器用于存储第三方面描述的HARQ反馈控制方法的实现代码,所述处理器用于执行所述存储器中存储的程序代码,即执行第三方面所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法,或者第三方面可能的实施方式中的任意一种所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法。存储器和处理器可以集成在一起,也可以通过耦合器耦合。
第二十方面,本发明实施例提供了一种终端设备,该用于执行第四方面描述的HARQ反馈控制方法。该终端设备为终端设备,终端设备可包括:存储器以及与所述存储器耦合的处理器、发射器、接收器。示例性的,所述发射器用于支持终端设备执行第四方面所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法中终端设备发送信息的步骤。所述接收器用于支持终端设备执行第四方面所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法中终端设备接收信息的步骤。处理器用于支持终端设备执行第四方面所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法中终端设备除发送信息以及接收信息以外 的其他处理步骤。需要说明的是,本发明实施例中的发射器和接收器可以集成在一起,也可以通过耦合器耦合。所述存储器用于存储第四方面描述的HARQ反馈控制方法的实现代码,所述处理器用于执行所述存储器中存储的程序代码,即执行第四方面所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法,或者第四方面可能的实施方式中的任意一种所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法。存储器和处理器可以集成在一起,也可以通过耦合器耦合。
第二十一方面,本发明实施例提供了一种终端设备,该用于执行第五方面描述的HARQ反馈控制方法。该终端设备为终端设备,终端设备可包括:存储器以及与所述存储器耦合的处理器、发射器、接收器。示例性的,所述发射器用于支持终端设备执行第五方面所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法中终端设备发送信息的步骤。所述接收器用于支持终端设备执行第五方面所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法中终端设备接收信息的步骤。处理器用于支持终端设备执行第五方面所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法中终端设备除发送信息以及接收信息以外的其他处理步骤。需要说明的是,本发明实施例中的发射器和接收器可以集成在一起,也可以通过耦合器耦合。所述存储器用于存储第五方面描述的HARQ反馈控制方法的实现代码,所述处理器用于执行所述存储器中存储的程序代码,即执行第五方面所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法,或者第五方面可能的实施方式中的任意一种所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法。存储器和处理器可以集成在一起,也可以通过耦合器耦合。
第二十二方面,本发明实施例提供了一种通信设备,该用于执行第六方面描述的HARQ反馈控制方法。该通信设备为第一通信设备,第一通信设备可包括:存储器以及与所述存储器耦合的处理器、发射器、接收器。示例性的,所述发射器用于支持第一通信设备执行第六方面所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法中第一通信设备发送信息的步骤。所述接收器用于支持第一通信设备执行第六方面所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法中第一通信设备接收信息的步骤。处理器用于支持第一通信设备执行第六方面所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法中第一通信设备除发送信息以及接收信息以外的其他处理步骤。需要说明的是,本发明实施例中的发射器和接收器可以集成在一起,也可以通过耦合器耦合。所述存储器用于存储第六方面描述的HARQ反馈控制方法的实现代码,所述处理器用于执行所述存储器中存储的程序代码,即执行第六方面所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法,或者第六方面可能的实施方式中的任意一种所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法。存储器和处理器可以集成在一起,也可以通过耦合器耦合。
第二十三方面,本发明实施例提供了一种通信设备,该用于执行第七方面描述的HARQ反馈控制方法。该通信设备为第二通信设备,第二通信设备可包括:存储器以及与所述存储器耦合的处理器、发射器、接收器。示例性的,所述发射器用于支持第二通信设备执行第七方面所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法中第二通信设备发送信息的步骤。所述接收器用于支持第二通信设备执行第七方面所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法中第二通信设备接收信息的步骤。处理器用于支持第二通信设备执行第七方面所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法中第二通信设备除发送信息以及接收信息以外的其他处理步骤。需要说明的是,本发明实施例中的发射器和接收器可以集成在一起,也可以通过耦合器耦合。所述存储器用于存储第七方面描述的HARQ反馈控制方法的实现代码,所述处理器用于执行所述存储器中存储的程序代码,即执行第七方面所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法,或者第七方面可能的实施方式中的任 意一种所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法。存储器和处理器可以集成在一起,也可以通过耦合器耦合。
第二十四方面,本发明实施例提供了一种通信设备,该用于执行第八方面描述的HARQ反馈控制方法。该通信设备为第一通信设备,第一通信设备可包括:存储器以及与所述存储器耦合的处理器、发射器、接收器。示例性的,所述发射器用于支持第一通信设备执行第八方面所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法中第一通信设备发送信息的步骤。所述接收器用于支持第一通信设备执行第八方面所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法中第一通信设备接收信息的步骤。处理器用于支持第一通信设备执行第八方面所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法中第一通信设备除发送信息以及接收信息以外的其他处理步骤。需要说明的是,本发明实施例中的发射器和接收器可以集成在一起,也可以通过耦合器耦合。所述存储器用于存储第八方面描述的HARQ反馈控制方法的实现代码,所述处理器用于执行所述存储器中存储的程序代码,即执行第八方面所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法,或者第八方面可能的实施方式中的任意一种所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法。存储器和处理器可以集成在一起,也可以通过耦合器耦合。
第二十五方面,本发明实施例提供了一种通信系统,包括第一终端设备和第二终端设备。示例性的,所述第一终端设备可以是如前述第九方面或第十七方面所描述的第一终端设备,所述第二终端设备可以是如前述第十方面或第十八方面所描述的第二终端设备。
第二十六方面,本发明实施例提供了一种通信系统,包括网络设备和终端设备。示例性的,所述网络设备可以是如前述第十一方面或第十九方面所描述的网络设备,所述终端设备可以是如前述第十二方面或第二十方面所描述的终端设备。
第二十七方面,本发明实施例提供了一种通信系统,包括第一通信设备和第二通信设备。示例性的,所述第一通信设备可以是如前述第十四方面或第二十二方面所描述的第一通信设备,所述第二通信设备可以是如前述第十五方面或第二十三方面所描述的第二通信设备。
第二十八方面,本发明实施例还提供了一种HARQ反馈控制方法,应用于网络设备侧。该方法包括:网络设备获取第二HARQ配置信息,所述第二HARQ配置信息包括指示第一终端设备针对侧行链路SL数据传输是否进行HARQ反馈的第二指示信息;所述网络设备向所述第一终端设备发送所述第二HARQ配置信息,所述第二HARQ配置信息用于指示所述第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送第一HARQ配置信息,所述第一HARQ配置信息包括指示所述第二终端设备针对SL数据传输是否进行HARQ反馈的第一指示信息。实施本发明实施例,网络设备可以直接为终端设备配置SL HARQ反馈开关,能够满足多方面的需求,如高负载时不启用SL HARQ可降低负载,如低时延业务不启用SL HARQ利于降低负载同时不影响传输效率,针对低可靠性的业务仅通过盲重传就可达到QoS需求也可减少SL HARQ资源占用等。
在一种可能的设计中,所述网络设备向所述第一终端设备发送所述第二HARQ配置信息包括:所述网络设备通过信令向所述第一终端设备发送所述第二HARQ配置信息,所述信令包括无线资源控制RRC信令、无线链路控制RLC信令、报数据汇聚协议PDCP信令、媒介访问控制MAC信令、服务数据适配层SDAP信令、非接入层NAS信令、系统信息块 SIB消息或物理层信令。
在一种可能的设计中,所述第二HARQ配置信息还用于指示所述第一终端设备根据所述第二HARQ配置信息生成所述第一HARQ配置信息。
在一种可能的设计中,若所述第一指示信息指示所述第二终端设备针对SL数据传输进行HARQ反馈,所述第二终端设备进行HARQ反馈的接口包括SL接口或Uu空口。也即是说,Rx UE在接收到SL数据后,可以通过SL接口向Rx UE反馈HARQ,也可以通过Uu口直接向基站反馈HARQ。
在一种可能的设计中,所述SL数据包括单播、组播或广播中的一种或多种业务类型的数据。
在一种可能的设计中,所述HARQ反馈的粒度为传输块TB。
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一指示信息和/或所述第二指示信息适用的条件包括:所述第一终端设备处于免调度授权模式、所述第一终端设备处于动态调度模式、所述第一终端设备处于半静态调度模式、所述第一终端设备处于自主竞争模式、所述SL数据为使用预设的无线接入技术传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的载波传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的频率传输的数据、所述第一终端设备位于预设的基站、所述第一终端设备位于预设的小区、所述第二终端设备位于预设的基站、所述第二终端设备位于预设的小区、所述第一终端设备为预设的源终端、所述第二终端设备为预设的目标终端、所述第二终端设备为预设的组内包括的终端、所述SL数据为预设的服务对应的数据、所述SL数据为满足预设的服务质量的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的载波带宽部分BWP传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道组传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道LCH传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的通信连接传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的组连接传输的数据或所述SL数据为预设的HARQ进程对应的数据中的一种或多种。
在一种可能的设计中,若所述第一指示信息指示所述第二终端设备针对所述SL数据传输进行HARQ反馈,所述第一HARQ配置信息还包括预设条件信息,所述预设条件信息用于指示所述第二终端设备针对所述SL数据插传输进行HARQ反馈的条件。
在一种可能的设计中,所述预设条件信息包括预设测量指标高于、低于、不高于或者不低于预设门限和/或所述预设测量指标在或者不在预设值列表中。
在一种可能的设计中,所述预设测量指标对应的测量对象包括在SL所需测量的频点/资源池/BWP、在SL所需测量的参考信号及资源配置信息中的一种或多种,所述参考信号包括同步信号块SSB、信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS、解调参考信号DMRS、相位跟踪参考信号PTRS或信道探测参考信号SRS,所述资源配置信息包括时域、频域或空域的任意组合。
在一种可能的设计中,所述测量对象适用的条件包括:所述第一终端设备处于免调度授权模式、所述第一终端设备处于动态调度模式、所述第一终端设备处于半静态调度模式、所述第一终端设备处于自主竞争模式、所述SL数据为使用预设的无线接入技术传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的载波传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的频率传输的数据、所述第一终端设备位于预设的基站、所述第一终端设备位于预设的小区、所述第二终端设备位于预设的基站、所述第二终端设备位于预设的小区、所述第一终端设备为预设的源终 端、所述第二终端设备为预设的目标终端、所述第二终端设备为预设的组内包括的终端、所述SL数据为预设的服务对应的数据、所述SL数据为满足预设的服务质量的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的BWP传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道组传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的通信连接传输的数据或所述SL数据为使用预设的组连接传输的数据。
在一种可能的设计中,所述预设测量指标包括SL接口对应的信道质量、SL接口对应的服务质量QoS或SL接口对应的发送指标的任意一种或多种组合,其中,所述SL接口对应的信道质量包括信道忙比例CBR、参考信号接收功率RSRP、参考信号接收质量RSRQ、接收信号强度指示RSSI、信道质量指示CQI、信道状态信息CSI、多输入多输出MIMO系统中的预编码矩阵指示PMI、MIMO系统中的秩指示RI或MIMO系统中的信道矩阵的秩RANK中的一项或多项;所述SL接口对应的QoS包括QoS目标、QoS需求或QoS值中的一项或多项;所述SL接口对应的发送指标包括传输速率、路径损耗、功率余量报告PHR、时间提前量TA、调制与编码策略MCS、功率或误块率中的一项或多项;所述QoS值包括时延、可靠性、速率、吞吐量、通信距离或有效载荷。
在一种可能的设计中,所述第二HARQ配置信息还用于指示所述第一终端设备向所述第二终端设备发送测量事件的测量配置信息,接收所述第二终端设备发送的所述测量事件的测量报告,所述测量配置信息包括至少一个测量对象以及所述测量事件对应的上报配置要求,所述测量报告是所述第二终端设备在第一测量值满足所述上报配置要求中至少一项时发送的,所述第一测量值是所述第二终端设备测量所述至少一个测量对象获得的。所述第一HARQ配置信息根据所述测量报告生成。
在一种可能的设计中,所述测量事件适用的条件包括:所述第一终端设备处于免调度授权模式、所述第一终端设备处于动态调度模式、所述第一终端设备处于半静态调度模式、所述第一终端设备处于自主竞争模式、所述SL数据为使用预设的无线接入技术传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的载波传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的频率传输的数据、所述第一终端设备位于预设的基站、所述第一终端设备位于预设的小区、所述第二终端设备位于预设的基站、所述第二终端设备位于预设的小区、所述第一终端设备为预设的源终端、所述第二终端设备为预设的目标终端、所述第二终端设备为预设的组内包括的终端、所述SL数据为预设的服务对应的数据、所述SL数据为满足预设的服务质量的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的载波带宽部分BWP传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道组传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的通信连接传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的组连接传输的数据中的一种或多种。
第二十九方面,本发明实施例还提供了一种HARQ反馈控制方法,应用于第一终端设备。该方法包括:第一终端设备接收网络设备发送的第二HARQ配置信息,所述第二HARQ配置信息包括指示所述第一终端设备针对侧行链路SL数据传输是否进行HARQ反馈的第二指示信息;所述第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送第一HARQ配置信息,所述第一HARQ配置信息包括指示所述第二终端设备针对侧行链路SL数据传输是否进行HARQ反馈的第一指示信息。
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一终端设备接收网络设备发送的第二HARQ配置信息包 括:所述第一终端设备接收网络设备发送的信令,所述信令携带有第二HARQ配置信息,所述信令包括无线资源控制RRC信令、无线链路控制RLC信令、报数据汇聚协议PDCP信令、媒介访问控制MAC信令、服务数据适配层SDAP信令、非接入层NAS信令、系统信息块SIB消息或物理层信令。
在一种可能的设计中,所述方法还包括:所述第一终端设备根据所述第二HARQ配置信息生成所述第一HARQ配置信息。
在一种可能的设计中,若所述第一指示信息指示所述第二终端设备针对SL数据传输进行HARQ反馈,所述第二终端设备进行HARQ反馈的接口包括SL接口或Uu空口。也即是说,Rx UE在接收到SL数据后,可以通过SL接口向Rx UE反馈HARQ,也可以通过Uu口直接向基站反馈HARQ。
在一种可能的设计中,所述SL数据包括单播、组播或广播中的一种或多种业务类型的数据。
在一种可能的设计中,所述HARQ反馈的粒度为传输块TB。
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一指示信息和/或所述第二指示信息适用的条件包括:所述第一终端设备处于免调度授权模式、所述第一终端设备处于动态调度模式、所述第一终端设备处于半静态调度模式、所述第一终端设备处于自主竞争模式、所述SL数据为使用预设的无线接入技术传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的载波传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的频率传输的数据、所述第一终端设备位于预设的基站、所述第一终端设备位于预设的小区、所述第二终端设备位于预设的基站、所述第二终端设备位于预设的小区、所述第一终端设备为预设的源终端、所述第二终端设备为预设的目标终端、所述第二终端设备为预设的组内包括的终端、所述SL数据为预设的服务对应的数据、所述SL数据为满足预设的服务质量的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的载波带宽部分BWP传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道组传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道LCH传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的通信连接传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的组连接传输的数据或所述SL数据为预设的HARQ进程对应的数据中的一种或多种。
在一种可能的设计中,若所述第一指示信息指示所述第二终端设备针对所述SL数据传输进行HARQ反馈,所述第一HARQ配置信息还包括预设条件信息,所述预设条件信息用于指示所述第二终端设备针对所述SL数据传输进行HARQ反馈的条件。
在一种可能的设计中,所述预设条件信息包括预设测量指标高于、低于、不高于或者不低于预设门限和/或所述预设测量指标在或者不在预设值列表中。
在一种可能的设计中,所述预设测量指标对应的测量对象包括在SL所需测量的频点/资源池/BWP、在SL所需测量的参考信号及资源配置信息中的一种或多种,所述参考信号包括同步信号块SSB、信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS、解调参考信号DMRS、相位跟踪参考信号PTRS或信道探测参考信号SRS,所述资源配置信息包括时域、频域或空域的任意组合。
在一种可能的设计中,所述测量对象适用的条件包括:所述第一终端设备处于免调度授权模式、所述第一终端设备处于动态调度模式、所述第一终端设备处于半静态调度模式、所述第一终端设备处于自主竞争模式、所述SL数据为使用预设的无线接入技术传输的数据、 所述SL数据为使用预设的载波传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的频率传输的数据、所述第一终端设备位于预设的基站、所述第一终端设备位于预设的小区、所述第二终端设备位于预设的基站、所述第二终端设备位于预设的小区、所述第一终端设备为预设的源终端、所述第二终端设备为预设的目标终端、所述第二终端设备为预设的组内包括的终端、所述SL数据为预设的服务对应的数据、所述SL数据为满足预设的服务质量的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的BWP传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道组传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的通信连接传输的数据或所述SL数据为使用预设的组连接传输的数据。
在一种可能的设计中,所述预设测量指标包括SL接口对应的信道质量、SL接口对应的服务质量QoS或SL接口对应的发送指标的任意一种或多种组合,其中,所述SL接口对应的信道质量包括信道忙比例CBR、参考信号接收功率RSRP、参考信号接收质量RSRQ、接收信号强度指示RSSI、信道质量指示CQI、信道状态信息CSI、多输入多输出MIMO系统中的预编码矩阵指示PMI、MIMO系统中的秩指示RI或MIMO系统中的信道矩阵的秩RANK中的一项或多项;所述SL接口对应的QoS包括QoS目标、QoS需求或QoS值中的一项或多项;所述SL接口对应的发送指标包括传输速率、路径损耗、功率余量报告PHR、时间提前量TA、调制与编码策略MCS、功率或误块率中的一项或多项;所述QoS值包括时延、可靠性、速率、吞吐量、通信距离或有效载荷。
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一终端设备根据所述第二HARQ配置信息生成所述第一HARQ配置信息之前,还包括:所述第一终端设备向所述第二终端设备发送测量事件的测量配置信息,所述测量配置信息包括至少一个测量对象以及所述测量事件对应的上报配置要求;所述第一终端设备接收所述第二终端设备发送的所述测量事件的测量报告,所述测量报告是所述第二终端设备在第一测量值满足所述上报配置要求中至少一项时发送的,所述第一测量值是所述第二终端设备测量所述至少一个测量对象获得的;所述第一终端设备获取第一HARQ配置信息,具体为:所述第一终端设备根据所述测量报告生成所述第一HARQ配置信息。
在一种可能的设计中,所述测量事件适用的条件包括:所述第一终端设备处于免调度授权模式、所述第一终端设备处于动态调度模式、所述第一终端设备处于半静态调度模式、所述第一终端设备处于自主竞争模式、所述SL数据为使用预设的无线接入技术传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的载波传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的频率传输的数据、所述第一终端设备位于预设的基站、所述第一终端设备位于预设的小区、所述第二终端设备位于预设的基站、所述第二终端设备位于预设的小区、所述第一终端设备为预设的源终端、所述第二终端设备为预设的目标终端、所述第二终端设备为预设的组内包括的终端、所述SL数据为预设的服务对应的数据、所述SL数据为满足预设的服务质量的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的载波带宽部分BWP传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道组传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的通信连接传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的组连接传输的数据中的一种或多种。
第三十方面,本发明实施例还提供了一种HARQ反馈控制方法,应用于第二终端设备。该方法包括:第二终端设备接收第一终端设备发送的第一HARQ配置信息,所述第一HARQ 配置信息包括指示所述第二终端设备针对侧行链路SL数据传输是否进行HARQ反馈的第一指示信息,所述第一HARQ配置信息是所述第一终端设备接收到网络设备发送的第二HARQ配置信息后发送的,所述第二HARQ配置信息包括指示所述第一终端设备针对侧行链路SL数据传输是否进行HARQ反馈的第二指示信息;若所述第一指示信息指示所述第二终端设备针对SL数据传输进行HARQ反馈,则所述第二终端设备在接收到所述SL数据后,进行HARQ反馈。实施本发明实施例,终端设备能够实现自适应SL HARQ开关的配置/应用,使得SL HARQ反馈更加灵活,能够满足多方面的需求,如高负载时不启用SL HARQ可降低负载,如低时延业务不启用SL HARQ利于降低负载同时不影响传输效率,针对低可靠性的业务仅通过盲重传就可达到QoS需求也可减少SL HARQ资源占用等。
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一HARQ配置信息是所述第一终端设备接收到网络设备发送的第二HARQ配置信息后发送的包括:所述第一HARQ配置信息是所述第一终端设备接收到网络设备发送的信令后发送的,所述信令携带有第二HARQ配置信息,所述第一信令包括无线资源控制RRC信令、无线链路控制RLC信令、报数据汇聚协议PDCP信令、媒介访问控制MAC信令、服务数据适配层SDAP信令、非接入层NAS信令、系统信息块SIB消息或物理层信令。
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一HARQ配置信息是所述第一终端设备根据网络设备发送的第二HARQ配置信息生成的。
在一种可能的设计中,若所述第一指示信息指示所述第二终端设备针对SL数据传输进行HARQ反馈,所述第二终端设备进行HARQ反馈的接口包括SL接口或Uu空口。也即是说,Rx UE在接收到SL数据后,可以通过SL接口向Rx UE反馈HARQ,也可以通过Uu口直接向基站反馈HARQ。
在一种可能的设计中,所述SL数据包括单播、组播或广播中的一种或多种业务类型的数据。
在一种可能的设计中,所述HARQ反馈的粒度为传输块TB。
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一指示信息和/或所述第二指示信息适用的条件包括:所述第一终端设备处于免调度授权模式、所述第一终端设备处于动态调度模式、所述第一终端设备处于半静态调度模式、所述第一终端设备处于自主竞争模式、所述SL数据为使用预设的无线接入技术传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的载波传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的频率传输的数据、所述第一终端设备位于预设的基站、所述第一终端设备位于预设的小区、所述第二终端设备位于预设的基站、所述第二终端设备位于预设的小区、所述第一终端设备为预设的源终端、所述第二终端设备为预设的目标终端、所述第二终端设备为预设的组内包括的终端、所述SL数据为预设的服务对应的数据、所述SL数据为满足预设的服务质量的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的载波带宽部分BWP传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道组传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的通信连接传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的组连接传输的数据或所述SL数据为预设的HARQ进程对应的数据中的一种或多种。
在一种可能的设计中,若所述第一指示信息指示所述第二终端设备针对所述SL数据进行HARQ反馈,所述第一HARQ配置信息还包括预设条件信息,所述预设条件信息用于指 示所述第二终端设备针对所述SL数据进行HARQ反馈的条件。
在一种可能的设计中,所述预设条件信息包括预设测量指标高于、低于、不高于或者不低于预设门限和/或所述预设测量指标在或者不在预设值列表中。
在一种可能的设计中,所述预设测量指标对应的测量对象包括在SL所需测量的频点/资源池/BWP、在SL所需测量的参考信号及资源配置信息中的一种或多种,所述参考信号包括同步信号块SSB、信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS、解调参考信号DMRS、相位跟踪参考信号PTRS或信道探测参考信号SRS,所述资源配置信息包括时域、频域或空域的任意组合。
在一种可能的设计中,所述测量对象适用的条件包括:所述第一终端设备处于免调度授权模式、所述第一终端设备处于动态调度模式、所述第一终端设备处于半静态调度模式、所述第一终端设备处于自主竞争模式、所述SL数据为使用预设的无线接入技术传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的载波传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的频率传输的数据、所述第一终端设备位于预设的基站、所述第一终端设备位于预设的小区、所述第二终端设备位于预设的基站、所述第二终端设备位于预设的小区、所述第一终端设备为预设的源终端、所述第二终端设备为预设的目标终端、所述第二终端设备为预设的组内包括的终端、所述SL数据为预设的服务对应的数据、所述SL数据为满足预设的服务质量的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的载波带宽部分BWP传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道组传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的通信连接传输的数据或所述SL数据为使用预设的组连接传输的数据。
在一种可能的设计中,所述预设测量指标包括SL接口对应的信道质量、SL接口对应的服务质量QoS或SL接口对应的发送指标的任意一种或多种组合,其中,所述SL接口对应的信道质量包括信道忙比例CBR、参考信号接收功率RSRP、参考信号接收质量RSRQ、接收信号强度指示RSSI、信道质量指示CQI、信道状态信息CSI、多输入多输出MIMO系统中的预编码矩阵指示PMI、MIMO系统中的秩指示RI或MIMO系统中的信道矩阵的秩RANK中的一项或多项;所述SL接口对应的QoS包括QoS目标、QoS需求或QoS值中的一项或多项;所述SL接口对应的发送指标包括传输速率、路径损耗、功率余量报告PHR、时间提前量TA、调制与编码策略MCS、功率或误块率BLER中的一项或多项;所述QoS值包括时延、可靠性、速率、吞吐量、通信距离或有效载荷。
在一种可能的设计中,所述第二终端设备接收第一终端设备发送的第一HARQ配置信息之前,还包括:所述第二终端设备接收所述第一终端设备发送的配置测量事件的测量配置信息,所述测量配置信息包括至少一个测量对象以及所述测量事件对应的上报配置要求;所述第二终端设备测量所述至少一个测量对象,获得第一测量值;在所述第一测量值满足所述上报配置要求中至少一项时,所述第二终端设备向所述第一终端设备发送所述测量事件的测量报告,所述测量报告用于所述第一终端设备生成所述第一HARQ配置信息。
在一种可能的设计中,所述测量事件适用的条件包括:所述第一终端设备处于免调度授权模式、所述第一终端设备处于动态调度模式、所述第一终端设备处于半静态调度模式、所述第一终端设备处于自主竞争模式、所述为使用预设的无线接入技术传输的数SL数据据、所述SL数据为使用预设的载波传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的频率传输的数据、 所述第二终端设备位于预设的基站、所述第二终端设备位于预设的小区、所述第一终端设备为预设的源终端、所述第二终端设备为预设的目标终端、所述第二终端设备为预设的组内包括的终端、所述SL数据为预设的服务对应的数据、所述SL数据为满足预设的服务质量的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的载波带宽部分BWP传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道组传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的通信连接传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的组连接传输的数据中的一种或多种。
第三十一方面,本发明实施例提供了一种网络设备,网络设备可包括多个功能模块或单元,用于相应的执行第二十八方面所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法。
第三十二方面,本发明实施例提供了一种终端设备,该终端设备为第一终端设备,终端设备可包括多个功能模块或单元,用于相应的执行第二十九方面所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法。
第三十三方面,本发明实施例提供了一种终端设备,该终端设备为第二终端设备,终端设备可包括多个功能模块或单元,用于相应的执行第三十方面所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法。
第三十四方面,本发明实施例提供了一种网络设备,该用于执行第二十八方面描述的HARQ反馈控制方法。该网络设备可包括:存储器以及与所述存储器耦合的处理器、发射器、接收器。示例性的,所述发射器用于支持网络设备执行第二十八方面所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法中网络设备发送信息的步骤。所述接收器用于支持网络设备执行第二十八方面所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法中网络设备接收信息的步骤。处理器用于支持网络设备执行第二十八方面所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法中网络设备除发送信息以及接收信息以外的其他处理步骤。需要说明的是,本发明实施例中的发射器和接收器可以集成在一起,也可以通过耦合器耦合。所述存储器用于存储第二十八方面描述的HARQ反馈控制方法的实现代码,所述处理器用于执行所述存储器中存储的程序代码,即执行第二十八方面所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法,或者第二十八方面可能的实施方式中的任意一种所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法。存储器和处理器可以集成在一起,也可以通过耦合器耦合。
第三十五方面,本发明实施例提供了一种终端设备,该终端设备为第一终端设备,该用于执行第二十九方面描述的HARQ反馈控制方法。终端设备可包括:存储器以及与所述存储器耦合的处理器、发射器、接收器。示例性的,所述发射器用于支持终端设备执行第二十九方面所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法中终端设备发送信息的步骤。所述接收器用于支持终端设备执行第二十九方面所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法中终端设备接收信息的步骤。处理器用于支持终端设备执行第二十九方面所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法中终端设备除发送信息以及接收信息以外的其他处理步骤。需要说明的是,本发明实施例中的发射器和接收器可以集成在一起,也可以通过耦合器耦合。所述存储器用于存储第二十九方面描述的HARQ反馈控制方法的实现代码,所述处理器用于执行所述存储器中存储的程序代码,即执行第二十九方面所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法,或者第二十九方面可能的实施方式中的任意一种所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法。存储器和处理器可以集成在一起,也可以通过耦合器耦合。
第三十六方面,本发明实施例提供了一种终端设备,该终端设备为第二终端设备,该用于执行第三十方面描述的HARQ反馈控制方法。终端设备可包括:存储器以及与所述存储器耦合的处理器、发射器、接收器。示例性的,所述发射器用于支持终端设备执行第三十方面所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法中终端设备发送信息的步骤。所述接收器用于支持终端设备执行第三十方面所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法中终端设备接收信息的步骤。处理器用于支持终端设备执行第三十方面所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法中终端设备除发送信息以及接收信息以外的其他处理步骤。需要说明的是,本发明实施例中的发射器和接收器可以集成在一起,也可以通过耦合器耦合。所述存储器用于存储第三十方面描述的HARQ反馈控制方法的实现代码,所述处理器用于执行所述存储器中存储的程序代码,即执行第三十方面所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法,或者第三十方面可能的实施方式中的任意一种所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法。存储器和处理器可以集成在一起,也可以通过耦合器耦合。
第三十七方面,本发明实施例提供了一种通信系统,包括网络设备、第一终端设备和第二终端设备。示例性的,所述网络设备可以是如前述第三十一方面或第三十四方面所描述的网络设备,所述第一终端设备可以是如前述第三十二方面或第三十五方面所描述的终端设备,所述第二终端设备可以是如前述第三十三方面或第三十六方面所描述的终端设备。
第三十八方面,本发明实施例提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,所述可读存储介质上存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述任一方面描述的HARQ反馈控制方法。
第三十九方面,本发明实施例提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述任一方面描述的HARQ反馈控制方法。
第四十方面,本发明实施例提供了一种通信芯片,该通信芯片可包括:处理器,以及耦合于所述处理器的一个或多个接口。示例性的,所述处理器可用于从存储器中调用上述任一方面所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法的实现程序,并执行该程序包含的指令。所述接口可用于输出所述处理器的处理结果。
附图说明
图1为本发明实施例涉及的一种通信系统的示意图;
图2是本发明实施例提供的LTE系统中mode3传输模式和mode4传输模式的示意图;
图3A是本发明实施例提供的一种应用场景示意图;
图3B是本发明实施例提供的另一种应用场景示意图;
图3C是本发明实施例提供的另一种应用场景示意图;
图3D是本发明实施例提供的另一种应用场景示意图;
图3E是本发明实施例提供的另一种应用场景示意图;
图4是本发明实施例提供的一种HARQ反馈控制方法的流程示意图;
图5是本发明实施例提供的另一种HARQ反馈控制方法的流程示意图;
图6是本发明实施例提供的另一种HARQ反馈控制方法的流程示意图;
图7是本发明实施例提供的另一种HARQ反馈控制方法的流程示意图;
图8是本发明实施例提供的另一种HARQ反馈控制方法的流程示意图;
图9是本发明实施例提供的另一种HARQ反馈控制方法的流程示意图;
图10是本发明实施例提供的另一种HARQ反馈控制方法的流程示意图;
图11是本发明实施例提供的另一种应用场景示意图;
图12是本发明实施例提供的另一种HARQ反馈控制方法的流程示意图;
图13是本发明实施例提供的一种终端设备的硬件结构示意图;
图14是本发明实施例提供的一种终端设备的逻辑结构示意图;
图15是本发明实施例提供的一种网络设备的硬件结构示意图;
图16是本发明实施例提供的一种网络设备的硬件结构示意图;
图17是本发明实施例提供的一种通信芯片的结构示意图。
具体实施方式
下面结合本发明实施例中的附图对本发明实施例进行描述。
图1给出了本申请涉及的一种通信系统的示意图。该通信系统100可以包括至少一个网络设备101(仅示出1个)以及与网络设备101进行上/下行链路通信的终端设备(user equipment,UE)102和终端设备103。终端设备102与终端设备103可以连接同一个网络设备,也可以连接不同网络设备。
终端设备102和终端设备103之间进行侧行链路(side link,SL)通信。SL通信是指终端和终端之间的直接通信,也就是说,终端和终端之间的通信不通过网络设备转发数据的直接通信。终端和网络设备进行通信使用上下行链路,示例性的上下行链路是针对网络设备和用户通信的Uu口定义的,网络设备到终端的传输为下行链路(downlink,DL)传输,终端到网络设备的传输为上行链路(uplink,UL)传输。
侧行链路通信包含两种传输模式:第一种通信模式是基于网络设备调度的直接通信,发送方终端(transmit UE,Tx UE)根据网络设备101的调度信息在被调度的时频资源上发送SL通信的控制信息和数据,称为基站调度模式。基站调度模式在LTE中称为mode3传输模式,在NR系统中称为mode1传输模式,下述以mode3传输模式描述;第二种通信模式是发送方终端在SL通信资源池包含的可用时频资源中自行选择通信所用的时频资源,并在所选择的资源上发送控制信息和数据,称为UE自主竞争模式。UE自主竞争模式在LTE中称为mode4传输模式,在NR系统中称为mode2传输模式,下述以mode4传输模式描述。需要注意的是,mode3传输模式中调度请求/调度授予仍然使用网络设备和终端之间的上下行链路进行通信,而Tx UE和接收方终端(receive UE,Rx UE)之间使用侧行链路直接通信。两种传输模式各有优缺点,可以灵活运用于各种不同的场景。mode3传输模式和mode4传输模式的示意图可参见图2。
LTE mode3传输模式还可以细分为动态调度(dynamic scheduling)模式和半静态调度(semi-persistentscheduling,SPS)模式。在动态调度模式下,当Tx UE有SL待传输数据时,通过Uu口向网络设备101上报SL缓存状态报告(bufferstatusreport,BSR)媒介访问控制(mediumaccesscontrol,MAC)控制单元(control element,CE),告知网络设备101当前Tx UE在SL接口待传输数据的数据量。网络设备101可以为Tx UE动态分配传输资源,每次分配的传输资源用于一个媒介访问控制(mediumaccesscontrol,MAC)分组数据 单元(packet data unit,PDU)的传输。而在SPS模式下,网络设备101可以为Tx UE配置可以用于多个MAC PDU传输的资源,并通过下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)(去)激活SPS的配置。NR mode1传输模式还可以细分为动态调度模式和免调度(grantfree,或configed grant)模式,免调度模式还可分为type1和type2两种类型,type1是指网络设备可以为Tx UE配置可以用于多个MAC PDU传输的资源,Tx UE接收到网络设备配置的资源后可直接应用。Type2是指网络设备101可以为Tx UE配置可以用于多个MAC PDU传输的资源,并通过DCI(去)激活grantfree的配置,Tx UE接收到激活指令后才可应用网络设备配置的资源。
本申请实施例可用于通信设备之间基站调度模式或UE自主竞争模式的传输场景,也可用于基站调度模式和UE自主竞争模式共存场景下的传输场景。
示例性的,侧行链路通信可以包括单播通信、组播通信和广播通信。本申请适用于单播通信,也适用于组播通信,还可适用于广播通信。示例性的,单播通信是指一个发送终端向一个接收终端发送数据。组播通信是指一个发送终端向组内包含的一个或多个接收终端发送数据。广播通信是指一个发送终端向全体终端发送数据,任何一个终端都可以作为接收终端接收数据。为了方便描述,下面实施例的描述以单播通信为例进行描述,组播、广播通信的实现方法可参考单播通信。
本申请实施例可以应用于车联网(vehicle to everything,V2X)通信系统中,V2X包括车到车(vehicle to vehicle,V2V)、车到人(vehicle to pedestrian,V2P)、车到基础设施(vehicle to infrastructure,V2I)和车到网络(vehicle to network,V2N)等的智能交通业务。
本申请实施例涉及的网络设备101可以包括各种形式的网络设备,例如:宏基站,微基站(也称为小站),中继站,接入点,小区(Cell)等。示例性的基站可以是演进型基站(evolutional node B,eNB),以及5G系统、新空口(new radio,NR)系统中的下一代节点(next-generation Node B,gNB)。另外,基站也可以为收发点(transmission receive point,TRP)、中心单元(central unit,CU)或其他网络实体。另外,在分布式基站场景中,网络设备101可以是基带处理单元(baseband unit,BBU)和射频单元(remote radio unit,RRU),在云无线接入网(cloud radio access network,CRAN)场景下可以是基带池BBU pool和射频单元RRU。此外,网络设备101还可以是核心网设备(core network,CN)、移动性管理实体(mobility management entity,MME)设备、接入和移动管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF)设备、车联网控制功能(control function,CF)设备、网关(GateWay)、路边装置(roadsiteunit,RSU)、运营管理和维护(operation administration and maintenance,OAM)设备、应用服务器(APP server)或第三方网元。
本申请实施例涉及的终端设备可以为车辆、车载终端、车载设备、车载通信模块、嵌入式通信模块、基带处理芯片、用户设备(user equipment,UE)、手持终端、用户单元(subscriber unit)、无线数据卡、无线调制解调器(modem)、手持设备(handheld)、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)台、机器类型通信(machine type communication,MTC)终端或是其他设备。
需要说明的,图1示出的通信系统100仅仅是为了更加清楚的说明本申请的技术方案,并不构成对本申请的限定,本领域普通技术人员可知,随着网络架构的演变和新业务场景 的出现,本申请提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题,同样适用。
需要说明的是,本发明实施例中的术语“系统”和“网络”可被互换使用。“多个”是指两个或两个以上,鉴于此,本发明实施例中也可以将“多个”理解为“至少两个”。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,字符“/”,如无特殊说明,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。
首先介绍下本申请的发明构思,目前的LTE V2X通信标准中SL不支持HARQ反馈,LTE V2X的设计目标是满足低QoS的广播类业务,因此不支持单播和组播。
而NR V2X中定义了高QoS类业务,具体用例有:车队编队(vehicles platooning)、增强传感器(extended sensors)、高级驾驶(advanced driving)、远程驾驶(remote driving)。同时,相比LTE仅支持广播业务,NR V2X中还支持了单播、和组播业务,及对应的高QoS需求。为了满足上述高QoS指标,区别于LTE V2X不支持HARQ反馈,本发明实施例针对NR V2X的单播、组播及广播业务设计了一种HARQ反馈控制方案来支撑上述QoS需求(例如是3ms低时延和99.999%可靠性的同时满足)。
以SL一次单播传输为例,Tx UE要发送给Rx UE,Rx UE在接收到对应数据后,会根据是否解调成功来给Tx UE反馈本次传输是否成功,例如:若本次接收成功、则反馈ACK;否则反馈NACK或不反馈,此时Tx UE收到ACK则认为成功,收到NACK或没收到反馈都认为失败。Tx UE根据Rx UE的HARQ反馈来判断Rx UE是否接收成功,若认为没有成功则需重传,否则认为本次传输成功及停止本次传输和/或进行下次传输。通过在V2X中增加HARQ反馈机制可以提升V2X的传输可靠性和频谱效率。
进一步的,目前的LTE V2X通信标准中SL也不支持SL HARQ反馈的开关。
虽然SL使用HARQ反馈能有效提升可靠性和频谱效率,但HARQ反馈也是有不足:比如Rx UE进行HARQ ACK/NACK反馈需要占用额外的反馈资源,尤其当反馈信道负载较高时要求所有的数据传输都进行HARQ反馈会导致Tx UE解调ACK/NACK时误码率过高导致误判。又比如,针对Tx UE是基站调度模式(LTE mode3传输模式),如果Tx UE的服务基站也需要知道本次传输的HARQ反馈结果,以便针对该结果给Tx UE分配新传还是重传资源,也需要额外消耗Uu的资源用于反馈SL数据传输的成功/失败。此外ACK/NACK反馈也会额外增加反馈时延,此时对于超可靠、低时延通信(ultra reliable&low latencycommunication,URLLC)业务是不利的,此时的ACK/NACK就没有意义。
因此,基于上述原因,本申请提出了一种HARQ反馈控制方法,能够自主配置SL HARQ反馈的开关。这里,SL HARQ反馈开关是指针对SL通信的HARQ反馈开关。SL HARQ反馈开关包括开或关两种状态,SL HARQ反馈开关为开即表明接收方终端在接收到SL数据后进行HARQ反馈,SL HARQ反馈开关为关即表明接收方终端在接收到SL数据后无需进行HARQ反馈。
关于SL HARQ反馈开关的配置方与被配置方,本申请提供了几种适用的应用场景,参见图3A-图3E五种,需要说明的是,除了图3A-图3E这几种场景以外,其他涉及终端与终端之间SL数据传输过程的SL HARQ配置的应用场景,本申请同样适用,此次不再赘述。
示例性的,图3A的场景为网络设备给UE(或UE组)配置HARQ配置信息,HARQ配置信息用于指示SL数据的HARQ反馈开关。可选的,该UE(或UE组)收到后可配置/重配/转发给其他UE(或UE组)或网络设备。例如,网络设备给UE1配置,UE1为UE2配置,或者,网络设备为UE1配置,UE1转发该配置给UE2。示例性的,网络设备可以是UE1的服务gNB/Cell/CN/MME/AMF/V2X CF/GW/RSU/OAM/APP server/第三方网元等。
图3B的场景为UE1给UE2配置HARQ配置信息,可选的UE2收到后可配置/重配/转发给其他UE(或UE组)或网络设备。例如,UE1为Tx UE、UE2为Rx UE,或者,UE1为Rx UE、UE2为Tx UE。示例性的,网络设备可以是UE2的服务gNB/Cell/CN/MME/AMF/V2X CF/GW/RSU/OAM/APP server/第三方网元等。
图3C的场景为UE1给UE组配置HARQ配置信息(针对组播、广播通信,可用单播/组播/广播信令发送配置),可选的组内的UE收到后可配置/重配/转发给其他UE(或UE组)或网络设备。组播/广播的情况下,SL HARQ反馈开关的被配置方的数量为多个。
图3D的场景为UE1给UE2配置HARQ配置信息,经过网络设备1和网络设备2转发至UE2。
图3E的场景为网络设备分别给UE1和UE2配置HARQ配置信息。例如,UE1为Tx UE、UE2为Rx UE,或者,UE1为Rx UE、UE2为Tx UE。图3E是以UE1和UE2位于同一网络设备下为例,若UE1和UE2分别位于不同的网络设备,则UE1和UE2各自连接的网络设备为其配置HARQ配置信息。
HARQ配置信息还可以是由配置方经过多个第三方设备转发至被配置方的。第三方设备可以包括除测量事件配置方/被配置方之外的所有其他实体。
需要说明的是,本申请中涉及的SL HARQ反馈的格式可以是物理层反馈的ACK(接收成功)或NACK(接收失败)。SL HARQ反馈的方式还可以是调度请求(scheduling request,SR),ACK有相应类型的SR,NACK也有相应类型的SR,可以根据SR的类型来区分反馈的具体是ACK还是NACK。SL HARQ反馈的方式还可以是缓存状态报告(bufferstatusreport,BSR),通过1比特指示来区分是ACK(接收成功)还是NACK(接收失败),还可以是物理随机接入信道(physical random access channel,PRACH),通过不同的时频域位置来区分是ACK(接收成功)还是NACK(接收失败)。SL HARQ反馈可以通过SL接口反馈给终端设备,也可以通过Uu口反馈给网络设备。SL HARQ反馈是指针对接收到的SL数据的反馈。
本申请中涉及的Uu HARQ反馈的格式可以是物理层反馈的ACK(接收成功)或NACK(接收失败)。Uu HARQ反馈的格式还可以是SR、BSR或PRACH。Uu HARQ反馈可以通过Uu口反馈给网络设备,也可以通过Uu口反馈给终端设备。Uu HARQ反馈是指针对接收到的Uu数据的反馈。
下面针对前述通信系统以及各种应用场景介绍本申请涉及的HARQ反馈控制方法的流程示意图,参见图4,该方法包括如下步骤S401-S403。以下进行详细说明。
S401:第一终端设备(UE1)获取第一HARQ配置信息。
S402:第一终端设备向第二终端设备(UE2)发送第一HARQ配置信息,第二终端设 备接收第一终端设备发送的第一HARQ配置信息,该第一HARQ配置信息包括指示第二终端设备针对SL数据是否进行HARQ反馈的第一指示信息。
S403:若第一指示信息指示第二终端设备针对SL数据进行HARQ反馈,则第二终端设备在接收到SL数据后,需要进行HARQ反馈。若第一指示信息指示第二终端设备针对SL数据不进行HARQ反馈,则第二终端设备在接收到SL数据后,不需要进行HARQ反馈。
也即是说,第一指示信息用于指示第二终端设备的SL HARQ反馈开关为开还是关,或者用于指示第二终端设备的SL HARQ反馈开关为启用还是关闭。若第一指示信息指示第二终端设备的SL HARQ反馈开关为开,则第二终端设备在接收到SL数据后,需要进行HARQ反馈。若第一指示信息指示第二终端设备的SL HARQ反馈开关为关,则第二终端设备在接收到SL数据后,不需要进行HARQ反馈。
可选的,本发明实施例适用于图3A所示应用场景,即网络设备为第二终端设备配置HARQ配置信息,第一终端设备进行转发。这种情况下,第一终端设备获取第一HARQ配置信息,具体为:网络设备将第一HARQ配置信息发送至第一终端设备,第一终端设备接收网络设备发送的第一HARQ配置信息,并将第一HARQ配置信息发送至第二终端设备。第一终端设备可以将第一HARQ配置信息携带在侧链控制信息(sidelinkcontrol information,SCI)中发送至第二终端设备。
可选的,本发明实施例同样适用于图3B所示应用场景,即第一终端设备为第二终端设备配置HARQ配置信息。这种情况下,第一终端设备获取第一HARQ配置信息,具体为:第一终端设备生成第一HARQ配置信息。第一终端设备可以将上述第一HARQ配置信息携带在SCI中发送至第二终端设备。
可选的,本发明实施例同样适用于图3C所示应用场景,即第一终端设备为多个第二终端设备(UE组)配置HARQ配置信息。这种情况下,第一终端设备获取第一HARQ配置信息,具体为:第一终端设备生成第一HARQ配置信息。
可选的,本发明实施例同样适用于图3D所示应用场景,即第一终端设备为第二终端设备配置HARQ配置信息,经过网络设备进行转发。这种情况下,第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送第一HARQ配置信息,具体为:第一终端设备将第一HARQ配置信息发送至网络设备,网络设备接收第一终端设备发送的第一HARQ配置信息,并将第一HARQ配置信息发送至第二终端设备。
可选的,上述第一指示信息可以通过1bit的字段来指示,例如,若字段数值为0,表明HARQ反馈开关为关,则第二终端设备在接收到SL数据后,不需要进行HARQ反馈,若字段数值为1,表明HARQ反馈开关为开,则第二终端设备在接收到SL数据后,需要进行HARQ反馈。
可选的,上述第二终端设备的SL HARQ反馈开关可以通过各种条件/粒度/场景/对象/情况来约束,即SL HARQ反馈开关可以增加适用条件/粒度/场景/对象/情况,针对特定的条件/粒度/场景/对象/情况,上述HARQ反馈开关才使用/适用/应用/有效。下面对各种适用的对象进行介绍。
例如,SL HARQ反馈开关适用的反馈接口可以包括SL接口或Uu空口。即如果第一 指示信息指示第二终端设备针对SL数据进行HARQ反馈,那么第二终端设备在接收到SL数据后,可以通过SL接口向Tx UE反馈HARQ,也可以通过Uu口直接向网络设备反馈HARQ,网络设备根据Rx UE反馈的HARQ确定是否为Tx UE分配重传数据的资源。SL HARQ反馈开关适用的反馈接口具体是SL接口还是Uu空口可以是第一终端设备或其他设备(例如网络设备)配置给第二终端设备的,也可以是协议预定义的。
可选的,SL HARQ反馈开关适用/针对的业务类型可以包括单播、组播或广播中的一种或多种,即SL数据包括单播、组播或广播中的一种或多种业务类型的数据时上述SL HARQ才适用。例如HARQ反馈开关适用的业务类型只针对单播业务,那么第二终端设备只针对单播业务类型的SL数据按照HARQ反馈开关进行HARQ反馈。又例如,HARQ反馈开关适用的业务类型包括组播和广播业务,那么第二终端设备只针对组播和广播业务类型的SL数据按照HARQ反馈开关进行HARQ反馈。HARQ反馈开关适用的业务类型具体是哪一种或者哪几种可以是第一终端设备或其他设备(例如网络设备)配置给第二终端设备的,也可以是协议预定义的。
可选的,SL HARQ反馈开关适用/针对的数据传输单元可以是MAC层的传输块(transport block,TB)和/或物理层的码块组(code block group,CBG)。也即是说,SL HARQ反馈开关应用/针对的协议层包括MAC层和/或物理层。MAC层的数据传输单元为TB,物理层的数据传输单元为CBG。例如SL HARQ反馈开关适用的数据传输单元为MAC层TB,那么第二终端设备针对SL上的TB数据包按照HARQ反馈开关进行HARQ反馈。又例如SL HARQ反馈开关应用的协议层为物理层的CBG,那么第二终端设备针对SL上的CBG数据包按照SL HARQ反馈开关进行HARQ反馈。HARQ反馈开关适用的数据传输单元具体是TB还是CBG可以是第一终端设备或其他设备(例如网络设备)配置给第二终端设备的,也可以是协议预定义的。
可选的,SL HARQ反馈开关适用/针对的资源分配模式包括免调度授权模式、动态调度模式、半静态调度模式或UE自主竞争模式。例如SL HARQ反馈开关适用的资源分配模式为动态调度模式,那么只有在第一终端设备(如Tx UE)为动态调度模式时,第二终端设备(如Rx UE)针对SL上传输的数据按照HARQ反馈开关进行HARQ反馈。SL HARQ反馈开关适用的资源分配模式,如基站调度模式、UE自主竞争模式、LTE mode3、LTE mode4、NR mode1或者NR mode2等标识可以携带在第一HARQ配置信息中,或者约定在协议中,以指示SL HARQ反馈开关具体适用/针对哪种资源分配模式。
可选的,SL HARQ反馈开关适用的情况还可以包括:SL数据为使用预设/指定/特定的无线接入网络(radio access network,RAN)传输的数据,那么第二终端设备针对接收到的采用该特定的RAN传输的数据按照HARQ反馈开关进行HARQ反馈。该特定的RAN包括但不限于4G或5G等。该特定RAN(或RAN list)的标识(ID)可以携带在第一HARQ配置信息中,或者约定在协议中。第二终端设备接收到使用该特定的RAN传输的SL数据时按照HARQ反馈开关进行HARQ反馈。
可选的,SL HARQ反馈开关适用的条件还可以包括:SL数据为使用预设/指定/特定的载波(carrier)/频率(frequency)传输的数据,那么第二终端设备针对接收到的采用该特定的载波/频率传输的数据按照HARQ反馈开关进行HARQ反馈。该特定载波/频率(或 carrier list、frequency list)的标识可以携带在第一HARQ配置信息中,或者约定在协议中。
可选的,SL HARQ反馈开关适用的条件还可以包括:第二终端设备位于预设/指定/特定的基站/小区。该特定基站/小区(或基站/小区list)的标识可以携带在第一HARQ配置信息中,或者约定在协议中。若第二终端设备位于预设/指定/特定的基站/小区,则第二终端设备针对SL数据按照HARQ反馈开关进行HARQ反馈。
可选的,SL HARQ反馈开关适用的条件还可以包括:第一终端设备位于预设/指定/特定的基站/小区。该特定基站/小区(或基站/小区list)的标识可以携带在第一HARQ配置信息中,或者约定在协议中。若第二终端设备位于预设/指定/特定的基站/小区,则第二终端设备针对SL数据按照HARQ反馈开关进行HARQ反馈。
可选的,SL HARQ反馈开关适用的条件还可以包括:第二终端设备与第一终端设备位于同一基站/小区。若第二终端设备与第一终端设备位于同一基站/小区,则第二终端设备针对SL数据按照HARQ反馈开关进行HARQ反馈。
可选的,SL HARQ反馈开关适用的条件还可以包括:第一终端设备为预设/指定/特定的源终端(针对第一终端设备为Tx UE,第二终端设备为Rx UE的情况)。该预设的源终端(或list)的标识可以携带在第一HARQ配置信息中,或者约定在协议中。若Tx UE为预设的源终端,则Rx UE针对Tx UE发送的SL数据按照HARQ反馈开关进行HARQ反馈。UE标识可以包括UE SL L2 Id/address、UE SL L1 Id/address、或小区无线网络临时标识(cell radio network temporary.identifier,C-RNTI)、或国际移动用户识别码(international mobile subscriber identification,IMSI)、或临时移动用户身份(temporary mobile subscriber identity,TMSI)。
可选的,SL HARQ反馈开关适用的条件还可以包括:第二终端设备为预设的目标终端(针对第一终端设备为Tx UE,第二终端设备为Rx UE的情况)。该预设的目标终端(或list)的标识可以携带在第一HARQ配置信息中,或者约定在协议中。若Rx UE为预设的目标终端,则Rx UE针对Tx UE发送的SL数据按照HARQ反馈开关进行HARQ反馈。UE标识可以包括UE SL L2 Id/address、UE SL L1 Id/address、或小区无线网络临时标识(cell radio network temporary.identifier,C-RNTI)、或国际移动用户识别码(international mobile subscriber identification,IMSI)、或临时移动用户身份(temporary mobile subscriber identity,TMSI)。
可选的,SL HARQ反馈开关适用的条件还可以包括:第二终端设备为预设的源终端(针对第一终端设备为Rx UE,第二终端设备为Tx UE的情况)。
可选的,SL HARQ反馈开关适用的条件还可以包括:第一终端设备为预设/指定/特定的目标终端(针对第一终端设备为Rx UE,第二终端设备为Tx UE的情况)。
可选的,SL HARQ反馈开关适用的条件还可以包括:第二终端设备为预设的组内包括的终端、SL数据为预设的服务(service)对应的数据、SL数据为满足预设的服务质量(quality of service,QoS)的数据、SL数据为使用预设的载波带宽部分(band width part,BWP)传输的数据、SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道组(logical channel group,LCG)传输的数据、SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道(logical channel,LCH)传输的数据、SL数据为使用预设的通信连接传输的数据、SL数据为使用预设的组连接传输的数据或SL数据为预设的HARQ 进程(一个或多个)对应的数据中的一种或多种。满足这些条件中的一种或多种时,第二终端设备针对第一终端设备发送的SL数据按照HARQ反馈开关进行HARQ反馈。SLHARQ反馈开关适用的条件具体包括上述哪一种或哪几种可以由第一终端设备配置,也可以预先在协议中定义,本发明实施例不作限定。上述预设的组(group)的标识、预设的service(或list)的标识、预设的QoS的标识、预设的BWP(list)标识、预设的LCG(list)标识、预设的LCH(list)标识、预设的通信连接标识(如connectionId(list))、预设的组连接标识(如group connection Id(list))、预设的HARQ进程的标识可以携带在第一HARQ配置信息中,或者约定在协议中。示例性的,上述QoS的标识可以包括近距通信数据包优先级(proseperpacket priority,PPPP)标识、近距通信数据包可靠性(proseperpacket reliability,PPPR)标识、服务质量流标识(QoSflowidentifier,QFI)、车通信服务质量标识(vechical QoS identifier,VQI)、5QI、QoS流(Flow)标识、PC5接口服务质量标识(PC5 QoS identifier,PQI)等标识。上述预设的组的标识可以是Group SL L2/L1 Id。
可选的,SL HARQ反馈开关可以是有条件的开关(条件开关),也可以是无条件的开关(非条件开关)。条件开关:即当满足一定启用条件时才应用该开关。无条件开关:配置即生效,无需再根据条件是否满足来开关。若为条件开关,则第一HARQ配置信息还包括启用条件信息,该启用条件信息用于指示SLHARQ反馈开关的启用条件。这种情况下,第二终端设备在SLHARQ反馈开关的启用条件满足时,针对SL数据启用HARQ反馈,在SLHARQ反馈开关的启用条件不满足时,针对SL数据不启用HARQ反馈。
可选的,SL HARQ反馈开关可显式指示,也可隐式指示。显式指示是指第一HARQ配置信息中会包括SL HARQ的开关指示,例如是开或关。若SL HARQ开关为开,则第一HARQ配置信息中还可以包括SL HARQ反馈开关的启用条件,满足启用条件时,第二终端设备针对SL数据启用HARQ反馈。隐式指示是指若第一HARQ配置信息中包括SLHARQ反馈开关的启用条件,则默认SL HARQ反馈开关为开,第一HARQ配置信息无需再通过字段来指示SL HARQ反馈开关为开,那么在满足反馈开关的启用条件时,第二终端设备针对SL数据启用HARQ反馈。又例如,若UE1给UE2的SCI中没有携带用于SLHARQ反馈的反馈资源,则可认为SL HARQ反馈开关为关,即不需要针对SL数据进行HARQ反馈。
可选的,上述启用条件信息包括预设测量指标高于、低于、不高于或者不低于预设门限和/或预设测量指标在或者不在预设值列表中。针对不同的测量指标,启用条件可以不同,门限值也可以不同。具体是上述多种启用条件中的哪一种可以通过第一HARQ配置信息指示,也可以通过协议预先定义。例如,若测量指标为信道忙比例(channel busy ratio,CBR),则启用条件可以是SL CBR<第一门限,若测量指标为参考信号接收功率(reference signal received power,RSRP),则启用条件可以为SL RSRP>第二门限,若测量指标为调制与编码策略(modulation and coding scheme,MCS),则启用条件可以为SL MCS值是否在预设list中。上述启用条件信息中可以包括测量指标、判断条件(高于预设门限、低于预设门限、不高于预设门限、不低于预设门限、在或者预设值列表不在预设值列表)以及预设门限/预设值列表。当然,也可以是通过协议定义好测量指标以及判断条件,则上述启用条件信息中只需要包括预设门限/预设值列表即可。或者,也可以是通过协议定义好测量指标,则上 述启用条件信息中只需要包括判断条件以及预设门限/预设值列表即可。上述启用条件信息还可以是预先定义在协议中,或由第一终端设备配置/转发至第二终端设备的。
可选的,上述预设测量指标对应的测量对象包括在SL所需测量的频点/资源池/载波带宽部分(bandwidth part,BWP)、在SL所需测量的参考信号及资源配置信息中的一种或多种。示例性的,上述参考信号包括同步信号块(synchronization signal block,SSB)、信道状态信息参考信号(channel state information reference signal,CSI-RS)、解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS)、相位跟踪参考信号(phase tracking reference signal,PTRS)或信道探测参考信号(sounding reference signal,SRS),资源配置信息包括时域、频域或空域的任意组合。
可选的,上述测量对象适用的条件/场景/粒度包括:第一终端设备处于免调度授权模式(即UE1处于NR mode1时,适用上述测量对象)、第一终端设备处于动态调度模式(即UE1处于动态调度模式,例如LTE mode3或NR mode1时,适用上述测量对象)、第一终端设备处于半静态调度模式(即UE1处于LTE mode3时,适用上述测量对象)、第一终端设备处于自主竞争模式(即UE1处于LTE mode4或NR mode2时,适用上述测量对象)、SL数据为使用预设的RAN传输的数据(即UE1与UE2采用预设的RAN传输SL数据时,适用上述测量对象)、SL数据为使用预设的载波传输的数据(即UE1与UE2采用预设的载波传输SL数据时,适用上述测量对象)、SL数据为使用预设的频率传输的数据(即UE1与UE2采用预设的频率传输SL数据时,适用上述测量对象)、第一终端设备位于预设的基站(即UE1位于预设的基站时,适用上述测量对象)、第一终端设备位于预设的小区(即UE1位于预设的小区时,适用上述测量对象)、第二终端设备位于预设的基站(即UE2位于预设的基站时,适用上述测量对象)、第二终端设备位于预设的小区(即UE2位于预设的小区时,适用上述测量对象)、第一终端设备和第二终端位于同一基站/小区(即UE1和UE2位于同一基站/小区时,适用上述测量对象)、第一终端设备为预设的源终端(即UE1为预设的终端时,适用上述测量对象)、第二终端设备为预设的目标终端(即UE2为预设的终端时,适用上述测量对象)、第二终端设备为预设的组内包括的终端(即UE2为预设组内包含的终端时,适用上述测量对象)、SL数据为预设的service对应的数据(即UE1与UE2传输预设的SL业务数据时,适用上述测量对象)、SL数据为满足预设的服务质量的数据(即UE1与UE2传输满足预设服务质量要求的SL数据时,适用上述测量对象)、SL数据为使用预设的BWP传输的数据(即UE1与UE2采用预设的BWP传输SL数据时,适用上述测量对象)、SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道组传输的数据(即UE1与UE2采用预设的逻辑信道组传输SL数据时,适用上述测量对象)、SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道传输的数据(即UE1与UE2采用预设的逻辑信道传输SL数据时,适用上述测量对象)、SL数据为使用预设的通信连接传输的数据(即UE1与UE2采用预设的通信连接传输SL数据时,适用上述测量对象)或SL数据为使用预设的组连接传输的数据(即UE1与UE2采用预设的组连接传输SL数据时,适用上述测量对象)。
可选的,上述预设测量指标包括SL接口对应的信道质量、SL接口对应的服务质量(quality of service,QoS)或SL接口对应的发送指标的任意一种或多种组合。示例性的,SL接口对应的信道质量包括CBR、RSRP、参考信号接收质量(reference signal received quality, RSRQ)、接收信号强度指示(received signal strength indicator,RSSI)、信道质量指示(channel quality indicator,CQI)、信道状态信息(channel state information,CSI)、多输入多输出(multipleinputmultipleoutput,MIMO)系统中的预编码矩阵指示(precoding matrix indicator,PMI)、MIMO系统中的秩指示(rank indicator,RI)或MIMO系统中的信道矩阵的秩(RANK)中的一项或多项。SL接口对应的QoS包括QoS目标、QoS需求或QoS值中的一项或多项。SL接口对应的发送指标包括传输速率、路径损耗(PathLoss)、功率余量报告(power headroom report,PHR)、时间提前量(timingadvance,TA)、MCS、功率Power或误块率(block error rate,BLER)中的一项或多项。QoS值包括时延latency、可靠性reliability、速率data rate/吞吐量throughput、通信距离range或有效载荷Payload。
例如,以Tx UE为Rx UE配置的SL HARQ反馈开关的粒度具体为业务类型为例,第一HARQ配置信息可以配置为:SL单播TB HARQ开关:非条件开关,开;SL单播CBGHARQ开关:非条件开关,关;SL组播TB HARQ开关:条件开关,条件为CBR<Thr时开;SL组播CBG HARQ开关:非条件开关,开。Rx UE在收到上述配置信息后,可理解为SL链路上所有的单播连接的TB HARQ开关:非条件开关、始终打开(即需要反馈);SL链路上所有的单播连接的CBG HARQ开关:非条件开关、始终关闭;SL链路上所有组播连接的TB HARQ开关:条件开关,仅当该Rx UE测量CBR满足{CBR<Thr}时打开;SL链路上所有组播连接的TB HARQ开关:非条件开关,始终打开。
又例如,以Tx UE为Rx UE配置的SL HARQ反馈开关的粒度具体为SL单播/组播连接为例,第一HARQ配置信息可以配置为:SL单播Unicast connection Id=1的TBHARQ开关:非条件开关,开;CBG HARQ开关:非条件开关,关;SL组播Groupcast GroupId=2的TB HARQ开关:条件开关,条件{CBR<Thr}时开;CBG HARQ开关:非条件开关,开。Rx UE在收到上述配置信息后,可理解为连接标识为1的该SL单播连接(其余单播连接不适用)的TB HARQ开关:非条件开关、始终打开(即需要反馈);连接标识为1的该SL单播连接的CBG HARQ开关:非条件开关、始终关闭;针对组标识为2的该SL组播通信(其余组播通信不适用)的TB HARQ开关:条件开关,仅当该Rx UE测量CBR满足{CBR<Thr}时打开;针对组标识为2的该SL组播通信的CBG HARQ开关:非条件开关,始终打开。
可选的,第一终端设备为Tx UE,第二终端设备为Rx UE。或者,第一终端设备为RxUE,第二终端设备为Tx UE。或者,第一终端设备为UE1,第二终端设备为UE2。或者,第一终端设备为UE1,第二终端设备为group UEs。
单播的情况下,SL HARQ反馈开关的被配置方的数量为一个。
组播/广播的情况下,SL HARQ反馈开关的被配置方的数量为多个。
可选的,上述SL HARQ反馈开关的配置信息可以通过高层信令或底层信令中的一种进行发送/转发。这种情况可配置一段时间/周期内的SL HARQ反馈开关,截止到下一次通过信令重配/修改/释放等前一直应用该配置。示例性的,若上述SL HARQ反馈开关的配置信息是UE1发送/转发给UE2的,则信令可以包括PC5接口信令(PC5 Signaling,PC5-S)信令、无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)信令、系统信息块(system information block,SIB)信令、服务数据适配层(service data adaptation protocol,SDAP)信令、包数据汇聚 协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)信令、无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)信令、SCI信令、MAC(MAC控制单元(control element,CE))信令等。若上述HARQ反馈开关的配置信息是基站发送/转发给UE的,则信令可以包括NAS信令、RRC信令、SIB信令、SDAP信令、PDCP信令、RLC信令、MAC(MAC CE)信令、DCI信令等。
可选的,上述SL HARQ反馈开关的配置信息可以通过各层信令的组合发送的。例如通过一条信令进行SL HARQ反馈开关的配置,通过另一条信令(去)激活该开关配置,例如通过RRC配置+MAC/DCI(去)激活。这种情况下,UE在接收到RRC信令携带的SL HARQ反馈开关的配置信息后不应用,需要等待接收到激活信令后才应用该SL HARQ反馈开关的配置。
可选的,上述SL HARQ反馈开关的配置信息可以采用单播/组播/广播的任意一种或多种方式来发送。
可选的,当UE2接收到UE1发送的HARQ配置信息后,可以向UE1发送响应消息,该响应消息可以指示配置成功、失败/拒绝,或者部分成功/失败/拒绝以及具体成功/失败/拒绝原因)。可选的,该响应消息可以通过直连链路发送,也可通过转发方式发送。可选的,该响应可以是针对配置的响应,也可以是针对(去)激活消息的响应。
可选的,针对UE1给UE2配置SL HARQ反馈开关的场景,UE2状态可以是:Connected/Active连接态、idle态(空闲态)、Inactive态、无覆盖(out of coverage,OOC)态等。且上述涉及到多个UE实体时,每个UE的状态可任何组合。针对网络设备给UE配置SL HARQ反馈开关的场景,UE是Active态。
可选的,若第二终端设备的SL HARQ反馈开关为条件开关,则在SL HARQ反馈开关的状态发生变更时(例如SL HARQ反馈开关由开变更为关,或者由关变更为开),第二终端设备向第一终端设备发送变更指示信息,第一终端设备接收第二终端设备发送的变更指示信息,该变更指示信息用于指示第二终端设备是否进行SL HARQ反馈。以便第一终端设备获知对端的第二终端设备是否会进行SL HARQ反馈。可选的,第一终端设备还可以将该SL HARQ反馈状态发生变更的事件通知给网络设备。例如SL HARQ反馈开关的条件由满足切换为不满足(即SL HARQ反馈开关由开变为关),则第二终端设备向第一终端设备发送变更指示信息,该变更指示信息指示SL HARQ反馈开关的条件不满足,第一终端设备收到该变更指示信息后,获知第二终端设备不进行SL HARQ反馈,则第二终端设备不需要向基站请求分配第一终端设备的SL HARQ反馈资源,并且第二终端设备也不需要等待接收第一终端设备的ACK/NACK,也不需要根据第一终端设备反馈的ACK/NACK来决定是否重传。例如,若第一终端设备的SL HARQ反馈开关由开变更为关且没有通知给第二终端设备,则第二终端设备一直等待接收第二终端设备反馈的ACK,在没有接收到第二终端设备的ACK第二终端设备会一直向第一终端设备重传数据,导致传输资源浪费。
若SL HARQ反馈开关的条件由不满足切换为满足(即SL HARQ反馈开关由关变为开),则第二终端设备向第一终端设备发送变更指示信息,该变更指示信息指示SL HARQ反馈开关的条件满足,第一终端设备收到该变更指示信息后,获知第二终端设备会进行SL HARQ反馈,则需要重新向基站请求第二终端设备的SL HARQ的反馈资源。或者,若第二终端设 备的SL HARQ反馈开关为条件开关,则在SL HARQ反馈开关的状态发生变更时(例如SL HARQ反馈开关由开变更为关,或者由关变更为开),第二终端设备向网络设备发送变更指示信息,网络设备接收第二终端设备发送的变更指示信息,该变更指示信息用于指示第二终端设备是否进行SL HARQ反馈。便于网络设备确认是否需要为第二终端设备配置SL HARQ反馈资源。参见图5,是以第二终端设备的SL HARQ反馈开关的状态发生变更时,第二终端设备通知给第一终端设备的示意图。在步骤S403后,还包括:S404:在SL HARQ反馈开关发生变更时,发送变更指示信息,该变更指示信息用于指示第二终端设备的SL HARQ反馈开关由开变为关或由关变为开。
可选的,上述第一HARQ配置信息可以是第一终端设备根据第二HARQ配置信息重配的,该第二HARQ配置信息是网络设备为第一终端设备配置的,第二HARQ配置信息包括指示第一终端设备针对SL数据是否进行HARQ反馈的第二指示信息。若第二指示信息指示第一终端设备针对SL数据进行HARQ反馈(或HARQ反馈开关为开,或HARQ反馈开关为启用),则第一终端设备为第二终端设备配置的HARQ反馈开关也可以是开,若第二指示信息指示第一终端设备针对SL数据不进行HARQ反馈(或HARQ反馈开关为关,或HARQ反馈开关为关闭),则第一终端设备为第二终端设备配置的HARQ反馈开关也可以是关。
可选的,该第二指示信息指示的第一终端设备的SL HARQ反馈开关的各种条件/粒度/场景/对象/情况可以参考前述第一指示信息指示的第二终端设备的SL HARQ反馈开关的各种条件/粒度/场景/对象/情况,此次不再赘述。
可选的,上述第二HARQ配置信息还可以包括用于指示第一终端设备是否将第二终端设备反馈的SL HARQ通过Uu口反馈至网络设备的第三指示信息。例如针对UE1是基站调度模式mode1时,若基站采用动态调度模式,UE1每次发送SL数据都要首先向基站请求SL Grant,UE1给UE2发送SL数据后会等UE2的SL上的HARQ反馈,以此来判断SL数据接收是否成功,若UE2反馈NACK,则UE1收到UE2的NACK后,也需要通过Uu UL HARQ反馈同步告知给其服务基站,然后基站给UE1分配重传资源。若第三指示信息指示第一终端设备接收到第二终端设备发送的SL HARQ反馈后,需向基站反馈,则第一终端设备接收到第二终端设备发送的SL HARQ反馈后,通过Uu口向基站反馈SL HARQ的反馈结果。若UE1是免调度模式,UE1接收到UE2的HARQ反馈后,UE1通过Uu UL反馈给其服务基站,服务基站可选的可以根据UE1的反馈决定是否重配UE1的资源分配模式。
针对SL HARQ也需要通过Uu口反馈给基站的场景,SL HARQ和Uu SLHARQ次数的映射关系可以是:1:1、N:1、1:N或者M:N。这种情况下,网络设备还需要配置SL HARQ和Uu SL HARQ的时频域关系配置,例如SL HARQ和Uu SL HARQ次数的映射关系为1:1时,网络设备还需要配置Uu SL HARQ反馈的是与哪次SL HARQ对应的,对应关系可通过时/频/码/空域的组合唯一指示。如果SL HARQ和Uu SL HARQ次数的映射关系为M:N时,则网络设备还需要配置Uu SL HARQ反馈的哪几次是与SL HARQ反馈的哪几次对应以及如何对应,对应关系可通过时/频/码/空域的组合唯一指示。这里,SL HARQ是指UE2针对UE1发送的SL数据的HARQ反馈,Uu SL HARQ是指UE1在接收到UE2针对SL数据反馈的HARQ后,通过Uu口向基站反馈SL HARQ的反馈结果。Uu SL HARQ是为与 Uu HARQ进行区别,下述实施例中涉及的Uu HARQ反馈开关是指UE针对网络设备下发的Uu数据是否进行反馈。
例如,以基站为UE1同时配置Uu SL HARQ和SL HARQ反馈开关为例,基站的配置可以是:Uu SL HARQ反馈开关:非条件开关,开;Uu SL HARQ反馈的ACK/NACK/SR/BSR/PRACH的位置1{时域信息1、频域信息1、码域信息1、空域信息1};SLHARQ反馈开关:非条件开关,开;SL HARQ反馈的ACK/NACK/SR/BSR/PRACH的位置2{时域信息2、频域信息2、码域信息2、空域信息2};Uu SL HARQ和SL HARQ次数关系:{Uu SL HARQ/SL HARQ}=1:1;Uu SL HARQ和SL HARQ映射关系{位置1,位置2}。UE1在收到上述配置后,可理解为:SL的HARQ开关为非条件开关、始终打开(即需要反馈);该UE1作为Tx UE上发送数据时,收到Rx UE的HARQ反馈后,需要反馈给基站;Uu SL HARQ和SL HARQ的映射关系:次数比例=1:1,位置关系是:Uu SL HARQ位置=位置1,SL HARQ的位置=位置2,位置1用于Rx UE反馈SL HARQ,Tx UE收到Rx UE反馈的SL HARQ后,在位置2上向基站反馈的Rx UE的反馈结果。
仍以基站给UE1配置HARQ反馈开关为例进行说明,UE1在接收到基站的配置后,需要应用该配置,示例性的:
UE1的NAS/PC5-S/RRC/SDAP/PDCP/RLC/MAC/PHY层在收到配置后,转发给UE1内的其他NAS/PC5-S/RRC/SDAP/PDCP/RLC/MAC/PHY各层。具体各层在收到HARQ反馈开关配置后的处理用途举例,包括但不限于:
NAS/PC5-S/RRC/SDAP/PDCP/RLC各层:转发/配置/重配/(去)激活该TB级配置及其应用条件(包含上述粒度、指标、条件、条件门限、HARQ开关/条件开关等)给UE2。
MAC层:针对是否进行TB HARQ的开关,若打开,则该UE1判断上述开关粒度,若满足对应粒度,则针对粒度1:若配置为Uu HARQ(即针对Uu口传输的数据)反馈开关,则对Uu数据应用;若配置为SL HARQ反馈开关,则对SL数据应用;若同时配置UuSL HARQ和SL HARQ的次数映射关系和时频空域映射关系,则同时应用,即在接收到SL数据需要进行反馈,同时若接收到其他终端反馈的SL HARQ后需要反馈给基站;针对粒度2:若配置为Uu DL HARQ反馈开关,则对Uu DL数据应用;若配置为Uu UL HARQ反馈开关,则对Uu UL数据应用,若同时配置,则同时应用;针对粒度3:若配置为动态调度模式Dynamic Grant的开关,则对动态调度模式传输的数据应用;若配置为免调度授权模式Configed Grant/Grant Free开关,则对Configed Grant/Grant Free传输的数据应用;若同时配置,则同时应用;针对粒度4:若配置了TB级HARQ反馈打开,则进行TB级HARQ反馈,否则关闭;针对粒度5:若配置的粒度为发送数据时应用,在后续发送数据时,可以指示数据接收方进行是否反馈,若配置的粒度为接收数据时应用,在后续接收数据时,自主进行TB级反馈,若同时配置,则同时应用;针对粒度6:若配置了对应粒度,则在对应粒度上进行应用,转发/配置/重配/(去)激活该TB级配置给UE2,通过MAC CE、MAC header、MAC data等方式配置/(去)激活。
若该UE1是基站调度模式(LTE SL mode3,NR SL mode1),在向基站请求调度资源BSR report/上报业务模型Traffic model时,可指示当前HARQ开关状态;对应的,基站在给该UE分配调度资源(可以是动态资源Dynamic Grant,或Configed Grant/Grant Free/SPS资源 等)中可携带/不携带Uu和/或SL HARQ反馈资源;若该UE是自主竞争模式(LTE SL mode4,NR SL mode2),则属于UE内部处理。
PHY层:针对是否进行CBG HARQ的开关,若打开,则该UE判断上述开关粒度,若满足对应粒度,则针对粒度1:若配置为Uu HARQ开关,则对Uu数据应用;若配置为SL HARQ开关,则对SL数据应用;若同时配置UuSL HARQ和SL HARQ的次数映射关系和时频空域映射关系,则同时应用;针对粒度2:若配置为Uu DL HARQ反馈开关,则对Uu DL数据应用;若配置为Uu UL HARQ反馈开关,则对Uu UL数据应用,若同时配置,则同时应用;针对粒度3:若配置为动态调度模式的开关,则对动态调度模式传输的数据应用;若配置为免调度授权模式Configed Grant/Grant Free开关,则对Configed Grant/Grant Free传输的数据应用;若同时配置,则同时应用;针对粒度4:若配置了CBG级HARQ反馈打开,则进行CBG级HARQ反馈,否则关闭;针对粒度5:若配置的粒度为发送数据时应用,在后续发送数据时,可以指示数据接收方进行是否反馈,若配置的粒度为接收数据时应用,在后续接收数据时,自主进行TB级反馈,若同时配置,则同时应用;针对粒度6:若配置了对应粒度,则在对应粒度上进行应用,转发/配置/重配/(去)激活该CBG级配置给UE2,通过DCI、UCI、SCI、Data等方式配置/(去)激活。
可选的,参见图6,是本发明实施例提供的一种基于测量报告进行SL HARQ开关配置的示意图。第二终端设备的SL HARQ反馈开关可以是基于第二终端设备上报的测量报告确定的。示例性的,第一终端设备获取第一HARQ配置信息之前,还包括:S405:第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送测量事件的测量配置信息,第二终端设备接收第一终端设备发送的测量事件的测量配置信息,该测量配置信息包括至少一个测量对象以及测量事件对应的上报配置要求;S406:第二终端设备测量至少一个测量对象,得到第一测量值。S407:在第一测量值满足上报配置要求中的至少一项时,第二终端设备向第一终端设备发送测量事件的测量报告,第一终端设备接收第二终端设备向第一终端设备发送测量事件的测量报告。则上述步骤S401中的第一终端设备获取第一HARQ配置信息具体为:第一终端设备根据该测量报告生成第一HARQ配置信息。该实施例是以第一终端设备为第二终端设备配置测量以及配置HARQ反馈开关为例进行的说明,在其他可选的实施例中,配置测量的设备与配置HARQ反馈开关的设备可以是同一个,也可以不是同一个。
例如,网络设备为第二终端设备配置测量,并通过第一终端设备发送至第二终端设备,第二终端设备将测量报告反馈给第一终端设备,第一终端设备为第二终端设备配置HARQ反馈开关。又例如,UE1的服务基站是gNB1,UE2的服务基站是gNB2,UE1和UE2之间进行SL通信。gNB1给UE1进行测量配置,UE1将配置转发/重配给UE2。UE2在测量并满足上报条件后,可给UE1上报测量报告,也可给gNB2上报测量报告,gNB2再通过基站间X2/Xn接口直接传给gNB或通过CN网元/AMF网元/V2X CF网元/OAM网元等中转的方式发送给gNB1。又例如,针对组通信,组内UE(或第三方)触发配置请求给Leader UE,Leader UE(或任意member UE)按需给部分组内用户配置测量。被配置方执行测量,当满足上报条件后,被配置方上报测量报告。
例如,以第一终端设备为第二终端设备配置HARQ反馈开关为例,若测量报告满足HARQ反馈开关启用条件,则第一终端设备为第二终端设备配置HARQ反馈开关为开,若 测量报告不满足HARQ反馈开关启用条件,则第一终端设备为第二终端设备配置HARQ反馈开关为关。
示例性的,上述测量配置信息中包括的测量对象包括在SL要测量的频点/资源池/BWP、以及在SL要测量的参考信号,如SL SSB/SL CSI-RS、SL DMRS、SL PTRS或SL SRS等参考信号及配置信息(如时域、频域、空域)。
上述测量事件包含Ax同频测量事件、Bx异频/异系统测量事件以及SL接口测量事件Vx。可选的,测量配置信息中还可以包括测量报告的上报方式,例如测量报告的上报可以是事件触发上报、周期触发上报或事件转周期上报。可选的,测量配置信息中还可以包括测量报告的最大上报次数、上报间隔等或任意组合。
可选的,上述测量事件对应的测量指标可以包括:CBR、RSRP、RSRQ、RSSI、CQI、CSI、MIMO中的PMI/RI/RANK、QoS目标/需求/实际QoS值(如latency时延、reliability可靠性、速率data rate/throughput、通信距离range、Payload、Tx rate(Message/Sec)等)、PathLoss、PHR、TA、MCS、Power、BLER等Uu类似指标或任何组合。
上述测量事件对应的上报配置要求是指测量报告上报的条件,即在第一测量值满足测量事件对应的上报配置要求时,上报测量报告。测量事件对应的上报配置要求例如可以是CBR<Thr1或QoS>Thr2或latency>Thr或QoS<Thr等等。
可选的,上述测量事件适用的条件/粒度/情况包括:第一终端设备处于免调度授权模式(即第一终端设备处于免调度授权模式时适用上述测量事件)、第一终端设备处于动态调度模式(即第一终端设备处于动态模式时适用上述测量事件)、SL数据为使用预设的无线接入技术传输的数据(即第一终端设备采用预设的RAN向第二终端设备传输SL数据时适用上述测量事件)、SL数据为使用预设的载波传输的数据(即第一终端设备采用预设的载波向第二终端设备传输SL数据时适用上述测量事件)、SL数据为使用预设的频率传输的数据(即第一终端设备采用预设的频率向第二终端设备传输SL数据时适用上述测量事件)、第二终端设备位于预设的基站(即第二终端设备位于预设的基站时适用上述测量事件)、第二终端设备位于预设的小区(即第二终端设备位于预设的小区时适用上述测量事件)、第一终端设备为预设的源终端(即第一终端设备为预设的源终端时适用上述测量事件)、第二终端设备为预设的目标终端(即第二终端设备为预设的目标终端时适用上述测量事件)、第二终端设备为预设的组内包括的终端(即第二终端设备为预设的组内包括的终端时适用上述测量事件)、SL数据为预设的service对应的数据(即第一终端设备向第二终端设备传输预设业务的SL数据时适用上述测量件)、SL数据为满足预设的服务质量的数据(即第一终端设备向第二终端设备传输满足预设服务质量的SL数据时适用上述测量事件)、SL数据为使用预设的载波带宽部分BWP传输的数据(即第一终端设备采用预设的BWP向第二终端设备传输SL数据时适用上述测量事件)、SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道组传输的数据(即第一终端设备采用预设的逻辑信道组向第二终端设备传输SL数据时适用上述测量事件)、SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道传输的数据(即第一终端设备采用预设的逻辑信道向第二终端设备传输SL数据时适用上述测量事件)、SL数据为使用预设的通信连接传输的数据(即第一终端设备采用预设的通信连接向第二终端设备传输SL数据时适用上述测量事件)、SL数据为使用预设的组连接传输的数据(即第一终端设备采用预设的组连接向第二终端设备传输 SL数据时适用上述测量事件)中的一种或多种。上述预设RAN、预设的载波、预设的频率、预设的基站、预设的小区、预设的终端等的标识可以是第一终端设备配置给第二终端设备的,也可以是协议定义的,本发明实施例对此不进行限定。示例性的,UE标识可以包括UE SL L2 Id/address、UE SL L1 Id/address、或小区无线网络临时标识(cell radio network temporary.identifier,C-RNTI)、或国际移动用户识别码(international mobile subscriber identification,IMSI)、或临时移动用户身份(temporary mobile subscriber identity,TMSI)。
以一次基于CSI-RS的测量配置为例来说明,针对某个组通信中,UE1给组内所有/部分其他用户(例如UE2、UE3和UE4)配置测量,假设为测量事件1。示例性的测量事件1对应的测量对象配置的为测量参考信号的配置,包括时频空域信息。测量事件1对应的上报配置要求配置的为当测量的SL CSI-RS>Thr1时认为满足上报条件,触发测量报告上报。测量事件1对应的测量报告的上报方式配置的是事件转周期、最大上报次数为10次、上报周期为10ms。当Rx UE(例如UE2)接收到该测量配置并测量SL CSI-RS的RSRP>Thr1,满足条件后上报测量事件1对应的测量报告。测量事件1对应的测量报告具体需要上报哪些信息也可以是UE1配置的。
又例如,以基于QoS的测量配置为例来说明,针对某个组通信中、UE1给组内所有/部分其他用户(例如UE2、UE3和UE4)测量配置,假设为测量事件2。示例性的测量事件2对应的测量指标为latency,测量事件2针对的粒度为serviceId=2对应的SL数据,测量事件2对应的上报条件是SL latency>3ms时触发上报。
又例如,UE1处于NR SL mode1连接态,此时UE1是基站调度模式,因此该UE的服务基站需要感知HARQ反馈开关是否启用,因此可以由该基站/小区给UE1配置测量,UE1可以把配置转发/配置/重配给UE2。由UE1/UE2将满足条件的测量报告上报给基站,并触发基站为UE1配置HARQ反馈开关(例如配置为开或关,或者,启用或关闭)。可选的UE1可将基站的配置结果转发/配置/重配给UE2。若当前配置为开,则基站在给UE1分配传输资源时就需要携带用于SL HARQ反馈的资源(如承载在PSFCH上)。若当前配置为关,则基站在给UE1分配传输资源时就不需要携带用于SL HARQ反馈的资源(如承载在PSFCH上)。这种情况下配置方是基站,接收方是UE1,若UE1需要转发/配置给UE2,则UE1是转发方/配置方,UE2是接收方。
可选的,下面针对上述测量配置的配置方、被配置方可能包括的实体进行介绍。第一种情况,以单播通信中的2个通信方以及包含所服务的基站为例,可能涉及到的设备包括:UE1、UE2、UE1的服务gNB、UE2的服务gNB。
测量事件的配置方/发送方可以包括:UE1、UE1的服务gNB/Cell/CN/MME/AMF/V2XCF/GW/RSU/OAM/APP server/第三方网元等。
测量事件的被配置方/接收方可以包括:UE2。
可选的,测量事件的配置还可以是由第三方设备转发给被配置方/接收方的,第三方设备可以包括除测量事件配置方/被配置方之外的所有其他实体。
同样的,测量报告的发送方是UE2。
测量报告的接收方可以包括:UE1、UE1的服务gNB/Cell/CN/MME/AMF/V2X CF/GW/RSU/OAM/APP server/第三方网元等。
上述测量配置/测量报告的接收等可以由UE1/UE1的服务gNB直接配置/发送给UE2,也可以是通过UE/gNB/Cell/RSU/CN/MME/AMF/V2X CF/SGW/RSU/OAM/APP server/第三方网元等中转的方式配置/发送的,本发明实施例对此不进行限定。测量报告的接收方可以是测量事件的配置方,也可以是任意第三方。
可选的,测量配置可以是配置方主动给被配置方配置的,也可以是先由被配置方发送配置请求给配置方,再由配置方进行配置,还可以是由第三方请求给配置方,再由配置方给被配置进行配置。
第二种情况,以组/广播通信为例,可能涉及到的实体/实体list包括:UE1、UE2(list)、及上述各种UE所对应的服务gNB/Cell/RSU/CN/MME/AMF/V2X CF/SGW/RSU/OAM/APP server/第三方网元等。
测量事件的配置方/发送方可以是:UE1、UE1的服务gNB/Cell/RSU/CN/MME/AMF/V2X CF/SGW/RSU/OAM/APP server/第三方网元等组合、以及各种实体list的任意组合。
测量事件的被配置方/接收方可以包括:UE2(list)。
可选的,测量事件的配置还可以是由第三方设备转发给被配置方/接收方的,第三方设备可以包括:除测量事件配置方/被配置方之外的所有其他实体或实体list。
测量报告的发送方可以是UE2(list)。
测量报告的接收方可以包括:UE1、UE1的服务gNB/Cell/RSU/CN/MME/AMF/V2X CF/SGW/RSU/OAM/APP server/第三方网元等组合、以及各种实体list的任意组合。
需要说明的是,上述仅仅对测量事件的配置方、测量事件的被配置方、测量报告的发送方以及测量报告的接收方各自涉及的实体设备的可能性进行了举例,在实际应用中,可以根据实际情况配置各个实体,例如,测量事件的配置方和测量报告的接收方为Tx UE,测量事件的被配置方和测量报告的发送方为Rx UE。Tx UE为Rx UE配置测量,Rx UE进行测量,在满足上报条件后,反馈测量报告给Tx UE,Tx UE基于Rx UE反馈的测量报告为Rx UE配置HARQ反馈开关。又例如,测量事件的配置方和测量报告的接收方为基站,测量事件的被配置方和测量报告的发送方为Rx UE。
可选的,上述测量配置信息可以通过高层信令或底层信令中的一种进行发送/转发。这种情况可配置一段时间/周期内的测量配置,截止到下一次通过信令重配/修改/释放等前一直应用该配置。示例性的,若上述测量配置信息是UE1发送/转发给UE2的,则高层信令可以包括PC5-S信令、RRC信令、SIB信令、SDAP信令、PDCP信令、RLC信令、MAC(MAC CE)信令等。若上述测量配置信息是基站发送/转发给UE的,则高层信令可以包括NAS信令、RRC信令、SIB信令、SDAP信令、PDCP信令、RLC信令、MAC(MAC CE)信令等。若上述测量配置信息是UE1发送/转发给UE2的,则底层信令包括MAC信令、SCI信令等。若上述测量配置信息是基站发送/转发给UE的,则底层信令包括MAC信令、DCI信令等。
可选的,上述测量配置信息可以通过各层信令的组合发送的。例如通过一条信令进行测量配置,通过另一条信令(去)激活该测量配置,例如通过RRC配置+MAC/DCI(去)激活。这种情况下,UE在接收到RRC信令携带的测量配置信息后不应用,需要等待接收到激活 信令后才应用该测量配置。
可选的,上述测量配置信息可以采用单播/组播/广播的任意一种或多种方式来发送。
可选的,当UE2接收到UE1发送的测量配置信息后,可以向UE1发送响应消息,该响应消息可以指示配置成功、失败/拒绝,或者部分成功/失败/拒绝以及具体成功/失败/拒绝原因)。可选的,该响应消息可以通过直连链路发送,也可通过转发方式发送。可选的,该响应可以是针对配置的响应,也可以是针对(去)激活消息的响应。
可选的,针对UE1给UE2配置测量的场景,UE2状态可以是:Connected/Active连接态、idle态、Inactive态、OOC(Out of Coverage)态等。且上述涉及到多个UE实体时、每个UE的状态可任何组合。针对网络设备给UE配置的场景,UE是Active态。
可选的,第二终端设备在接收到数据后,需要识别具体的数据是否是发送给自己的。例如Tx UE在给Rx UE配置SL HARQ反馈开关时限定粒度是Tx UE L2 Id=1和Rx UE L2Id=2,SL HARQ反馈开关为无条件TB HARQ为打开;在Rx UE应用该配置后,Rx UE的MAC在后续收到任何数据后,若传输数据(控制或用户面数据)中携带的SRC(source,源)Id=1和DST(destination,目的)Id=2,则Rx UE的MAC会认为是自己的数据,并根据本次实际接收情况来反馈ACK/NACK给Tx UE。SL L2/L1 Id/Address,Rx UE根据后续数传中SCI携带的Tx SL L2/L1 Id/Address和Rx UE自身的进行比对,来区分接收到的数据是否是发往自己的数据。
实施本发明实施例,终端设备能够实现自适应SL HARQ开关的配置/应用,使得SLHARQ反馈更加灵活,能够满足多方面的需求,如高负载时不启用SL HARQ可降低负载,如低时延业务不启用SL HARQ利于降低负载同时不影响传输效率,针对低可靠性的业务仅通过盲重传就可达到QoS需求也可减少SL HARQ资源占用等。
上述实施例是以第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送SL HARQ反馈开关配置(具体可以是第一终端设备为第二终端设备配置SL HARQ反馈开关,也可以是第一终端设备将网络设备为第二终端设备配置的SL HARQ反馈开关配置信息转发至第二终端设备)为例进行的说明,在其他可选的实现方式中,网络设备可以直接为终端设备配置SL HARQ反馈开关,而无需其他设备进行转发。参见图7,是本发明实施例提供的另一种HARQ反馈控制方式,该方法可以包括如下步骤。
S501:网络设备获取HARQ配置信息。
S502:网络设备向终端设备发送HARQ配置信息,终端设备接收网络设备发送的HARQ配置信息,该HARQ配置信息包括指示该终端设备针对SL数据是否进行HARQ反馈的指示信息。
S503:若该指示信息指示终端设备针对SL数据进行HARQ反馈,则终端设备在接收到SL数据后,需要进行HARQ反馈。若该指示信息指示终端设备针对SL数据不进行HARQ反馈,则终端设备在接收到SL数据后,不需要进行HARQ反馈。
可选的,本发明实施例适用于图3E所示应用场景,即网络设备直接为终端设备配置HARQ配置信息。网络设备可以为一个终端设备配置SL HARQ反馈开关,也可以为个终端设备(例如Tx UE和Rx UE,或者组内的所有UE)分别配置SL HARQ反馈开关。这种 情况下,网络设备获取HARQ配置信息具体为:网络设备生成HARQ配置信息。
可选的,本发明实施例同样适用于图3D所示应用场景,即第一终端设备为第二终端设备配置HARQ配置信息,经过网络设备进行转发。这种情况下,网络设备向终端设备发送HARQ配置信息,具体为:网络设备接收另一网络设备发送的HARQ配置信息,并将HARQ配置信息发送至第二终端设备。
可选的,网络设备可以将HARQ配置信息携带在NAS信令、RRC信令、SIB信令、SDAP信令、PDCP信令、RLC信令、MAC(MAC CE)信令、DCI等信令中发送至终端设备。
可选的,上述终端设备的SL HARQ反馈开关可以通过各种条件/粒度/场景/对象/情况来约束,该条件/粒度/场景/对象/情况可以参考前述图4所示实施例中的第二终端设备的SLHARQ反馈开关的条件/粒度/场景/对象/情况的相关描述,此次不再赘述。
可选的,终端设备的SL HARQ反馈开关可以是有条件的开关(条件开关),也可以是无条件的开关(非条件开关)。条件开关:即当满足一定条件时才应用该开关。无条件开关:配置即生效,无需再根据条件是否满足来开关。若为条件开关,则第一HARQ配置信息还包括启用条件信息,该启用条件信息用于指示SLHARQ反馈开关的条件。这种情况下,终端设备在SLHARQ反馈开关的条件满足时,针对SL数据启用HARQ反馈。
关于终端设备的SL HARQ反馈开关的启用条件可以参考前述图4所示实施例中的第二终端设备的SL HARQ反馈开关的启用条件,此次不再赘述。
可选的,若终端设备的SL HARQ反馈开关为条件开关,则在SL HARQ反馈开关的状态发生变更时(例如SL HARQ反馈开关由开变更为关,或者由关变更为开),终端设备向其SL对端的终端设备发送变更指示信息,对端的终端设备接收第二终端设备发送的变更指示信息,该变更指示信息用于指示第二终端设备是否进行SL HARQ反馈。可选的,其SL通信对端的终端设备还可以将该SL HARQ反馈状态发生变更的事件通知给网络设备。例如SL HARQ反馈开关的条件由满足切换为不满足(即SL HARQ反馈开关由开变为关),则Rx UE可以向SL对端的终端设备(例如Tx UE)发送指示信息,该指示信息指示SL HARQ反馈开关的条件不满足,对端的Tx UE则不需要重新向基站请求SL HARQ的反馈资源。SL HARQ反馈开关的条件由不满足切换为满足(即SL HARQ反馈开关由关变为开),则Rx UE向SL对端的终端设备(例如Tx UE)发送指示信息,该指示信息指示SL HARQ反馈开关的条件满足,对端的Tx UE则需要重新向基站请求SL HARQ的反馈资源。Tx UE在接收到Rx UE发送的SL HARQ反馈开关变更的指示信息后,还可以上报给网络设备,便于网络设备确认是否需要向Rx UE配置SL HARQ反馈资源。
或者,若终端设备的SL HARQ反馈开关为条件开关,则在SL HARQ反馈开关的状态发生变更时(例如SL HARQ反馈开关由开变更为关,或者由关变更为开),终端设备向其SL网络设备发送变更指示信息,网络设备接收第二终端设备发送的变更指示信息,该变更指示信息用于指示第二终端设备是否进行SL HARQ反馈。例如SL HARQ反馈开关的条件由满足切换为不满足(即SL HARQ反馈开关由开变为关),则Rx UE可以向其服务基站发送指示信息,该指示信息指示SL HARQ反馈开关的条件不满足,服务基站则不需要重新为Rx UE分配SL HARQ的反馈资源。若SL HARQ反馈开关的条件由不满足切换为满足(即 SL HARQ反馈开关由关变为开),则Rx UE向其服务基站发送指示信息,该指示信息指示SL HARQ反馈开关的条件满足,服务基站则需要重新为Rx UE分配SL HARQ的反馈资源。
可选的,上述HARQ配置信息还可以包括用于指示终端设备是否将其他终端设备反馈的SL HARQ通过Uu口反馈至网络设备的指示信息。例如针对UE1是基站调度模式时,UE1每次发送SL数据都要首先向基站请求SL Grant,UE1给UE2发送SL数据后会等UE2的SL上的HARQ反馈,以此来判断SL数据接收是否成功,若UE2反馈NACK,则UE1收到UE2的NACK后,也需要通过Uu口反馈给其服务基站,然后基站给UE1分配重传资源。若指示信息指示UE1接收到其他终端设备发送的SL HARQ反馈后,需向基站反馈,则UE1接收到UE2发送的SL HARQ反馈后,通过Uu口向基站反馈SL HARQ的反馈结果。
可选的,终端设备在接收到数据后,需要识别具体的数据是否是发送给自己的。例如网络设备在给Rx UE配置SL HARQ反馈开关时限定粒度是Tx UE L2 Id=1和Rx UE L2Id=2,SL HARQ反馈开关为无条件TB HARQ为打开;在Rx UE应用该配置后,Rx UE的MAC在后续收到任何数据后,若传输数据(控制或用户面数据)中携带的SRC(source,源)Id=1和DST(destination,目的)Id=2,则Rx UE的MAC会认为是自己的数据,并根据本次实际接收情况来反馈ACK/NACK给Tx UE。SL L2/L1 Id/Address,Rx UE根据后续数传中SCI携带的Tx SL L2/L1 Id/Address和Rx UE自身的进行比对,来区分接收到的数据是否是发往自己的数据。
本发明实施例中未提及的其他内容可以一并参考前述图4所示方法实施例中的相关描述,此次不再赘述。
实施本发明实施例,网络设备可以直接为终端设备配置SL HARQ反馈开关,能够满足多方面的需求,如高负载时不启用SL HARQ可降低负载,如低时延业务不启用SL HARQ利于降低负载同时不影响传输效率,针对低可靠性的业务仅通过盲重传就可达到QoS需求也可减少SL HARQ资源占用等。
在其他可选的实现方式中,终端设备还可以直接为自己配置SL HARQ反馈开关,而无需依赖于其他设备。参见图8,是本发明实施例提供的另一种HARQ反馈控制方式,该方法可以包括如下过程。
S601:终端设备为其配置HARQ配置信息,该HARQ配置信息用于指示该终端设备针对SL数据是否进行HARQ反馈。
S602:若该HARQ配置信息指示终端设备的SL HARQ反馈开关为开,则终端设备在接收到SL数据后,需要进行HARQ反馈。若该HARQ配置信息指示终端设备的SL HARQ反馈开关为关,则终端设备在接收到SL数据后,不需要进行HARQ反馈。
可选的,本发明实施例适用于终端设备直接为自己配置SL HARQ反馈开关的场景。可选的,本发明实施例还适用于图3A、图3B所示应用场景,即UE1除了为UE2配置/重配/转发HARQ配置信息以外,UE1还可以为自身配置HARQ配置信息。
可选的,上述终端设备的SL HARQ反馈开关可以通过各种条件/粒度/场景/对象/情况来约束,该条件/粒度/场景/对象/情况可以参考前述图4所示实施例中的第二终端设备的SL  HARQ反馈开关的条件/粒度/场景/对象/情况的相关描述,此次不再赘述。
可选的,终端设备的HARQ反馈开关可以是基于其测量结果确定的。示例性的,终端设备为其配置HARQ配置信息之前,还包括:终端设备测量至少一个测量对象,得到测量事件的第一测量值。终端设备的HARQ反馈开关具体为:若第一测量值满足预设的SLHARQ反馈开关的启用条件,终端设备将自身的HARQ反馈开关配置为开,若第一测量值不满足预设的SLHARQ反馈开关的启用条件,终端设备将自身的HARQ反馈开关配置为关。
该预设的SLHARQ反馈开关的启用条件可以参考前述图4所示实施例中的相关描述,此次不再赘述。
示例性的,上述测量对象可以是预设的,例如可以包括在SL要测量的频点/资源池/BWP、以及在SL要测量的参考信号,如SL SSB/SL CSI-RS、SL DMRS、SL PTRS或SL SRS等参考信号及配置信息(如时域、频域、空域)。
上述测量事件包含Ax同频测量事件、Bx异频/异系统测量事件以及SL接口测量事件Vx。可选的,测量配置信息中还可以包括测量报告的上报方式,例如测量报告的上报可以是事件触发上报、周期触发上报或事件转周期上报。可选的,测量配置信息中还可以包括测量报告的最大上报次数、上报间隔等或任意组合。
可选的,上述测量事件对应的测量指标可以包括:CBR、RSRP、RSRQ、RSSI、CQI、CSI、MIMO中的PMI/RI/RANK、QoS目标/需求/实际QoS值(如latency时延、reliability可靠性、速率data rate/throughput、通信距离range、Payload、Tx rate(Message/Sec)等)、PathLoss、PHR、TA、MCS、Power、BLER等Uu类似指标或任何组合。
可选的,若终端设备的SL HARQ反馈开关的状态发生变更时(例如SL HARQ反馈开关由开变更为关,或者由关变更为开),终端设备向其SL对端的终端设备发送变更指示信息,对端的终端设备接收变更指示信息,该变更指示信息用于指示终端设备是否进行SLHARQ反馈。可选的,其SL通信对端的终端设备还可以将该SL HARQ反馈状态发生变更的事件通知给网络设备。例如SL HARQ反馈开关的条件由满足切换为不满足(即SL HARQ反馈开关由开变为关),则Rx UE可以向SL对端的终端设备(例如Tx UE)发送指示信息,该指示信息指示SL HARQ反馈开关的条件不满足,对端的Tx UE则不需要重新向基站请求SL HARQ的反馈资源。SL HARQ反馈开关的条件由不满足切换为满足(即SL HARQ反馈开关由关变为开),则Rx UE向SL对端的终端设备(例如Tx UE)发送指示信息,该指示信息指示SL HARQ反馈开关的条件满足,对端的Tx UE则需要重新向基站请求SL HARQ的反馈资源。Tx UE在接收到Rx UE发送的SL HARQ反馈开关变更的指示信息后,还可以上报给网络设备,便于网络设备确认是否需要向Rx UE配置SL HARQ反馈资源。
或者,若终端设备的SL HARQ反馈开关的状态发生变更时(例如SL HARQ反馈开关由开变更为关,或者由关变更为开),终端设备向其SL网络设备发送变更指示信息,网络设备接收终端设备发送的变更指示信息,该变更指示信息用于指示终端设备是否进行SL HARQ反馈。例如SL HARQ反馈开关的条件由满足切换为不满足(即SL HARQ反馈开关由开变为关),则Rx UE可以向其服务基站发送指示信息,该指示信息指示SL HARQ反馈开关的条件不满足,服务基站则不需要重新为Rx UE分配SL HARQ的反馈资源。若SLHARQ反馈开关的条件由不满足切换为满足(即SL HARQ反馈开关由关变为开),则Rx UE 向其服务基站发送指示信息,该指示信息指示SL HARQ反馈开关的条件满足,服务基站则需要重新为Rx UE分配SL HARQ的反馈资源。参见图9,是以UE1为自身配置SL HARQ反馈开关,并在SL HARQ反馈开关的状态发生变更时,通知给网络设备或者SL对端的UE2的示意图。
可选的,终端设备在接收到数据后,需要识别具体的数据是否是发送给自己的。例如Rx UE为自身配置SL HARQ反馈开关时限定粒度是Tx UE L2 Id=1和Rx UE L2 Id=2,SL HARQ反馈开关为无条件TB HARQ为打开;在Rx UE应用该配置后,Rx UE的MAC在后续收到任何数据后,若传输数据(控制或用户面数据)中携带的SRC(source,源)Id=1和DST(destination,目的)Id=2,则Rx UE的MAC会认为是自己的数据,并根据本次实际接收情况来反馈ACK/NACK给Tx UE。SL L2/L1 Id/Address,Rx UE根据后续数传中SCI携带的Tx SL L2/L1 Id/Address和Rx UE自身的进行比对,来区分接收到的数据是否是发往自己的数据。
本发明实施例中未提及的其他内容可以一并参考前述图4所示方法实施例中的相关描述,此次不再赘述。
可选的,前述实施例均是以为终端设备配置SL数据的HARQ反馈开关为例进行的说明,针对Uu口上传输的数据,也可以采用相同配置方式为终端设备配置Uu数据的HARQ反馈开关,参见图10,是本发明实施例提供的另一种HARQ反馈控制方式,该方法可以包括如下步骤。
S701:第一通信设备获取HARQ配置信息。
S702:第一通信设备向第二通信设备配置HARQ配置信息,第二通信设备接收第一通信设备发送的HARQ配置信息,该HARQ配置信息包括指示该第二通信设备针对Uu数据是否进行HARQ反馈的指示信息。
S703:若该指示信息指示第二通信设备针对Uu数据进行HARQ反馈,则第二通信设备在接收到Uu数据后,需要进行HARQ反馈。该指示信息指示第二通信设备针对Uu数据不进行HARQ反馈,则第二通信设备在接收到Uu数据后,不需要进行HARQ反馈。
也即是说,该指示信息用于指示第二通信设备的Uu HARQ反馈开关为开还是关,或者用于指示第二通信设备的UuHARQ反馈开关为启用还是关闭。若该指示信息指示第二通信设备的Uu HARQ反馈开关为开,则第二通信设备在接收到Uu数据后,需要进行HARQ反馈。若该指示信息指示第二通信设备的UuHARQ反馈开关为关,则第二通信设备在接收到Uu数据后,不需要进行HARQ反馈。HARQ配置信息可以是第一通信设备自己生成的,也可以是其他设备生成发送给第一通信设备的。
示例性的,第一通信设备为终端设备且第二通信设备为网络设备,或者,第一通信设备为网络设备且第二通信设备为终端设备,本发明实施例以第一通信设备为网络设备且第二通信设备为终端设备为例进行说明。若第一通信设备为网络设备且第二通信设备为终端设备,则可以理解为网络设备为终端设备配置Uu HARQ反馈开关,Uu HARQ反馈开关是指终端设备在接收到网络设备发送的DL数据后是否进行HARQ反馈。
本发明实施例可以应用于图11所示场景,即网络设备与终端设备进行通信的场景,网 络设备可以为一个或多个终端设备配置Uu HARQ反馈开关。可选的,本发明实施例还可以应用于图3A所示的SL场景,即网络设备可以为第一终端设备配置Uu HARQ反馈开关。Uu HARQ反馈开关是指终端设备接收到Uu数据后是否需要进行HARQ反馈。可选的,第一通信设备可以直接为第二通信设备配置,还可以是经由第三方设备转发给第二通信设备,本发明实施例对此不进行限定。
可选的,上述第二通信设备的Uu HARQ反馈开关可以通过各种条件/粒度/场景/对象/情况来约束,即Uu HARQ反馈开关可以增加适用条件/粒度/场景/对象/情况,针对特定的条件/粒度/场景/对象/情况,上述HARQ反馈开关才使用/适用/应用/有效。关于Uu HARQ反馈开关适用的条件/粒度/场景/对象/情况可以参考前述图4所示方法实施例中的SL HARQ反馈开关适用的条件/粒度/场景/对象/情况,此次不再赘述。除此之外,Uu HARQ反馈开关的适用粒度还可以是上行数据、下行数据、上行数据+下行数据。例如,若Uu HARQ反馈开关的适用粒度是上行数据,则网络设备在接收到终端设备发送的上行数据后,需要进行HARQ反馈。若Uu HARQ反馈开关的适用粒度是下行数据,则终端设备在接收到网络设备发送的下行数据后,需要进行HARQ反馈。若Uu HARQ反馈开关的适用粒度是上行数据+下行数据,则网络设备在接收到终端设备发送的上行数据后,需要进行HARQ反馈,并且终端设备在接收到网络设备发送的下行数据后,需要进行HARQ反馈。Uu HARQ反馈开关的适用粒度还可以是发送数据时应用,或者接收数据时应用,或者均应用。例如,若Uu HARQ反馈开关的适用粒度是接收数据时应用,则网络设备在接收到终端设备发送的上行数据后,需要进行HARQ反馈。
可选的,Uu HARQ反馈开关可以是有条件的开关(条件开关),也可以是无条件的开关(非条件开关)。条件开关:即当满足一定启用条件时才应用该开关。无条件开关:配置即生效,无需再根据条件是否满足来开关。若为条件开关,则HARQ配置信息还包括启用条件信息,该启用条件信息用于指示UuHARQ反馈开关的启用条件。这种情况下,第二通信设备在UuHARQ反馈开关的启用条件满足时,针对Uu数据启用HARQ反馈,在UuHARQ反馈开关的启用条件不满足时,针对Uu数据不启用HARQ反馈。关于UuHARQ反馈开关的启用条件的相关描述可以参考前述图4所示实施例中SL HARQ反馈开关的启用条件,区别在于测量的指标是Uu口的指标,其他类似,此次不再赘述。
可选的,若终端设备的Uu HARQ反馈开关为条件开关,则在Uu HARQ反馈开关的状态发生变更时(例如Uu HARQ反馈开关由开变更为关,或者由关变更为开),终端设备向网络设备发送变更指示信息,网络设备接收终端设备发送的变更指示信息,该变更指示信息用于指示终端设备是否进行Uu HARQ反馈。以便网络设备获知终端设备是否会进行Uu HARQ反馈。例如Uu HARQ反馈开关的条件由满足切换为不满足(即Uu HARQ反馈开关由开变为关),则网络设备向终端设备发送变更指示信息,该变更指示信息指示Uu HARQ反馈开关的条件不满足,网络设备收到该变更指示信息后,获知终端设备不进行Uu HARQ反馈,则不需要重新为终端设备分配Uu HARQ的反馈资源。若Uu HARQ反馈开关的条件由不满足切换为满足(即Uu HARQ反馈开关由关变为开),则终端设备向网络设备发送变更指示信息,该变更指示信息指示Uu HARQ反馈开关的条件满足,网络设备收到该变更指示信息后,获知终端设备会进行Uu HARQ反馈,则需要重新为终端设备分配Uu HARQ 的反馈资源。
仍以基站给UE1配置UuHARQ反馈开关为例进行说明,UE1在接收到基站的配置后,需要应用该配置,示例性的:
MAC层:针对是否进行TB HARQ的开关,若打开,则该UE1判断上述开关粒度,若满足对应粒度,则针对粒度1:若配置为Uu HARQ开关,则对Uu数据应用;针对粒度2:若配置为Uu DL HARQ反馈开关,则对Uu DL数据应用;针对粒度3:若配置了TB级HARQ反馈打开,则进行TB级HARQ反馈,否则关闭。
PHY层:针对是否进行CBG HARQ的开关,若打开,则该UE判断上述开关粒度,若满足对应粒度,则针对粒度1:若配置为Uu HARQ开关,则对Uu数据应用;针对粒度2:若配置为Uu DL HARQ反馈开关,则对Uu DL数据应用;针对粒度3:若配置了CBG级HARQ反馈打开,则进行CBG级HARQ反馈,否则关闭。
通信设备在接收到数据后,需要识别具体的数据是否是发送给自己的。例如UE的UuHARQ反馈开关时限定粒度是UE1,UuHARQ反馈开关为无条件TB HARQ为打开;在UE应用该配置后,UE1在后续收到任何数据后,通过自身的UE标识来解扰数据,如果解扰成功,则UE1会认为是自己的数据,并根据本次实际接收情况来反馈ACK/NACK给gNB。示例性的,UE的标识可以包括C-RNTI、IMSI或TMSI。
本发明实施例中未提及的其他内容可以一并参考前述图4所示方法实施例中的相关描述,此次不再赘述。
实施本发明实施例,通信设备可以配置Uu HARQ反馈开关,能够满足多方面的需求,如高负载时不启用Uu HARQ可降低负载,如低时延业务不启用Uu HARQ利于降低负载同时不影响传输效率,针对低可靠性的业务仅通过盲重传就可达到QoS需求也可减少Uu HARQ资源占用等。
本发明实施例还提供了一种HARQ反馈控制方法,参见图12,该方法包括如下步骤。
S801:若第一通信设备的HARQ反馈开关的状态发生变更时,第一通信设备向第二通信设备发送变更指示信息,第二通信设备接收第一通信设备发送的变更指示信息,该变更指示信息用于指示第一通信设备的HARQ反馈开关由开变更为关或由关变更为开。
示例性的,HARQ反馈开关可以是针对SL数据的SL HARQ反馈开关,还可以是针对Uu数据的Uu HARQ反馈开关。若HARQ反馈开关是针对SL数据的SL HARQ反馈开关,则第一通信设备可以是第一终端设备,第二通信设备可以是与第一终端设备进行SL通信的第二终端设备,第二通信设备还可以是为第一终端设备服务的网络设备。若HARQ反馈开关是针对Uu数据的Uu HARQ反馈开关,则第一通信设备可以是终端设备,第二通信设备可以为网络设备,或者,第一通信设备可以是网络设备,第二通信设备可以为终端设备。
以SL HARQ反馈开关为例,第一终端设备的SL HARQ反馈开关由开变更为关时,终端设备向其SL对端的第二终端设备发送变更指示信息,该变更指示信息用于指示第一终端设备的SL HARQ反馈开关由开变更为关。则对端的第二终端设备可以获知第一终端设备的SL HARQ反馈开关变为关,则第二终端设备不需要向基站请求分配第一终端设备的SL HARQ反馈资源,并且第二终端设备也不需要等待接收第一终端设备的ACK/NACK,也不 需要根据第一终端设备反馈的ACK/NACK来决定是否重传。例如,若第一终端设备的SL HARQ反馈开关由开变更为关且没有通知给第二终端设备,则第二终端设备一直等待接收第二终端设备反馈的ACK,在没有接收到第二终端设备的ACK第二终端设备会一直向第一终端设备重传数据,导致传输资源浪费。
可选的,其SL通信对端的第二终端设备还可以将该SL HARQ反馈状态发生变更的事件通知给网络设备,便于网络设备获知不需要重新为第一终端设备分配SL HARQ的反馈资源。
或者,第一终端设备的SL HARQ反馈开关由关变更为开时,终端设备向其SL对端的终端设备发送变更指示信息,该变更指示信息用于指示第一终端设备的SL HARQ反馈开关由关变更为开。可选的,其SL通信对端的终端设备还可以将该SL HARQ反馈状态发生变更的事件通知给网络设备,便于网络设备获知需要重新为第一终端设备分配SL HARQ的反馈资源。
实施本发明实施例,通信设备的HARQ反馈状态变更时,可以通知给其他通信设备(例如通信对端),以便通信对端获知其HARQ反馈状态,提高通信性能。
上述主要从各个网络设备之间交互的角度对本申请实施例提供的方案进行了介绍。可以理解的是,各个网元,例如终端设备、网络设备等为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的网元及算法步骤,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对终端设备、网络设备等进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。
在采用对应各个功能划分各个功能模块的情况下,图13示出了上述实施例中所涉及的终端设备的一种可能的逻辑结构示意图,终端设备900包括:接收单元901、处理单元902和发送单元903。示例性的,接收单元901用于支持终端设备执行前述图4至图12所示方法实施例中终端设备接收信息的步骤。发送单元903用于支持终端设备执行前述图4至图12所示方法实施例中终端设备发送信息的步骤。处理单元902,用于支持终端设备执行前述图4至图12所示方法实施例中终端设备确定的信息的步骤,以及其他除发送单元和接收单元的功能以外的其他功能等。
在硬件实现上,上述处理单元902可以为处理器或者处理电路等;接收单元901可以为接收器或者接收电路等;发送单元903可以为发送器或者发送电路等,发送单元903和接收单元901可以构成通信接口。
图14所示,为本申请的实施例提供的上述实施例中所涉及的终端设备的一种可能的硬 件结构示意图。终端设备包括:处理器1001。在本申请的实施例中,处理器1001用于对该终端设备的动作进行控制管理,例如,处理器1001用于支持实施例中终端设备生成HARQ配置信息或者应用HARQ配置信息等步骤等。可选的,终端设备还可以包括存储器1002和通信接口1003,处理器1001、通信接口1003以及存储器1002可以相互连接或通过总线1004相互连接。示例性的,该存储器1002,该存储器用于存储终端设备的代码和数据。通信接口1003用于支持该终端设备进行通信。总线1004可以是外设部件互连标准PCI总线或扩展工业标准结构EISA总线等。
示例性的,处理器1001可以是中央处理器单元,通用处理器,数字信号处理器,专用集成电路,现场可编程门阵列或者其他可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件、硬件部件或者其任意组合。其可以实现或执行结合本申请公开内容所描述的各种示例性的逻辑方框,模块和电路。处理器也可以是实现计算功能的组合,例如包含一个或多个微处理器组合,数字信号处理器和微处理器的组合等等。
在采用对应各个功能划分各个功能模块的情况下,图15示出了上述实施例中所涉及的网络设备的一种可能的逻辑结构示意图,网络设备包括:发送单元1103、处理单元1102和接收单元1101。示例性的,发送单元1103用于支持上述图4至图12所示方法实施例中网络设备发送的步骤;接收单元1101用于支持上述图4至图12所示方法实施例中网络设备接收的步骤。处理单元1102,用于支持网络设备执行前述图4至图12所示方法实施例中网络设备确定的信息的步骤,以及其他除发送单元和接收单元的功能以外的其他功能等。
在硬件实现上,上述处理单元1102可以为处理器或者处理电路等;接收单元1101可以为接收器或者接收电路等;发送单元1103可以为发送器或者发送电路等,发送单元1103和接收单元1101可以构成通信接口。
图16所示,为本申请的实施例提供的上述实施例中所涉及的网络设备的一种可能的硬件结构示意图。网络设备包括:处理器1201。在本申请的实施例中,处理器1201用于对实施例中网络设备的动作进行控制管理。可选的,网络设备还可以包括存储器1202和通信接口1203,处理器1201、通信接口1203以及存储器1202可以相互连接或者通过总线1204相互连接。示例性的,存储器1202用于存储网络设备的程序代码和数据,通信接口1203用于支持网络设备进行通信。处理器1201调用存储器1202中存储的代码进行控制管理。该存储器1202可以跟处理器耦合在一起,也可以不耦合在一起。
示例性的,处理器1201可以是中央处理器单元,通用处理器,数字信号处理器,专用集成电路,现场可编程门阵列或者其他可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件、硬件部件或者其任意组合。其可以实现或执行结合本申请公开内容所描述的各种示例性的逻辑方框,模块和电路。处理器也可以是实现计算功能的组合,例如包含一个或多个微处理器组合,数字信号处理器和微处理器的组合等等。
参见图17,图17示出了本申请提供的一种通信芯片的结构示意图。如图17所示,通信芯片1700可包括:处理器1701,以及耦合于处理器1701的一个或多个接口1702。示例性的:
处理器1701可用于读取和执行计算机可读指令。具体实现中,处理器1701可主要包括控制器、运算器和寄存器。示例性的,控制器主要负责指令译码,并为指令对应的操作 发出控制信号。运算器主要负责执行定点或浮点算数运算操作、移位操作以及逻辑操作等,也可以执行地址运算和转换。寄存器主要负责保存指令执行过程中临时存放的寄存器操作数和中间操作结果等。具体实现中,处理器1701的硬件架构可以是专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuits,ASIC)架构、无互锁管道阶段架构的微处理器(microprocessor without interlocked piped stages architecture,MIPS)架构、进阶精简指令集机器(advanced RISC machines,ARM)架构或者NP架构等等。处理器1701可以是单核的,也可以是多核的。
接口1702可用于输入待处理的数据至处理器1701,并且可以向外输出处理器1701的处理结果。具体实现中,接口1702可以是通用输入输出(general purpose input output,GPIO)接口,可以和多个外围设备(如显示器(LCD)、摄像头(camara)、射频(radio frequency,RF)模块等等)连接。接口1702通过总线1703与处理器1701相连。
本申请中,处理器1701可用于从存储器中调用本申请的一个或多个实施例提供的HARQ反馈控制方法在通信设备侧的实现程序,并执行该程序包含的指令。存储器可以和处理器1701集成在一起,也可以通过接口1702与通信芯片170相耦合。接口1702可用于输出处理器1701的执行结果。本申请中,接口1702可具体用于输出处理器1701的译码结果。关于本申请的一个或多个实施例提供的HARQ反馈控制可参考前述各个实施例,这里不再赘述。
需要说明的,处理器1701、接口1702各自对应的功能既可以通过硬件设计实现,也可以通过软件设计来实现,还可以通过软硬件结合的方式来实现,这里不作限制。
在本申请的另一实施例中,还提供一种计算机存储介质,计算机存储介质中存储有计算机执行指令,当一个设备(可以是单片机,芯片等)或者处理器可以调用可读存储介质中存储有计算机执行指令来执行图4至图12所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法中终端设备或网络设备的步骤。前述的计算机存储介质可以包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器、随机存取存储器、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。
在本申请的另一实施例中,还提供一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括计算机执行指令,该计算机执行指令存储在计算机可读存储介质中;设备的至少一个处理器可以从计算机可读存储介质读取该计算机执行指令,至少一个处理器执行该计算机执行指令使得设备实施图4至图12所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法中终端设备或网络设备的步骤。
在本申请的另一实施例中,还提供一种通信系统,该通信系统包括多个设备,该多个设备包括至少两个终端设备。或者,该通信系统包括多个设备,该多个设备包括网络设备和至少一个终端设备。示例性的,终端设备可以为图13或图14所提供的终端设备,且用于执行图4至图12所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法中终端设备的步骤;和/或,网络设备可以为图15或图16所提供的网络设备,且用于执行图4至图12所提供的HARQ反馈控制方法中网络设备的步骤。
最后应说明的是:以上,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何在本申请揭露的技术范围内的变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以权利要求的保护范围为准。
本申请的又一方面提了一种设备,设备包括处理器运行存储器中的代码使得设备执行前述的各种方法。该存储器中存储代码和数据。该存储器位于设备中,该存储器处理器耦合。该存储器也可以位于设备之外。
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本发明实施例的流程或功能。计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。可用介质可以是磁性介质,(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘solid state disk(SSD))等。
综上,以上仅为本发明的较佳实施例而已,并非用于限定本发明的保护范围。凡在本发明的精神和原则之内,所作的任何修改、等同替换、改进等,均应包含在本发明的保护范围之内。

Claims (62)

  1. 一种混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈控制方法,其特征在于,包括:
    第一终端设备获取第一HARQ配置信息;
    所述第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送所述第一HARQ配置信息,所述第一HARQ配置信息包括指示所述第二终端设备针对侧行链路SL数据传输是否进行HARQ反馈的第一指示信息。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一终端设备获取第一HARQ配置信息,包括:
    所述第一终端设备生成所述第一HARQ配置信息;
    或者,所述第一终端设备接收网络设备发送的所述第一HARQ配置信息。
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,若所述第一指示信息指示所述第二终端设备针对SL数据传输进行HARQ反馈,所述第二终端设备进行HARQ反馈的接口包括SL接口或Uu空口。
  4. 根据权利要求1至3任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述SL数据包括单播、组播或广播中的一种或多种业务类型的数据。
  5. 根据权利要求1至4任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述SL数据包括媒介访问控制MAC层的传输块TB和/或物理层的码块组CBG类型的数据。
  6. 根据权利要求1至5任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息适用的条件包括:所述第一终端设备处于免调度授权模式、所述第一终端设备处于动态调度模式、所述第一终端设备处于半静态调度模式、所述第一终端设备处于自主竞争模式、所述SL数据为使用预设的无线接入技术传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的载波传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的频率传输的数据、所述第一终端设备位于预设的基站、所述第一终端设备位于预设的小区、所述第二终端设备位于预设的基站、所述第二终端设备位于预设的小区、所述第一终端设备为预设的源终端、所述第二终端设备为预设的目标终端、所述第二终端设备为预设的组内包括的终端、所述SL数据为预设的服务对应的数据、所述SL数据为满足预设的服务质量的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的载波带宽部分BWP传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道组传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的通信连接传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的组连接传输的数据或所述SL数据为预设的HARQ进程对应的数据中的一种或多种。
  7. 根据权利要求1至6任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,若所述第一指示信息指示所述第二终端设备针对所述SL数据传输进行HARQ反馈,所述第一HARQ配置信息还包括 预设条件信息,所述预设条件信息用于指示所述第二终端设备针对所述SL数据传输进行HARQ反馈的条件。
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述预设条件信息包括预设测量指标高于、低于、不高于或者不低于预设门限和/或所述预设测量指标在或者不在预设值列表中。
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述预设测量指标对应的测量对象包括在SL所需测量的频点/资源池/BWP、在SL所需测量的参考信号及资源配置信息中的一种或多种,所述参考信号包括同步信号块SSB、信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS、解调参考信号DMRS、相位跟踪参考信号PTRS或信道探测参考信号SRS,所述资源配置信息包括时域、频域或空域的任意组合。
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述测量对象适用的条件包括:所述第一终端设备处于免调度授权模式、所述第一终端设备处于动态调度模式、所述第一终端设备处于半静态调度模式、所述第一终端设备处于自主竞争模式、所述SL数据为使用预设的无线接入技术传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的载波传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的频率传输的数据、所述第一终端设备位于预设的基站、所述第一终端设备位于预设的小区、所述第二终端设备位于预设的基站、所述第二终端设备位于预设的小区、所述第一终端设备为预设的源终端、所述第二终端设备为预设的目标终端、所述第二终端设备为预设的组内包括的终端、所述SL数据为预设的服务对应的数据、所述SL数据为满足预设的服务质量的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的BWP传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道组传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的通信连接传输的数据或所述SL数据为使用预设的组连接传输的数据。
  11. 根据权利要求8至10任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述预设测量指标包括SL接口对应的信道质量、SL接口对应的服务质量QoS或SL接口对应的发送指标的任意一种或多种组合,其中,所述SL接口对应的信道质量包括信道忙比例CBR、参考信号接收功率RSRP、参考信号接收质量RSRQ、接收信号强度指示RSSI、信道质量指示CQI、信道状态信息CSI、多输入多输出MIMO系统中的预编码矩阵指示PMI、MIMO系统中的秩指示RI或MIMO系统中的信道矩阵的秩RANK中的一项或多项;所述SL接口对应的QoS包括QoS目标、QoS需求或QoS值中的一项或多项;所述SL接口对应的发送指标包括传输速率、路径损耗、功率余量报告PHR、时间提前量TA、调制与编码策略MCS、功率或误块率中的一项或多项;所述QoS值包括时延、可靠性、速率、吞吐量、通信距离或有效载荷。
  12. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一终端设备生成所述第一HARQ配置信息之前,还包括:
    所述第一终端设备接收网络设备发送的第二HARQ配置信息,所述第二HARQ配置信 息包括指示所述第一终端设备针对侧行链路SL数据传输是否进行HARQ反馈的第二指示信息;
    所述第一终端设备生成所述第一HARQ配置信息,包括:
    所述第一终端设备根据所述第二HARQ配置信息生成所述第一HARQ配置信息。
  13. 根据权利要求1至12任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一终端设备获取第一HARQ配置信息之前,还包括:
    所述第一终端设备向所述第二终端设备发送测量事件的测量配置信息,所述测量配置信息包括至少一个测量对象以及所述测量事件对应的上报配置要求;
    所述第一终端设备接收所述第二终端设备发送的所述测量事件的测量报告,所述测量报告是所述第二终端设备在第一测量值满足所述上报配置要求中至少一项时发送的,所述第一测量值是所述第二终端设备测量所述至少一个测量对象获得的;
    所述第一终端设备获取第一HARQ配置信息,具体为:
    所述第一终端设备根据所述测量报告生成所述第一HARQ配置信息。
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述测量事件适用的条件包括:所述第一终端设备处于免调度授权模式、所述第一终端设备处于动态调度模式、所述第一终端设备处于半静态调度模式、所述第一终端设备处于自主竞争模式、所述SL数据为使用预设的无线接入技术传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的载波传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的频率传输的数据、所述第一终端设备位于预设的基站、所述第一终端设备位于预设的小区、所述第二终端设备位于预设的基站、所述第二终端设备位于预设的小区、所述第一终端设备为预设的源终端、所述第二终端设备为预设的目标终端、所述第二终端设备为预设的组内包括的终端、所述SL数据为预设的服务对应的数据、所述SL数据为满足预设的服务质量的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的载波带宽部分BWP传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道组传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的通信连接传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的组连接传输的数据中的一种或多种。
  15. 一种混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈控制方法,其特征在于,包括:
    第二终端设备接收第一终端设备发送的第一HARQ配置信息,所述第一HARQ配置信息包括指示所述第二终端设备针对侧行链路SL数据传输是否进行HARQ反馈的第一指示信息;
    若所述第一指示信息指示所述第二终端设备针对SL数据传输进行HARQ反馈,则所述第二终端设备在接收到所述SL数据后,进行HARQ反馈。
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一HARQ配置信息是所述第一终端设备生成的,或者,所述第一HARQ配置信息是所述第一终端设备从网络设备接收的。
  17. 根据权利要求15或16所述的方法,其特征在于,若所述第一指示信息指示所述第二终端设备针对SL数据传输进行HARQ反馈,所述第二终端设备进行HARQ反馈的接口包括SL接口或Uu空口。
  18. 根据权利要求15至17任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述SL数据包括单播、组播或广播中的一种或多种业务类型的数据。
  19. 根据权利要求15至18任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述SL数据包括媒介访问控制MAC层的传输块TB和/或物理层的码块组CBG类型的数据。
  20. 根据权利要求15至19任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息适用的条件包括:所述第一终端设备处于免调度授权模式、所述第一终端设备处于动态调度模式、所述第一终端设备处于半静态调度模式、所述第一终端设备处于自主竞争模式、所述SL数据为使用预设的无线接入技术传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的载波传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的频率传输的数据、所述第一终端设备位于预设的基站、所述第一终端设备位于预设的小区、所述第二终端设备位于预设的基站、所述第二终端设备位于预设的小区、所述第一终端设备为预设的源终端、所述第二终端设备为预设的目标终端、所述第二终端设备为预设的组内包括的终端、所述SL数据为预设的服务对应的数据、所述SL数据为满足预设的服务质量的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的载波带宽部分BWP传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道组传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的通信连接传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的组连接传输的数据或所述SL数据为预设的HARQ进程对应的数据中的一种或多种。
  21. 根据权利要求15至20任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,若所述第一指示信息指示所述第二终端设备针对所述SL数据传输进行HARQ反馈,所述第一HARQ配置信息还包括预设条件信息,所述预设条件信息用于指示所述第二终端设备针对所述SL数据传输进行HARQ反馈的条件。
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述预设条件信息包括预设测量指标高于、低于、不高于或者不低于预设门限和/或所述预设测量指标在或者不在预设值列表中。
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的方法,其特征在于,所述预设测量指标对应的测量对象包括在SL所需测量的频点/资源池/BWP、在SL所需测量的参考信号及资源配置信息中的一种或多种,所述参考信号包括同步信号块SSB、信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS、解调参考信号DMRS、相位跟踪参考信号PTRS或信道探测参考信号SRS,所述资源配置信息包括时域、频域或空域的任意组合。
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的方法,其特征在于,所述测量对象适用的条件包括:所述第一终端设备处于免调度授权模式、所述第一终端设备处于动态调度模式、所述第一终端设备处于半静态调度模式、所述第一终端设备处于自主竞争模式、所述SL数据为使用预设的无线接入技术传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的载波传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的频率传输的数据、所述第一终端设备位于预设的基站、所述第一终端设备位于预设的小区、所述第二终端设备位于预设的基站、所述第二终端设备位于预设的小区、所述第一终端设备为预设的源终端、所述第二终端设备为预设的目标终端、所述第二终端设备为预设的组内包括的终端、所述SL数据为预设的服务对应的数据、所述SL数据为满足预设的服务质量的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的载波带宽部分BWP传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道组传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的通信连接传输的数据或所述SL数据为使用预设的组连接传输的数据。
  25. 根据权利要求22至24任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述预设测量指标包括SL接口对应的信道质量、SL接口对应的服务质量QoS或SL接口对应的发送指标的任意一种或多种组合,其中,所述SL接口对应的信道质量包括信道忙比例CBR、参考信号接收功率RSRP、参考信号接收质量RSRQ、接收信号强度指示RSSI、信道质量指示CQI、信道状态信息CSI、多输入多输出MIMO系统中的预编码矩阵指示PMI、MIMO系统中的秩指示RI或MIMO系统中的信道矩阵的秩RANK中的一项或多项;所述SL接口对应的QoS包括QoS目标、QoS需求或QoS值中的一项或多项;所述SL接口对应的发送指标包括传输速率、路径损耗、功率余量报告PHR、时间提前量TA、调制与编码策略MCS、功率或误块率BLER中的一项或多项;所述QoS值包括时延、可靠性、速率、吞吐量、通信距离或有效载荷。
  26. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一HARQ配置信息是所述第一终端设备根据网络设备发送的第二HARQ配置信息生成的,所述第二HARQ配置信息包括指示所述第一终端设备针对侧行链路SL数据传输是否进行HARQ反馈的第二指示信息。
  27. 根据权利要求15至26任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二终端设备接收第一终端设备发送的第一HARQ配置信息之前,还包括:
    所述第二终端设备接收所述第一终端设备发送的配置测量事件的测量配置信息,所述测量配置信息包括至少一个测量对象以及所述测量事件对应的上报配置要求;
    所述第二终端设备测量所述至少一个测量对象,获得第一测量值;
    在所述第一测量值满足所述上报配置要求中至少一项时,所述第二终端设备向所述第一终端设备发送所述测量事件的测量报告,所述测量报告用于所述第一终端设备生成所述第一HARQ配置信息。
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的方法,其特征在于,所述测量事件适用的条件包括:所述第一终端设备处于免调度授权模式、所述第一终端设备处于动态调度模式、所述第一终端设备处于半静态调度模式、所述第一终端设备处于自主竞争模式、所述SL数据为使用预设的无线接入技术传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的载波传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的频率传输的数据、所述第二终端设备位于预设的基站、所述第二终端设备位于预设的小区、所述第一终端设备为预设的源终端、所述第二终端设备为预设的目标终端、所述第二终端设备为预设的组内包括的终端、所述SL数据为预设的服务对应的数据、所述SL数据为满足预设的服务质量的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的载波带宽部分BWP传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道组传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的通信连接传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的组连接传输的数据中的一种或多种。
  29. 一种混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈控制方法,其特征在于,包括:
    网络设备获取第二HARQ配置信息,所述第二HARQ配置信息包括指示第一终端设备针对侧行链路SL数据传输是否进行HARQ反馈的第二指示信息;
    所述网络设备向所述第一终端设备发送所述第二HARQ配置信息,所述第二HARQ配置信息用于指示所述第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送第一HARQ配置信息,所述第一HARQ配置信息包括指示所述第二终端设备针对SL数据传输是否进行HARQ反馈的第一指示信息。
  30. 根据权利要求29所述的方法,其特征在于,所述网络设备向所述第一终端设备发送所述第二HARQ配置信息包括:
    所述网络设备通过信令向所述第一终端设备发送所述第二HARQ配置信息,所述信令包括无线资源控制RRC信令、无线链路控制RLC信令、报数据汇聚协议PDCP信令、媒介访问控制MAC信令、服务数据适配层SDAP信令、非接入层NAS信令、系统信息块SIB消息或物理层信令。
  31. 根据权利要求29或30所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二HARQ配置信息还用于指示所述第一终端设备根据所述第二HARQ配置信息生成所述第一HARQ配置信息。
  32. 根据权利要求29至31任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,若所述第一指示信息指示所述第二终端设备针对SL数据传输进行HARQ反馈,所述第二终端设备进行HARQ反馈的接口包括SL接口或Uu空口。
  33. 根据权利要求29至32任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述SL数据包括单播、组播或广播中的一种或多种业务类型的数据。
  34. 根据权利要求29至33任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述HARQ反馈的粒度 为传输块TB。
  35. 根据权利要求29至34任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息和/或所述第二指示信息适用的条件包括:所述第一终端设备处于免调度授权模式、所述第一终端设备处于动态调度模式、所述第一终端设备处于半静态调度模式、所述第一终端设备处于自主竞争模式、所述SL数据为使用预设的无线接入技术传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的载波传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的频率传输的数据、所述第一终端设备位于预设的基站、所述第一终端设备位于预设的小区、所述第二终端设备位于预设的基站、所述第二终端设备位于预设的小区、所述第一终端设备为预设的源终端、所述第二终端设备为预设的目标终端、所述第二终端设备为预设的组内包括的终端、所述SL数据为预设的服务对应的数据、所述SL数据为满足预设的服务质量的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的载波带宽部分BWP传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道组传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道LCH传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的通信连接传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的组连接传输的数据或所述SL数据为预设的HARQ进程对应的数据中的一种或多种。
  36. 一种混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈控制方法,其特征在于,包括:
    第一终端设备接收网络设备发送的第二HARQ配置信息,所述第二HARQ配置信息包括指示所述第一终端设备针对侧行链路SL数据传输是否进行HARQ反馈的第二指示信息;
    所述第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送第一HARQ配置信息,所述第一HARQ配置信息包括指示所述第二终端设备针对侧行链路SL数据传输是否进行HARQ反馈的第一指示信息。
  37. 根据权利要求36所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一终端设备接收网络设备发送的第二HARQ配置信息包括:
    所述第一终端设备接收网络设备发送的信令,所述信令携带有第二HARQ配置信息,所述信令包括无线资源控制RRC信令、无线链路控制RLC信令、报数据汇聚协议PDCP信令、媒介访问控制MAC信令、服务数据适配层SDAP信令、非接入层NAS信令、系统信息块SIB消息或物理层信令。
  38. 根据权利要求36或37所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    所述第一终端设备根据所述第二HARQ配置信息生成所述第一HARQ配置信息。
  39. 根据权利要求36至38任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,若所述第一指示信息指示所述第二终端设备针对SL数据传输进行HARQ反馈,所述第二终端设备进行HARQ反馈的接口包括SL接口或Uu空口。
  40. 根据权利要求36至39任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述SL数据包括单播、 组播或广播中的一种或多种业务类型的数据。
  41. 根据权利要求36至40任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述HARQ反馈的粒度为传输块TB。
  42. 根据权利要求36至41任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息和/或所述第二指示信息适用的条件包括:所述第一终端设备处于免调度授权模式、所述第一终端设备处于动态调度模式、所述第一终端设备处于半静态调度模式、所述第一终端设备处于自主竞争模式、所述SL数据为使用预设的无线接入技术传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的载波传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的频率传输的数据、所述第一终端设备位于预设的基站、所述第一终端设备位于预设的小区、所述第二终端设备位于预设的基站、所述第二终端设备位于预设的小区、所述第一终端设备为预设的源终端、所述第二终端设备为预设的目标终端、所述第二终端设备为预设的组内包括的终端、所述SL数据为预设的服务对应的数据、所述SL数据为满足预设的服务质量的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的载波带宽部分BWP传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道组传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道LCH传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的通信连接传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的组连接传输的数据或所述SL数据为预设的HARQ进程对应的数据中的一种或多种。
  43. 一种混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈控制方法,其特征在于,包括:
    第二终端设备接收第一终端设备发送的第一HARQ配置信息,所述第一HARQ配置信息包括指示所述第二终端设备针对侧行链路SL数据传输是否进行HARQ反馈的第一指示信息,所述第一HARQ配置信息是所述第一终端设备接收到网络设备发送的第二HARQ配置信息后发送的,所述第二HARQ配置信息包括指示所述第一终端设备针对侧行链路SL数据传输是否进行HARQ反馈的第二指示信息;
    若所述第一指示信息指示所述第二终端设备针对SL数据传输进行HARQ反馈,则所述第二终端设备在接收到所述SL数据后,进行HARQ反馈。
  44. 根据权利要求43所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一HARQ配置信息是所述第一终端设备接收到网络设备发送的第二HARQ配置信息后发送的包括:
    所述第一HARQ配置信息是所述第一终端设备接收到网络设备发送的信令后发送的,所述第一信令携带有第二HARQ配置信息,所述信令包括无线资源控制RRC信令、无线链路控制RLC信令、报数据汇聚协议PDCP信令、媒介访问控制MAC信令、服务数据适配层SDAP信令、非接入层NAS信令、系统信息块SIB消息或物理层信令。
  45. 根据权利要求43或44所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一HARQ配置信息是所述第一终端设备根据网络设备发送的第二HARQ配置信息生成的。
  46. 根据权利要求43至45任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,若所述第一指示信息指 示所述第二终端设备针对SL数据传输进行HARQ反馈,所述第二终端设备进行HARQ反馈的接口包括SL接口或Uu空口。
  47. 根据权利要求43至46任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述SL数据包括单播、组播或广播中的一种或多种业务类型的数据。
  48. 根据权利要求43至47任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述HARQ反馈的粒度为传输块TB。
  49. 根据权利要求43至48任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息和/或所述第二指示信息适用的条件包括:所述第一终端设备处于免调度授权模式、所述第一终端设备处于动态调度模式、所述第一终端设备处于半静态调度模式、所述第一终端设备处于自主竞争模式、所述SL数据为使用预设的无线接入技术传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的载波传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的频率传输的数据、所述第一终端设备位于预设的基站、所述第一终端设备位于预设的小区、所述第二终端设备位于预设的基站、所述第二终端设备位于预设的小区、所述第一终端设备为预设的源终端、所述第二终端设备为预设的目标终端、所述第二终端设备为预设的组内包括的终端、所述SL数据为预设的服务对应的数据、所述SL数据为满足预设的服务质量的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的载波带宽部分BWP传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道组传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的逻辑信道传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的通信连接传输的数据、所述SL数据为使用预设的组连接传输的数据或所述SL数据为预设的HARQ进程对应的数据中的一种或多种。
  50. 一种终端设备,其特征在于,所述终端设备为第一终端设备,所述第一终端设备包括由于执行权利要求1至14任一项HARQ反馈控制方法的模块或单元。
  51. 一种终端设备,其特征在于,所述终端设备为第二终端设备,所述第二终端设备包括由于执行权利要求15至28任一项HARQ反馈控制方法的模块或单元。
  52. 一种网络设备,其特征在于,所述网络设备包括由于执行权利要求29至35任一项HARQ反馈控制方法的模块或单元。
  53. 一种终端设备,其特征在于,所述终端设备为第一终端设备,所述第一终端设备包括由于执行权利要求36至42任一项HARQ反馈控制方法的模块或单元。
  54. 一种终端设备,其特征在于,所述终端设备为第二终端设备,所述第二终端设备包括由于执行权利要求43至49任一项HARQ反馈控制方法的模块或单元。
  55. 一种终端设备,其特征在于,所述终端设备为第一终端设备,包括处理器、存储 器、接收器和发射器,所述接收器用于接收来自所述终端设备之外的终端设备或网络设备的信息,所述发射器用于向所述终端设备之外的终端设备或网络设备输出信息,所述处理器调用所述存储器中存储的计算机程序实现如权利要求1-14任一项所述的方法。
  56. 一种终端设备,其特征在于,所述终端设备为第二终端设备,包括处理器、存储器、接收器和发射器,所述接收器用于接收来自所述终端设备之外的终端设备或网络设备的信息,所述发射器用于向所述终端设备之外的终端设备或网络设备输出信息,所述处理器调用所述存储器中存储的计算机程序实现如权利要求15-28任一项所述的方法。
  57. 一种网络设备,其特征在于,所述网络设备包括处理器、存储器、接收器和发射器,所述接收器用于接收来自所述终端设备之外的终端设备或网络设备的信息,所述发射器用于向所述终端设备之外的终端设备或网络设备输出信息,所述处理器调用所述存储器中存储的计算机程序实现如权利要求29-35任一项所述的方法。
  58. 一种终端设备,其特征在于,所述终端设备为第一终端设备,包括处理器、存储器、接收器和发射器,所述接收器用于接收来自所述终端设备之外的终端设备或网络设备的信息,所述发射器用于向所述终端设备之外的终端设备或网络设备输出信息,所述处理器调用所述存储器中存储的计算机程序实现如权利要求36-42任一项所述的方法。
  59. 一种终端设备,其特征在于,所述终端设备为第二终端设备,包括处理器、存储器、接收器和发射器,所述接收器用于接收来自所述终端设备之外的终端设备或网络设备的信息,所述发射器用于向所述终端设备之外的终端设备或网络设备输出信息,所述处理器调用所述存储器中存储的计算机程序实现如权利要求43-49任一项所述的方法。
  60. 一种通信系统,其特征在于,包括:
    如权利要求55所述的终端设备,以及如权利要求56所述的终端设备;或者
    如权利要求57所述的网络设备,如权利要求58所述的终端设备,以及如权利要求59所述的终端设备。
  61. 一种通信芯片,其特征在于,包括处理器,以及耦合于所述处理器的一个或多个接口,所述处理器可用于从存储器中调用如权利要求1-49任一项所述的方法的实现程序,并执行该程序包含的指令,所述接口可用于输出所述处理器的处理结果。
  62. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序或计算机指令,当所述计算机程序或计算机指令被运行时,实现如权利要求1-49任一项所述的方法。
PCT/CN2020/081935 2019-03-28 2020-03-28 一种混合自动重传请求harq反馈控制方法及相关设备 WO2020192778A1 (zh)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201910247580.7 2019-03-28
CN201910247580.7A CN111756495B (zh) 2019-03-28 2019-03-28 一种混合自动重传请求harq反馈控制方法及相关设备

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020192778A1 true WO2020192778A1 (zh) 2020-10-01

Family

ID=72611434

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/081935 WO2020192778A1 (zh) 2019-03-28 2020-03-28 一种混合自动重传请求harq反馈控制方法及相关设备

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN111756495B (zh)
WO (1) WO2020192778A1 (zh)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20210376967A1 (en) * 2020-06-02 2021-12-02 Electronics And Telecommunications Research Institute Method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving feedback signal in communication system
CN114402655A (zh) * 2021-12-17 2022-04-26 北京小米移动软件有限公司 一种位置信息的确定方法及其装置

Families Citing this family (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112399576A (zh) * 2019-08-16 2021-02-23 索尼公司 用于无线通信的电子设备和方法、计算机可读存储介质
CN114362899A (zh) * 2020-10-13 2022-04-15 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 由用户终端或基站执行的方法、用户终端及基站
WO2022077522A1 (zh) * 2020-10-16 2022-04-21 华为技术有限公司 一种指示反馈信息的方法和装置
CN114422091A (zh) * 2020-10-28 2022-04-29 展讯通信(上海)有限公司 边链路中继系统中的业务维持方法及中继设备、介质
WO2022104515A1 (zh) * 2020-11-17 2022-05-27 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 重传方法和终端
CN114765488B (zh) * 2021-01-14 2024-05-03 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Harq-ack使能控制方法、装置、设备及存储介质
WO2022198479A1 (zh) * 2021-03-24 2022-09-29 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Harq反馈的方法、装置、通信设备及存储介质
CN117121409A (zh) * 2021-04-01 2023-11-24 中兴通讯股份有限公司 用于harq反馈禁用的方法、设备和系统
WO2022205445A1 (zh) * 2021-04-02 2022-10-06 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 一种数据重传方法及相关设备
WO2024092530A1 (zh) * 2022-11-01 2024-05-10 北京小米移动软件有限公司 一种消息传输方法、装置、设备及存储介质

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104243109A (zh) * 2013-06-07 2014-12-24 工业和信息化部电信传输研究所 一种对上行数据的混合自动重传请求信息指示的方法
US20180070252A1 (en) * 2016-09-06 2018-03-08 Qualcomm Incorporated Back-off mechanisms for fair joint access of unlicensed sidelink
CN108616339A (zh) * 2016-12-12 2018-10-02 普天信息技术有限公司 一种v2x通信系统中sc-ptm反馈资源的确定方法

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2016121567A1 (ja) * 2015-01-28 2016-08-04 京セラ株式会社 ユーザ端末及び基地局
US10931426B2 (en) * 2017-08-10 2021-02-23 Futurewei Technologies, Inc. System and method for sidelink feedback
CN110971348B (zh) * 2017-08-11 2021-03-05 华为技术有限公司 通信方法与设备
WO2020029279A1 (zh) * 2018-08-10 2020-02-13 北京小米移动软件有限公司 车联网设备之间的反馈信息传输方法、装置及系统

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104243109A (zh) * 2013-06-07 2014-12-24 工业和信息化部电信传输研究所 一种对上行数据的混合自动重传请求信息指示的方法
US20180070252A1 (en) * 2016-09-06 2018-03-08 Qualcomm Incorporated Back-off mechanisms for fair joint access of unlicensed sidelink
CN108616339A (zh) * 2016-12-12 2018-10-02 普天信息技术有限公司 一种v2x通信系统中sc-ptm反馈资源的确定方法

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
ASUSTEK: "R1-1811163 Discussion on supporting HARQ combining", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-1811163, 12 October 2018 (2018-10-12), Chengdu, China, pages 1 - 3, XP051518564 *

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20210376967A1 (en) * 2020-06-02 2021-12-02 Electronics And Telecommunications Research Institute Method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving feedback signal in communication system
CN114402655A (zh) * 2021-12-17 2022-04-26 北京小米移动软件有限公司 一种位置信息的确定方法及其装置
CN114402655B (zh) * 2021-12-17 2024-03-05 北京小米移动软件有限公司 一种位置信息的确定方法及其装置

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN111756495A (zh) 2020-10-09
CN111756495B (zh) 2022-12-13

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2020192778A1 (zh) 一种混合自动重传请求harq反馈控制方法及相关设备
CA2902939C (en) Medium access control signalling for direct device to device communications
WO2021032067A1 (zh) 用于传输混合自动重传请求harq反馈信息的方法和装置
CN105429736B (zh) 一种发送和接收反馈的方法及设备
CN103238306A (zh) 支持从/向多个设备数据传输的设备到设备簇增强
WO2020199957A1 (zh) 一种重传资源的调度方法及设备
WO2020143731A1 (zh) 用于传输数据的方法、通信设备和网络设备
KR20210011939A (ko) 서비스 전송을 위한 방법, 장치 및 단말기
KR20200093664A (ko) 하이브리드 자동 반복 요청 확인응답을 갖는 물리적 업링크 공유 채널
CN115516805A (zh) 涉及子时隙物理上行链路控制信道(pucch)重复的系统和方法
WO2020114237A1 (zh) 数据传输方法与通信装置
US20220217749A1 (en) Sidelink configuration method and apparatus, device, and storage medium
WO2021036910A1 (zh) 数据传输方法及装置
EP3666007B1 (en) Command receipt confirmation in a wireless communication system
US20220209905A1 (en) Method and apparatus for sidelink resource allocation
WO2022110188A1 (zh) 侧行链路载波管理方法、装置和系统
US11974265B2 (en) Use of priority mismatch indication for uplink transmission for wireless networks
CN111742589A (zh) 用于在无线通信系统中发送和接收复制的数据的方法和装置
US20210376968A1 (en) Feedback method and apparatus
KR102627046B1 (ko) 물리적 업링크 제어 채널 충돌을 처리하기 위한 디바이스 및 방법
EP3968722A1 (en) Enhanced rate signaling in wireless networks with relay function
WO2020164542A9 (zh) 通信方法、装置及存储介质
WO2023072258A1 (en) Method and apparatus for carrier aggregation
TWI784764B (zh) 處理混合自動重傳請求重新傳送的裝置
US20220393806A1 (en) Method and device for determining transmission priority

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20779461

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20779461

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1